Home

USB Protocol Suite User Manual

1. Measure Pt ehght Eye P2 ewdth Eye P3 eampli Eye P4 bitrate F1 P5 ampl C2 P6 ampl C3 P7 P8 P9 P10 P11 P12 value 499 320 MHz 483 69 mV 469 84 mV status pon Ma A Pass Fail Q1 amp Q2 amp Q3 amp Q4 True Q5 True Q6 Q7 Qs P1 gt 200mV P2 gt 140ps P3 gt 300mV P52100mV P6 2 100mV P6 lt 0 P7 lt 0 P8 lt 0 Q1 amp Q2 amp Q3 amp Q4 amp Q5 A Passed 0 Of 121 sweeps 10 0 ns div Auto 0 mV 4 00 kS 40 GS s Edge Positive 200 mV div 10 0 ns div Typical CP8 Pattern LeCroy Corporation 359 Chapter 12 Traffic Generation 3 0 Exerciser USB Protocol Suite User Manual 360 LeCroy Corporation USB Protocol Suite User Manual Chapter 13 Updates Chapter 13 Updates From time to time as modifications are made to the Analyzer it is necessary to update for optimal performance Updates can be performed two ways either automatically or manually This chapter describes both procedures 13 1 Software Firmware and BusEngine Revisions The Readme txt file on the first installation disk and in the installed directory gives last minute updates about the current release Included with each release are the most recent downloadable images of the Firmware and the BusEngine Once the Analyzer has completed the self diagnostics and is connected to the PC you can check the latest revision of the software and BusEngine by selecting About from the Help menu About USB Protocol Suit
2. HWA Transfer Level displays Host Wire Adapter Transfers DWA Segment Level displays Device Wire Adapter Segments DWA Transfer Level displays Device Wire Adapter Transfers PTP Group PTP Transaction Level displays PTP Transactions PTP Object Transfer Level displays PTP Objects PTP Session Level displays PTP Sessions SCSI Operation Level Displays SCSI Operation Level 14 LeCroy Corporation USB Protocol Suite LeCroy Corporation User Manual Chapter 4 Software Overview Refresh Decoding Forces the software to re decode transactions and transfers Useful if you have applied a decoding mapping which helps fully decode a sequence of transfers as is the case with Mass Storage decoding Switches display of the Tool Bar on or off Displays all open windows in an overlapping arrangement Displays a list of open windows S Displays online help You can also select F1 Video Tutorials Has links to YouTube videos that describe Voyager features Basic USB 3 0 Recording USB 3 0 Basic Triggering USB 3 0 Advanced Triggering Troubleshooting USB 3 0 Connection Issues USB 3 0 Packet Header Display USB 3 0 Compliance Part 1 USB 3 0 Compliance Part 2 Update License Opens a dialog box for updating your LeCroy license See Updating the Software License on page 368 Display License Displays information related to licensing Information See License Information on page 367 Register Product Register a
3. In other words the Advance the Sequence button is the link between two states ina multi state sequence The Advance the Sequence arrow tells the analyzer to go to the next state if it detects the event at the tail origin of the arrow LeCroy Corporation 271 Chapter 10 Recording Options USB Protocol Suite User Manual 272 The Action pop up menu has the following restart and trigger options Restart the Sequence not shown Restarts the sequence Note that this option is context sensitive and only appears if you have created a multi state sequence A thick arrow appears from the selected event and point upward towards the first event in the sequence Restart All Restarts all rules in all sequences and in the global state and displays an arrow and a Restart All button This action precludes selecting Advance the Sequence and Restart the Sequence External Trigger Pulse HIGH Sends an output signal with a Pulse High format through the output ports on the back of the UPAS Pulse High is the default format Pulse High causes the analyzer to transmit a 5 volt 40 nanosecond signal Properties Displays the Action Properties dialog for the selected action Event Pop up Menu If you click an Event button in the Main Display area the Event pop up menu appears The Event pop up menu has the following options Specify Action s Opens the Actions submenu allowing you to assign an action to the event Options on this submenu are
4. PID ANY Error Shift E Specific Errors Data Length d ddr amp Endp O01 Oz OUT Bus Conditions d 00i 03 IN Split HubAddr amp Port d More Qn The t0 d Channel j 146 LeCroy Corporation USB Protocol Suite User Manual LeCroy Corporation PID ANY Error Specific Errors Data Length ddr amp Endp Bus Conditions shift E Split HubAddr amp Pork On The Go Channel PID AMY Error Specific Errors Data Length 4dr amp Endo Bus Conditions Split HubAddr amp Fort h Mone On The Go 6 4 6 Bus Conditions Allows you to search by bus conditions such as traffic speed reset and suspend All available bus conditions are displayed in the pull down menu keep Give shitt 5 Reset Shitt T suspend Shitt U Resume Shitt 6 chirp Shift Sel Shift SEO Shiti z kS J om HS Shiht I ES K om HS ShifE K WEuUSs voltage Ghange Shitet Law Speed Eull Speed High Speed Ctrl Shift 2 d d 6 4 7 Split HubAddr amp Port Allows you to go to a split hub address and port Chapter 6 Searching Traces 147 Chapter 6 Searching Traces USB Protocol Suite User Manual 6 4 8 On the Go Allows you to search for On the go attributes The On the Go submenu contains entries for e HNP Host Negotiation Protocol e SRP Session Request Protocol e Host A Hosts with an A plug e Host B Hosts with a B plug ANY Error Shift E Specific Errors Data Length Addr
5. Options Mame Trace Filename amp Path Defaut Change Default Location lt Debug Support gt E Capture Raw Trace Data during Upload Caution Can use up to 466 of disk space for each trace Switch to Advanced Mode Save Save Os Default Load LeCroy Corporation 241 Chapter 10 Recording Options USB Protocol Suite User Manual In Advanced Mode the Recording Options dialog box for USB Tracer Trainer is Recording Options USB Tracer Trainer General misc USB 2 0 USE 2 0 Rec Rules Ch O USB 2 0 Rec Rules Ch 1 Product voyager Advisor T3 USB Tracer Trainer Advisor Mobile Recording Type f Snapshot Options E Beep When Trigger Occurs Suto Merge 2 Channel Trace Files Save External InterFace Signals Manual Trigger Event Trigger Power Keep VBus power on after Generation Exerciser completes Buffer Size Trigger Position 4 000 ME Mot used with snapshot EAE Trace Filename amp Path Change Default Location Options Mame Default lt Debug Support gt E Capture Raw Trace Data during Upload Caution Can use up bo 466 of disk space for each trace Switch to Basic Mode Save Save Os Default Load 242 LeCroy Corporation USB Protocol Suite User Manual Chapter 10 Recording Options In Basic Mode the Recording Options dialog box for USB Advisor has only the Gen
6. USB 20 f USB 3 0 Packets To Search For Event Groupes Direction f Forward C Backward Address Endpoint Address Endpoint Director O00 Oo Ou Oo Bi Sddress Endpoint Data Pattern Data Lengths Split Facket Identifiers IFrames Bus Conditions Errars Origin i Top of the screen Last match Start of the file End of the file l Find All Search In Hidden Combining specified Event Groups C Union Packets that match ANY of the specified events Intersection Packets that match ALL of the specified events Exclusion Packets that OO NOT match opposite to the intersection or union Cancel 154 LeCroy Corporation USB Protocol Suite User Manual Chapter 6 Searching Traces LeCroy Corporation Step 2 Step 3 Step 4 If the file has both USB 2 0 and USB 3 0 traffic select either of these technologies in the Protocol area upper right USB 2 0 or USB 3 0 Select Packets Transactions Split Transactions Transfers HWA Segments HWA Transfers DWA Segments DWA Transfers PTP MTP Transactions PTP MTP Objects or PTP MTP Sessions from the top left list box to list that type of event in the Events Group box Select one or more events from the Events Group box e Address Endpoint e Address RPipe e Bus Conditions e Command Status e Data Lengths e Data Pattern e Errors e Frames e Handshake e Header Packet Types e L
7. 126 5 30 Switch to Split Transaction View 20000 0 127 5 31 Switch to Transfer View 0 0 0 cee ee ee 127 LeCroy Corporation USB Protocol Suite User Manual LeCroy Corporation Chapter 6 5 32 View Decoded Transfers 0 000 eee 128 5 32 1 Expanded and Collapsed Transfers 128 5 33 Decoding Protocol Specific Fields in Transactions and MAN SICRS ch tng acitek os a ace ataeg ates AA a ee 130 5 34 Switch to Host Wire Adapter Segment View 130 5 35 Switch to Host Wire Adapter Transfer View 131 5 36 Switch to Device Wire Adapter Segment View 131 5 37 Switch to Device Wire Adapter Transfer View 131 5 38 Switch to PTP Transactions 0 0 0 0 00 e eee 132 5 39 Switch to PTP Object Transfers 00 132 5 40 Switch to PTP Sessions 0 0 0 0 cee 133 5 41 Switch to SCSI Operations 0 00 0 2 eee 133 5 41 1 SCSI MCIIGS otha ck awed dee te Pea ae Ree Ce Was 133 5 42 Compressed CATC Trace View 0000 e eee eee 134 5 43 Spreadsheet View 2 0 00 ce eee eee 135 943A CUMAS e ettute bt kaatededtken dbase aera 136 FAJL ROWS xe Big eu Sug OS Roa UN a SaaS hema AE BOY 136 5 43 3 Detail View and Spreadsheet View 138 5 44 Edit Comment 0 0 0 ana ee 139 Searching TraceS 200005 141 6 1 GOTO Togel sisesed eee ei a a bee ee 141 6 2 Go to Packe
8. 268 LeCroy Corporation USB Protocol Suite User Manual Chapter 10 Recording Options 10 6 4 Dragging a Button to the Main Display Area After you create an Event button in the Available Events area you can drag the button to the Main Display area and drop it in the appropriate cell a cell is a grayed out rectangle with a dashed line around it You can think of each cell as a target for drag and drop of an Event button There are two types of cell that might appear Sequence cell and State cell In the Main Display area they are labelled as follows e Sequence cell Drag an event here to add a new sequence e State cell Drag an event here to add another state If there currently are no events in the Main Display area a single sequence cell appears at the top of the area To drag and drop the Event button Step 1 Place the mouse cursor on the Event button in the Available Events area Click the left mouse button Step 2 Drag the button to the cell When the button is in the cell a dashed highlight line appears around the cell Drop the button in the cell release the left mouse button The Event button appears in the cell ag Newevent im Q e ET Available Events Sequence 0 State 1 Errors TRIGGER The default label for the first cell is Sequence 0 State 1 As described later in this section you can change that label using the Properties pop up for that cell Two new cells appear under the first cell
9. e USB On the Go Check On the Go SRP Optionally select Dual Role Devices as 2 DRD s and enter device names Optionally assume that B is the first host e Generator Analyzer Clocking Overrides Select Slow Clock and enter number of megahertz Note Auto Detect mode does not allow Slow Clock e Generator related Parameters Choose parameters and device address location e Options Truncate data fields Recording Options oyager e X General Misc USB 2 0 misc USE 3 0 USE Gn The Ga On The Go SRP Analyzer Trace Speed Channel 0 Auto Detect Dual Role Devices 2 DRDS A Gres Name Ee E Dey Mame B Assume Bis 1st Hast Low C Full High Generator analyzer Clocking Overrides Slow Glock Divide by 2 655341 Use multiples of 60 for Airspeed Slow Clock not possible in Guto Detect mode Generator related Parameters Disable Generator Memory Use all of Capture Buffer for Trace W Default to Intelliframe Mode WEO W W Device Emulation Mode Tracing limited to Channel 0 only Device Resumes Delay Time Before Resume in msec 1 65525 1 Device Address Resume Time in msec 1 65535 20 f Use Address in utg file Emulated Devices Hex Gddress 01 3 Match O1 Mask FF Host Chirp Reset Length msec 1 69 50 Options T Truncate Data Fields 1 245 Bytes 1 Save Save Os Default Load Note USB 2 0 Dev
10. Chapter 8 Decode Requests 176 USB Protocol Suite User Manual Step 4 Display the Class Vendor Decoding Groups drop down menu Request Recipients and Endpoints lt gt Class Yendor Decoding X Request Recipients Endpoints Request RPipes Endpoint AFipes Request 4 RFipes Endpoint OWA AFipes DtgHost Addr Type Addr ClassVendor Decoding Groups HID Class Ho Decoding Audio Class J Communication Class HID Class Hub Class Requests Mass Strg Bulk Only Requests ox Cancel Apply Help 2 The drop down menu lists the defined Class Vendor request decoding groups The Class Vendor Decoding Groups are No Decoding Audio 1 0 Class Requests Audio 2 0 Class Requests Audio Class Requests CCID Requests Communication Class Requests HCI Command HID Class HID Class Requests Hub Class Requests ICCD Ver A Requests ICCD Ver B Requests IrDA Bridge Class Requests Mass Strg Bulk Only Requests Mass Strg Class UFI CBI Requests Printer Class Requests RNDIS Communication Class Requests Standard Requests Still Image PTP MTP PictBridge Class Requests Video 1 0 Class Requests Video 1 1 Class Requests Video Class Requests Wire Adapter Radio Control Request Wire Adapter Class Requests WUSB CBAF Requests LeCroy Corporation USB Protocol Suite User Manual Chapter 8 Decode Requests Step 5 Select a decoding group OR select No Decoding i
11. LeCroy Corporation 193 Chapter 9 Reports Real Time Bus Monitoring Exerciser USB 2 0 Host Emulation Exerciser USB 3 0 Host Emulation Exerciser USB 3 0 Device Emulation Memory Size 64MB Automation API USB 3 0 Slow Clock USB 3 0 Slow Clock Divider UASP Decodes Compliance USB 3 0 SMA Input Output Host Interface Gigabit Ethernet Snapshot Only Application Layer View Low Layer View LTSSM View Spec View USB 2 0 RTS VSE Capture VBus Power Capture Self Power Class Decodes Vendor Decodes Bus Utilization View Timing Calc CSV Export App Layer Trig Filt 3 0 Real Time Statistics graphs USB 2 0 Host Emulation USB 3 0 Host Emulation USB 3 0 Device Emulation Recording buffer size up to 64 MB Automation API USB 3 0 traffic generated and captured at Slow Clock rate less than 100 Mbps USB 3 0 traffic generated and captured at Slow Clock Divider rate 1 25 Gbps and 2 5 Gbps USB Attached SCSI Protocol Decodes USB 3 0 Compliance Suite USB 3 0 traffic generated and captured via SMA connectors Gigabit Ethernet link for host interface communications Minimum Trigger Filter Snapshot Only Decodes Transfer layer and above Decodes Packet Transaction and Transfer layers and Standard Descriptors Link Training and Status State Machine Views Specification View USB 2 0 Real time Statistics Verification Script Engine trace parser Capture USB VBus Power Information Capture External Self P
12. The dialog allows you to Set Host Current or Apply to Analyzer You can enter Device to Analyzer Signal Settings e Device Name e Device Cable ID e Input Signal Equalization ISE Settings Short medium and long time constant Current Off Minimum Moderate or Maximum e Pre Emphasis Settings Short and long time level 0 to 15 and short and long time decay 0 to 7 e Output Power Level Current or 213 mV to 1294 mV You can enter Host to Analyzer Signal Settings e Host Name e Host Cable ID e Input Signal Equalization ISE Settings Short medium and long time constant Current Off Minimum Moderate or Maximum e Pre Emphasis Settings Short and long time level 0 to 15 and short and long time decay 0 to 7 e Output Power Level Current or 213 mV to 1294 mV You can also Load the default settings or Load the last applied settings LeCroy Corporation 63 Chapter 3 Installation USB Protocol Suite User Manual Input Equalization Depending on the hardware version of your system there are two ways to control input equalization One method requires you to set three time constants or use the defaults The other method allows you to select either Hi or Low or use the default The method appropriate for your connected hardware is enabled For advanced users only You can change the values for the other hardware by checking Enable Both Eq modifications For example you might want to do this if you use th
13. e Counter Value Number of repeats required when Count Randomly is set to No The default value is 1 Within actions counters determine how many times the system calls the action before it acts Action counters typically have two properties e Random Can be set to Yes or No default value is No If set to Yes the action triggers a number of occurrences before the action takes place That number ranges randomly between 1 and the value set in the property At least every Nth occurrence which replaces the property Every Nth occurrence when Yes is selected e Every Nth occurrence Number of times the system calls the action before it acts Note that there is some overlap in the way these counters can be used For example in the simple case of a single event leading to a single action it makes no difference whether you specify the event to require five repeats before triggering the action or the action to require five occurrences before it acts However in the case of combined events and or actions the separate counters provide flexibility in designing test cases For example consider the case where Event_1 OR Event_2 leads to Action If Event_1 has a counter of 5 then the Action triggers either when Event_1 has repeated five times or when Event_2 happens the first time whichever occurs first But if the event counters are set to 1 and the Action counter is set to 5 then the Action happens after f
14. 4 S LIE Frame CROCS PktLen Time Time Stamp F oxas 1236 1 39 974 ms 0 586 934 382 Note The Expand Collapse transfer feature operates as a toggle when one format is active the other appears as an option on the Expand Collapse drop down menu To collapse a transfer perform the same operation and select Collapse This USB Transfer Note that you can choose to expand or collapse e Only the selected Transfer OR e All Transfers It is not necessary to use the Expand Collapse Transfers menu to shift between expanded and collapsed views of a transfers You can double click the Transfer number field to toggle back and forth between collapsed and expanded views LeCroy Corporation 129 Chapter 5 Reading a Trace USB Protocol Suite User Manual 5 33 Decoding Protocol Specific Fields in Transactions and Transfers When transfers or transactions are displayed the fields in setup transactions and in control interrupt and Bulk transfers do not get decoded by default and are shown in hexadecimal values The exceptions are setup transactions and control transfers for standard USB device requests which are always decoded To show specific decoding for class and vendor specific device requests and endpoints you have to use the decoding association mechanism that is described in Chapter 9 on decoding When you have performed the association you see the protocol specific fields of transfers and transactions decoded in the trace
15. Advisor T3 USB Tracer Trainer Advisor Mobile Recording Channels Options Mame Default Trace Filename amp Path Change Default Location C Program Files LeCroy Installation data usb Recording Type f Snapshot M USB 2 0 Manual Trigger use 3 0 Event Trigger Recording Scope Mote For large recordings the application will segment the data into multiple 512MB trace Files lt Debug Support gt i Conventional Single Buffer Recording E Capture Raw Trace Data during Upload Buffer Size Trigger Position Caution Can use up to 466 of disk space For each trace 16 000 MB Mot used with snapshot Spooled Recording Max Disk Usage c S6 Recording Size Limits f Record For ODapls 12 34 56 Record 120000 jap f Until Triggered plus Daplis 12 34 56 Until Triggered plus 120000 g Switch to Advanced Mode Save Save Os Default Load LeCroy Corporation 239 Chapter 10 Recording Options USB Protocol Suite User Manual In Advanced Mode the Recording Options dialog box for Advisor T3 is Recording Options Advisor T3 h General Misc USB 2 0 Misc LSB 3 0 USB 2 0 Rec Rules Ch O USB 3 0 Rec Rules Product Voyager Advisor T3 USB Tracer Trainer Advisor Mobile Recording Type Recording Channels Options Mame f Snapshot M USB 2 0 Manual Trigger Trace Filename am
16. Click a to show number of transitions Note To enable LTSSM buttons open the Display Options dialog In the General tab check the Process USB3 LTSSM checkbox Click Save As Default Reopen the trace file LeCroy Corporation 225 Chapter 9 Reports USB Protocol Suite User Manual 9 13 Power Tracker Note Power Capture can only be enabled on licensed M3i versions of Voyager The Power Tracker displays the power voltage and current at each time select Report gt Power Tracker or click to display the Power Tracker Power Tracker mO bs amp amp Mh wH Ey Ae Power 0 uw voltage 5 074 v Current 0 uA a Pea sie 1 i i L I 1 60 5 080 320 00 ee SR S A a ee 1 J Bonn 140 s5060 280 00 3 J al 1 1 1 20 5040 240 00 i 0 J 1 1 1 00 5 020 200 00 i i i i lt 020 5 000 160 00 1 O60 4980 120 00 i ii f f m i i I Le 020 4940 40 00 i i a J 1 o00 4920 o oo RE eee eee ee ee Power Voltage Current 0 04 0 08 0 12 0 16 Io 0 04 0 08 c Wy vV tmAy ms wind 0 21 ms ls 3 E QuickTiming markers not set If you select Power Tracker from the Report menu you can select Hide Full Screen Sync by Time or Real Time Monitor see Power Tracker Toolbar section below The left side shows power voltage and current levels Right clicking a column allows you to select the vertical scale origin The or
17. LeCroy PROTOCOL SOLUTIONS GROUP 3385 SCOTT BLVD SANTA CLARA CA 95054 LeCroy USB Protocol Suite User Manual Manual Version 4 3 CATC Advisor Advisor 7 SS Advisor T3 USB Advisor USB Tracer Trainer Voyager M3 M3i USBMobile HS USBMobile T2 For Software Version 4 3 September 2011 USB Protocol Suite User Manual Document Disclaimer The information in this document has been carefully checked and is believed to be reliable However no responsibility can be assumed for inaccuracies that may not have been detected LeCroy reserves the right to revise the information in this document without notice or penalty Changes or Modifications Any change or modification not expressly approved by LeCroy voids the user s authority to operate this equipment Trademarks and Servicemarks CATC LeCroy Voyager Voyager ReadyLink USB Protocol Suite USB Advisor Advisor T3 USB Chief USB Inspector USB Detective USB Tracer Trainer and BusEngine are trademarks of LeCroy Microsoft and Windows are registered trademarks and Windows Vista is a trademark of Microsoft Inc Intel is a registered trademark and Core is a trademark of Intel Corporation All other trademarks are property of their respective companies Copyright Copyright 2011 LeCroy Corporation All Rights Reserved This document may be printed and reproduced without additional permission but all copies should contain this co
18. LeCroy Corporation USB Protocol Suite User Manual Chapter 12 Traffic Generation 3 0 Exerciser Step 5 Totest the USB 3 signals first connect the DUT HUT to the appropriate Exerciser port Do not click any buttons The DUT HUT should see termination on the port but no LFPS signaling and go to the CPO pattern LeCroy i i a i i AE AN l 3 i j A i i n fa 1 o i i P l i f 1 D jo il a i A A a i i g i i l D of i a 0 i i i A 1 i i i mit 1 i i 4 i to p P POPE G es APE E te E E E AE PE 5 fet S NE O PA E f 1 i 4 I i rig E Fi i po i i i i 4 f j a i A a i b a r q j i i i py lt ae i i it i gt rd t i i u 1 i l a F i i H j i i or S i i si i pi i jod i i j i ar i t Measure Pt ehght Eye P2 ewdth Eye P3 eampl Eye P4 bitrate F1 PS5 ampl C2 P6 ampl C3 P7 P8 P9 P10 P11 P12 value 591 4 mV 123 9 ps 790 7 mV 4 9798 Gbit s 394 44 mV 381 34 mV status a a7 vA a a a7 Pass Fail Q1 True Q2 False Q3 True Q4 True Q5 True Q6 Q7 Qs P1 gt 200mV P2 gt 140ps P3 gt 300mV P52 100mV P62100mV P6 lt 0 P7 lt 0 P8 lt 0 Q1 amp Q2 amp Q3 amp Q4 amp Q5 False Passed 0 Of 5 sweeps 200 mV div 1 00 ns div rigger GG 1 00 ns div Auto 0 mV 400S 40 GS s Edge Positive Typical CPO Pattern LeCroy Corporation 355 Chapter 12 Traffic Generation 3 0 Exerciser USB Protocol Suite User Manual Step 6 To display subsequent Compliance pattern
19. SW Analysis Link Tracker SW Analysis Trafic Summary SW Analysis Real Time statistics Exerciser USB 2 0 Host Emulation Exerciser USB 3 0 Host Emulation Exerciser USB 3 0 Device Emulation Automation API USB 3 0 Slow Clock USB 3 0 External Slow Clock USB 3 0 SMA Input Output Host Interface Gigabit Ethernet Purchased Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes License information for the product Serial Number 00018 Feature Description Hi Speed Traffic Generated and Traced at Slow Clock rate Device Emulation Hi Speed Tracing Enabled Required on UPAS 2500H only Capture USB 2 0 traffic Capture USB 3 0 traffic Recording buffer size up to 512MB Recording buffer size up to 1GB Recording buffer size up to 2GB Recording buffer size up to 4GB Trig Filt Limited Trig Filt Limited II Trig Filt Limited III Trig Filt Advanced External Trigger In Qut Link Tracker display for debugging link level behaviors Trafic Summary reports Real Time Statistics graphs USB 2 0 Host Emulation USB 3 0 Host Emulation USB 3 0 Device Emulation Automation API USB 3 0 traffic generated and captured at Slow Clock rate USB 3 0 trafic generated and captured at External Slow Clock rate USB 3 0 trafic generated and captured via SMA connectors Gigabit Ethernet link for host interface communications Named features enabled on
20. a eE a Skip Data z i SKP SKP SKP SKP i 7 3 Link Tracker Pac Detail View USES LTSSM View ie 5 gt Eg Quick Timing markers not set Ready SS ports Exer B USB3 Ex Term Search Fwd Device initiates loopback mode with SuperSpeed host The loopback sequence is transmitted for the defined interval and automatically repeats until the Stop button is pressed The Electrical Test window automatically monitors the loopback patterns for receiver errors and displays the following e Number of Symbols e Number of Transmitted Errors e Number of Received Errors e Status of Loopback Mode 348 LeCroy Corporation USB Protocol Suite User Manual Chapter 12 Traffic Generation 3 0 Exerciser Note The Voyager Loopback Mode does not alter the transmitted signal and does not perform the jitter tolerance electrical test defined in USB IF Electrical Layer Compliance Specification Specialized equipment such as LeCroy s PERT Receiver Tolerance Test system should be used to introduce jitter as defined by the Electrical Layer Compliance Specification 12 11 2 Compliance Mode The Voyager USB 3 0 Electrical Test window supports entry to the Polling Compliance substate This initiates the transmission of the pseudo random data pattern generated by the scrambled D10 0 compliance sequence The Voyager system USB 3 0 Electrical Test window can initiate the required test modes while an attached oscilloscope is used to measure the tr
21. oi wae om 40 an zi RD READ Eeer i Lun READ Performance By LUN ae WA WRITE Operations i Lun WRITE Performance By LUN F Power Measurements USB 2 0 Errors S Operation ll Trafic e Address e Number Of Transfers Total number of transfers that compose the SCSI operation e Response Time Time to transmit on the USB link from the beginning of the first transfer in the SCSI operation to the end of the last transfer in the SCSI operation e Latency Time from the transmission of the SCSI command to the first data trans mitted for the SCSI IO operation e Data To Status Time Time between the end of data transmission for the SCSI operation and the status transfer e Payload Number of payload bytes transferred by the SCSI operation LeCroy Corporation 201 Chapter 9 Reports USB Protocol Suite User Manual 9 6 Bus Utilization The Bus Utilization window displays information on bandwidth use for the three recording channels To open the Bus Utilization window select Report gt Bus Utilization or click the button marked dll A window opens with graph areas For USB 2 0 the display is similar to the following Packet length e am Length bytes 200 400 600 agi 1 000 1 200 1 400 1 600 1 800 2 000 2 200 Time ms Bus usage i al D M Percent 20 1 200 400 600 500 1000 14 200 1 400 1 600 1 800 2 000 2 200 Time ms a Bus usage by device D M Percent 2 0 1 20
22. 00 000 001 344 e4 2 00 000 001 456 2r 2 00 000 001 568 00 000 001 680 oe 00 000 001 792 33 1 nn anA An AA AB P 2Nt 4n 6ne O 2Nt 4rz n Ready Po LeCroy Corporation USB Protocol Suite User Manual Chapter 9 Reports Collapsing Idle Time Enabling Tool tips and Resetting Column Widths Click the View Options button JE to open a menu with options for formatting the display Three options are presented Collapsible Idle Time Opens a dialog box for setting the Idle time value Setting a value tells the Analyzer when to collapse Idle times and display them as grayed out strips within the Bus View window Tooltip Display Opens a menu with options for adding content to Tooltips Tooltips display when you position the mouse pointer over an item in the Bus View window The options are e Tooltips Display Values e Tooltips Display Scrambled Values e Tooltips Display 10 bit Codes e Tooltips Display Symbols Time Format Seconds or Clock Reset Column Widths This option resets column widths to their defaults and enables columns to resize themselves automatically any time the application window is resized Normally columns automatically resize themselves if the application window is made larger or smaller However if you manually resize any columns in the Bus View window column widths become static Thereafter if you resize the application window the Bus View columns do not adjust automatically Reset C
23. 03 21 Mi 104 LeCroy Corporation USB Protocol Suite User Manual Chapter 5 Reading a Trace LeCroy Corporation Video Video clips that are recorded and attached to certain point of interest in a trace can be played The video is embedded in the tooltip with simple playback controls Marker 5 abcdefghijklimnopqrstuvwoxyz LeCroy Voyager USB 3 0 Analyzer Introduction Recording amp Triggering 00 00 08 00 Mi File Attachment You can attach any kind of file including images PDFs documents media files etc URL link You can specify a URL that links to a web page i e YouTube a network location or a local file system location Web Link Due to the small size the web page is not embedded in the callout You can use the Open button to open the web link in the default web browser Marker 5 abcdefghijklimnopqrstuyvwxyz 105 Chapter 5 Reading a Trace USB Protocol Suite User Manual YouTube Videos YouTube s video player is embedded for YouTube Video playback Marker 5 abcdefghijkimnopaqrstuvwxyz Po ds 246 801 o 106 LeCroy Corporation USB Protocol Suite User Manual Chapter 5 Reading a Trace Images The image is embedded in the trace Marker 5 abcdefghijkimnopgqrstuvwayz lt 6 0 oao amp gt Other Attachments Click the Open button to open the attachment file with the system s default application for that file type Marker 5 abcdefghijklimnopqrstuvwxyz
24. 10 4 Recording Options Misc USB 3 0 for Advisor T3 The Misc USB 3 0 tab presents options for setting Descrambling Termination RxDetect Polarity Inversion Simple Filters and Truncate Data Fields e General Misc USB2 0 Misc USB 3 0 USB 2 0 Rec Rules Ch O USB 3 0 Rec Rules Simple Filters M Filter Out Logical Idles amp SKPs Filter Out LUPYLDN Filter Out ITP I Truncate Data Fields Bytes 32 For Descrambling Downstream and or Upstream select On Off or Auto For Termination RxDetect you can select Auto or Manual for Analyzer Ports and Enable RxDetect for Exerciser Ports For Analyzer Ports if you select the Manual mode the Term button in the toolbar is enabled For more information about the Recording buttons see Recording on page 80 LeCroy Corporation 261 Chapter 10 Recording Options USB Protocol Suite User Manual Note The Auto RxDetect mode has been designed to recognize 3 0 hosts and devices and present 3 0 terminations to them when they are plugged in However some cases have timing that can cause the Host and Device not to connect or to go into USB 2 0 mode If either of these timing cases occurs click the Momentary Disconnect button on the toolbar to cause a Disconnect Reconnect cycle of the VBus If cycling does not work disable and then re enable the xHCI Host controller d
25. 10 bit Codes Symbols e Time Format Seconds Clock e Reset Columns Widths return to default widths e Reset Columns Order return to default column sequence See Using the Link Tracker Window on page 210 for further details 5a Synchronize Trace View Synchronizes the Trace View and Link Tracker windows so that a move in one window repositions the other Because of the differences in scale and logic between the Link Tracker and Trace view window scrolling produces different effects depending on which window is being scrolled Scrolling in the trace window causes the Link Tracker window to rapidly jump from event to event Long periods of idle time are thus skipped Scrolling in the Link Tracker window in contrast produces modest movements within the trace window scrolling in the Link Tracker window causes the trace window to pause until the beginning of a packet is displayed At that point the trace window repositions itself While scrolling long Idle periods or through the contents of a packet the trace window does not move Zoom In R Zoom Out Q B Continuous Time Scale No collapsing Collapse Idle Do not show some periods of Link being idle Collapse Idle Plus Do not show periods of Link being idle ea 212 LeCroy Corporation USB Protocol Suite User Manual LeCroy Corporation Ox One son Text Columns Show Values Show Scrambled Values Show 10b Codes Show Symbols Show Text C
26. 70 65 You can wrap bytes of the data field to the next line The bytes are in the order they come across the bus and the bits within the bytes are in MSB to LSB order Maximum number of bytes allowed is 1049 5 bits 0x0 0x1F Assign a value for the crc field The default value is the correct crc calculated for the packet Key Code Format Descripton or 16 bits 0x0 0xF FFF Oor 1 Host Generation Only Assign a value for the s High Speed SPLIT Start Speed field Oor 1 Host Generation Only Assign a value for the sc High Speed SPLIT Start Complete field Oor 1 Host Generation Only Assign a value for the e High Speed SPLIT End field et 0to3 Host Generation Only Assign a value for the et High Speed SPLIT Endpoint Type field 0 Control 1 Isoch 2 bulk 3 Interrupt hird 4 bits 0 15 Host Generation Only Assign the Host Initiated Resume Duration Default value is 0 For a description of the values 1 through 15 see the Link Power Management Specification link_state 4 bits 0 15 Host Generation Only Assign the link state Currently the only legal link_state value is 1 for L1 Sleep Default value is O so set the link_state value to 1 LeCroy Corporation USB Protocol Suite User Manual Chapter 11 Traffic Generation 2 0 KeyCode Format remote_wake Oor 1 Host Generation Only Disable or enable Remote Wakeup Default value is 0 which disables Remote Wakeup
27. A thin red line represents each error in the pane e Traffic Types To view the types of packets that occur in the trace A different color represents each packet type in the pane The relative size of colored portions in the pane corresponds to the amounts of the various packet types in the trace As described below you can use the Navigator legend to change the types of packets that take precedence in the display e Protocols of Traffic To view USB 2 0 USB 3 0 Host Tx or USB 3 0 Host Rx To Show Hide Navigator Panes You can show hide any of the panes using pop up menus accessible through right click the Navigator Panes button or by right click anywhere in any Trace Navigator pane 218 LeCroy Corporation USB Protocol Suite User Manual Chapter 9 Reports LeCroy Corporation Navigator Slider The Navigator slider appears at the left of Navigator panes The slider has yellow upper and lower range delimiters and a blue current position indicator The Navigator slider lets you to set the range of packets viewable in the trace display In other words it sets scrolling range of the display You can scroll the display up to the lowest packet number in the viewing range You can scroll the display down to the highest packet number in the viewing range Trace Navigator Legend The Navigator legend lets you control the display of content in Navigator panes You bring up the legend through the Navigator Panes drop down menu Press the toolb
28. If you click the button more than once a second the previous file with the same timestamp will be lost LeCroy Corporation USB Protocol Suite User Manual Chapter 9 Reports 9 15 2 Real Time Statistical Monitor Pop up Menu If you right click a graph in the Real Time window a pop up menu appears with options for changing the format of the display Unde Zoom Fit bo Graph area Scale Type d Hide Femove Properties e Undo Zoom If you have zoomed in undoes the zoom e Fit to Graph Area Displays graph so that the entire trace fits inside the graph area e Y Scale Type e Linear Converts display to linear format e Logarithmic Converts display to logarithmic format e Hide Hides the selected graph e Properties Opens a dialog box with options for changing the colors titles and other features of the graphs LeCroy Corporation 235 Chapter 9 Reports 236 USB Protocol Suite User Manual 9 15 3 Displaying Multiple Graphs The Real Time Statistics window gives you the ability to create up to three separate graphing windows so that you can create separate graphs of traffic and tile them vertically Within these windows you can format the graphs in a number of ways e To view two or three graphs simultaneously click the Graph Areas button The following menu opens Statistics accumulation o Data Packet Count Ch 0 amp Data Packet Count Ch 1 o Data Payload Throughput Ch 0 amp Dat
29. Voyager Advisor T3 only 279 10 7 1 Recording Rules Toolbar 0005 219 10 7 2 Recording Rules Page How It Works 280 10 7 3 Creating Event Buttons 000 5 280 10 7 4 Dragging a Button to the Main Display Area 281 10 7 5 Assigning an Action 0 0 cee eee 282 10 7 6 Recording Rules Pop Up Menus 282 10 7 7 Actions and Action Properties 282 10 7 8 Events and Event Properties for USB 3 0 283 10 7 9 Counters and Timers for USB 3 0 286 10 7 10 Configuration Validity 0 000008 288 10 8 Saving Recording Options 0 000 eee eee 288 10 9 Recording Bus Data 1 anaana aana aeaa es 289 10 10 Merging Trace Files 0 0 0 0 290 10 11 Recording Option Summary Tab 005 292 Chapter 11 Traffic Generation 2 0 293 11 1 Connecting to the Exerciser Generator 293 11 1 1 Connecting to USBTracer Trainer 293 11 1 2 Connecting to Voyager 0 0 0 cece eee 297 11 2 Traffic Generation Files 0 0 0 0 0c 299 11 3 Creating Traffic Generation Files 00 5 300 11 3 1 Creating a Traffic Generation File with the Export COMMANG sats Oh eon tote LS Se eo aA 300 11 4 Editing a Generation File 0 00 00 c eee 302 MAPA TOO ba acd aS ue seer e dere tid Bee oe ce 303 1
30. What this Warranty Does Not Cover This warranty does not cover damage due to external causes including accident damage during shipment after delivery to a common carrier by LeCroy abuse misuse problems with electrical power including power surges and outages servicing not authorized by LeCroy usage or operation not in accordance with Product instructions failure to perform required preventive maintenance software related problems whether or not provided by LeCroy problems caused by use of accessories parts or components not supplied by LeCroy Products that have been modified or altered by someone other than LeCroy Products with missing or altered service tags or serial numbers and Products for which LeCroy has not received payment in full Coverage During Warranty Period During the Warranty Period LeCroy or its authorized representatives will repair or replace Products at LeCroy s sole discretion covered under this limited warranty that are returned directly to LeCroy s facility or through LeCroy s authorized representatives LeCroy Corporation 371 Limited Hardware Warranty USB Protocol Suite User Manual 372 How to Obtain Warranty Service To request warranty service you must complete and return the registration card or register via the internet within the fifteen day period described above and report your covered warranty claim by contacting LeCroy Technical Support or its authorized representative You can reach LeC
31. connector You can use Clock A Out and Clock B Out to pass through the actual DUT onboard clock If the Host DUT connects to port A its Tx clock out port should connect to Clock A In Then the Clock A Out can connect to the Device DUT Rx clock in port On the opposite side the Device DUT Tx clock out port should connect to Clock B In Then Clock B Out can connect to the Host DUT Rx clock in port Note The Clock Out feature is only supported on Voyager M3i If Voyager is in Host Emulation mode connect the clock to the Clock A In connector The Exerciser uses this clock as its transmit clock and provides the identical output to the Clock A Out connector If Voyager is in Device Emulation mode connect the clock to the Clock B In connector Example setups using Voyager USB 3 0 in Exerciser Device Emulation mode over SMA inputs with External Slow Clock option eee LeCroy Trigger voyage M3 LeCroy ager M3 vorago Clock x A e In Out ra e ine P ig gt gt WES A ie a ERA Aaa Figure 2 External reference clock The Exerciser uses this clock as its transmit clock and provides the identical output to the Clock B Out connector The analyzer scales down the timestamps in trace files to the clocks in use so a symbol remains a 2 ns entity regardless of the clocking frequency value All time values displayed in trace information reflect this scaled value allowing easy comparison with the USB 3 0 specification If th
32. count of particular frame or packet types e Bus Utilization To display information on bandwidth usage for the transmit and receive channels e Link Tracker 3 0 Displays a detailed chronological view of events e Trace Navigator Navigates within the trace to view the location of errors and triggers narrow the range of traffic on display and jump to any point in the trace e Detail View Shows details of selected packet e Spec View 3 0 Shows packet header information and other items in a view that matches the USB 3 0 specification LeCroy Corporation 191 Chapter 9 Reports 192 USB Protocol Suite User Manual USB3 Link State Timing View Graphically shows how much time the link spends in each link state USB3 LTSSM View Displays the LTSSM diagram depicted in the USB 3 0 specification Power Tracker Voyager M3i only Displays voltage current and power You can select Hide Full Screen Sync by Time or Real Time Monitor Run Verification Scripts Opens a window to allow you to run verification scripts over the open trace Real Time Statistics To display statistical information for the channels Reports are available from the Report menu and buttons on the Tool bar Tools are available from the Tools menu Note 1 Similar to the windows in most Windows programs most report views are dockable and tab able Note 2 When you open a report view the software attempts to apply the user preferences used wh
33. display see note There are five zoom levels The default level is the middle one key and rolling the mouse wheel Config is valid Config is invalid Zoom Out Makes the display appear smaller Show Hide Channels Shows or hides the channel icon on the Event button Show Hide Properties Dialog Shows or hides the properties dialog of the selected event action or state This display appears when the current Recording Rules configuration can be executed by the hardware This display appears when the current Recording Rules configuration cannot be executed by the hardware If you have a wheel on the mouse you can zoom by holding down the CTRL LeCroy Corporation USB Protocol Suite User Manual Chapter 10 Recording Options LeCroy Corporation 10 6 2 Recording Rules Page How It Works You can think of the Recording Rules page as a workspace for creating recording rules rules that determine how the analyzer records traces Recording rules are combinations of events and actions An event and the action or actions associated with it form a rule state One or more states are encapsulated in a sequence Note There can be from one to 512 states within a sequence You can associate one or more events with each state and you assign each event a different action or the same action A sequence that has only one state is called a single state sequence The analyzer continuously watches for each event in the
34. e Has a Trace Viewer backward compatible with USB Tracer USBMobile Advisor Chief Inspector and Detective trace files e Indicates trigger position by different pre trigger and post trigger colors e Sets markers to assist with navigation and time calculations e Hides start of frame SOF packets and any packet or transaction e Searches for a specific PID e Detects and alerts the user to every potential bus error and protocol violation and their combinations e Has high resolution accurate time stamping of bus packets and timing measurement and analysis functions e Has search and packet hiding capabilities e Allows comprehensive device class decoding and user defined protocol decoding LeCroy Corporation 27 Chapter 1 Overview USB Protocol Suite User Manual 1 7 USBMobile HS 28 The LeCroy USBMobile HS USB Hi Speed Analyzer is a portable PC Card based bus and protocol analyzer that accurately and efficiently debugs tests and verifies Low Full and Hi Speed USB semiconductors devices software and systems Figure 1 10 USBMobile HS USBMobile HS is the previous generation of PCMCIA USB Analyzer Its features are identical to USBMobile T2 with the exception that it allows for up to seven sequential states in its triggering and filtering capabilities LeCroy Corporation USB Protocol Suite User Manual Chapter 2 General Description Chapter 2 General Description 2 1 Voyager M3 M3i
35. end of packet bad babble activity loss frame length violation time out or turn around violation and data toggle violation The Analyzer program highlights all hardware detected errors and further examines the trace file for additional protocol errors including wrong packet length data payload violation and packet termination not on a byte boundary 2 LeCroy Corporation USB Protocol Suite User Manual Chapter 1 Overview LeCroy Corporation 1 1 5 Real Time Event Triggering and Capture Filtering The Analyzer can accurately identify and selectively record transactions of interest from the crowded stream of bus traffic The system uses more than a dozen configurable hardware building blocks that you can optimize to perform particular activities Such recording resources can independently await an initialization signal monitor its external environment external signals or other resources in search of a particular event and take a subsequent action such as triggering inclusive or exclusive filtering and counting In the user interface you can select configure and combine these resources to search for complex trigger conditions and selectively capture associated transactions The system can trigger on basic events such as specific bus conditions and packet identifiers PID It can also trigger on complex events such as trigger on the fifth occurrence of aSETUP Token device number nine or trigger ona SET INTERFACE r
36. o0 00 n etea XXXXXXxx oo fool wes XXXXXXXx oo fool ei o 0 Cancel In the Data Pattern dialog you can set the Bitmask Mask and Match for each bit Bitmask and Match always correlate When you set Bitmask or Match the other changes to maintain their correlation Note If you set Bitmask Match before setting Mask the Mask changes to the default mask You must change to the Mask that you want If you set an appropriate Mask before setting Bitmask Match the Mask does not change automatically to a default mask if you change Bitmask Match LeCroy Corporation 275 Chapter 10 Recording Options USB Protocol Suite User Manual 276 Note If you are trying to match less than 16 bytes of data and want it to match the pattern in a data payload which might be less than 16 bytes align your pattern to the END of the 16 byte mask match array For example if you want to match the SCSI header USBS in a payload that MIGHT be less than 16 bytes you would fill out the table as follows Event Properties Property Value Byte 7 Hex Labet editia i Byte 9 Hex Data Pattern Byte 10 Hex Byte 11 Hex Byte 12 Hex Byte 13 Hex 0 Count 2 Byte 14 Hex Byte 15 Hex Desc Any occurence on channel 0 of the specified Data Pattern This will match the pattern in a payload of sizes 4 through 1024 10 6 8 Counters and Timers for USB 2 0 Timer A timer counts the time from a starting event to a
37. searching and other functions ta baits 4 uy E amp KS MA S The buttons have the following functions Save Saves your edits and Add Remove bookmark Allows ig immediately updates the setting bars markers to be set or removed to aid and Frames shown in the trace in navigation window gt View Options Opens a menu with three options Enable Outlining Toggle Outlining and Line Numbers See View Options Menu below gt Go to next bookmark bA Go to Trace View A Cut Copy Go to previous bookmark Clear all bookmarks Find x e an Paste Find and Replace Undo Redo Print View Options Menu The View Options button has a menu with three options Enable Outlining Show Line Numbers Show Tooltips Enable Intellisense e Enable Outlining Adds an expandable collapsible tree structure to the left side of the Script Editor showing the hierarchical relationships of the script lines e Show Line Numbers Adds line numbers to the left side of the Script Editor window e Show Tooltips Enables tooltips to appear when the mouse pointer is suspended over a script item e Enable Intellisense 303 Chapter 11 Traffic Generation 2 0 USB Protocol Suite User Manual 11 4 2 Pop up Menu Right click anywhere in the script window to open a pop up menu with the following options db Cut Cirit Copy Gtrl c H Paste Ctrl b i Position Trace View on Packet 192 L
38. the Host The Device Emulator waits until this PID has completed before sending the next generated packet The key should be assigned to a valid packet identifier string per the USB specification SETUP IN OUT DATAO DATA1 ACK DATA2 or MDATA PRE and PING are for Hubs only and are not supported Each memory segment waits forever until it receives the expected PID to its address endpoint so the user may have to hand edit the file to achieve the desired results Each endpoint memory segment acts independently 318 LeCroy Corporation USB Protocol Suite User Manual Chapter 11 Traffic Generation 2 0 Key Code Format Dessin SSS Bus Condition Keys reset positive Host Generation Only integer Indicates the number of microseconds that Or single ended zeros SEO are driven onto the bus LS_EOP Assign a positive integer to this key This key can also be assigned the string LS_EOP to drive two low speed bit times of SEO followed by one bit time of J se0 positive integer Host Generation Only lt 2500 Same SEO signal as reset but the range is in nanoseconds accuracy 33 ns suspend positive Host Generation Only integer Indicates the number of microseconds of idle and suspend after the previous packet for example for ten milliseconds of suspend the key should equal 13000 Assign a positive integer to this key Note that suspend begins after 3 milliseconds of idle resume positive Host Gene
39. 14 2010 1 07PM LeCroy USB trace f 450 KB Number of Packets 0 YmsNew TraceFieName File name Save as type LeCroy USB Trace Fies usb Cancel C Save Range 7 Rename original file faster or Pac ket 0 Trigger Step 3 On the new file you can now Export Packets to USB 2 0 Text File utg Step 4 If the captured file was Hi Speed and was recorded in Auto Speed Detect mode you must add a ping here statement before the first SOF packets in the utg file This is required because when the capture is made in Auto Speed Detect mode the first Ping sequence is not captured in the trace file LeCroy Corporation 77 Chapter 4 Software Overview USB Protocol Suite User Manual 4 3 Tool Bar MST F G Auto Mode OF ch Oy i et duh iE lt gt BS ae ey WP e Ol ee a eee oe ee BA i P TRA Fes OER WA ET SeSi TE B F Run once j gt use 3 0 Exerciser The Tool Bar provides quick and convenient access to the most popular program functions Tool tips briefly describe the functionality of each icon and menu item as the mouse arrow is moved over the icon item S F RT Record W d coe A 4 3 1 Files Searches and Options Lair Open file H Save As Edit as Text Find see Find on page 154 Find Next Setup Recording Options See Recording Options on page 237 EE Setup Display Options See Display Options on
40. 176 0 a 0 0 0 a Os 500 6 000 6 500 7 000 7 500 8 000 8 500 9 000 9 500 10 000 10 500 11 000 11 500 12 000 12 500 13 000 13 500 14 000 14 500 Time ms lt gt Upstream Downstream 132 132 SN 501 Bus Usage Ch 0 22 22 4 44 a 66 66 2 38 88 110 110 g 220000 220000 5 110 110 0 050000 0 050000 814 814 22 22 05500 6 000 6 500 7 000 7 500 8 000 8 500 9 000 9 500 10 000 10 500 11 000 11 500 12 000 12 500 13 000 13 500 14 000 14 500 Time ms co T E 22 22 0 0 he SN 501 SuperSpeed Host Rx Data Payload Throughput E amp SuperSpeed Host Tx Data Payload Throughput eA 0 000000 0 000000 vo A 0 0 uo SF 0 0 a 0 000000 0 000000 220836 220836 28 132 132 on S 0 059773 0 059773 o E o Time From Start 5 500 6 000 6 500 7 000 7 500 8 000 8 500 9 000 9 500 10 000 10 500 11 000 11 500 12 000 12 500 13 000 13 500 14 000 14 500 Time ms 00 00 04 lt E For USB 3 0 the Real Time Statistics window can display a SuperSpeed graph of real time link activity In order to see a graph of traffic you must start recording Press to start the Real Time statistics monitor As traffic is recorded data is streamed in real time to this window and presented in a format of your choice To stop the monitor press LeCroy Corporation 233 Chapter 9 Reports 234 9 15 1 Real Time Statistics Buttons USB Protocol Suite User Manual The Real Time Statistics toolbar has buttons for changing t
41. 2 2 Back Panel e Wide range AC connector module e Power socket e Power on off switch e Enclosed 5x20 mm 2 0 A 250 V fast acting glass fuse Warning For continued protection against fire replace fuse only with the type and rating specified above e Ext In Threshold value is between 0 8 V and 2 V because it uses TTL Maximum value of the external input signal which can be input is 5 V Minimum value is 0 V e Ext Out Uses TTL e USB type B host computer connector e Data In Out DB 25 25 pin external interface connector Warning Do not open the UPAS enclosure There are no operator serviceable parts inside Refer servicing to LeCroy 34 LeCroy Corporation USB Protocol Suite User Manual Chapter 2 General Description 2 8 USB Tracer System Setup The USB Tracer module inserts into the Universal Protocol Analyzer System The UPAS connects to a desktop or laptop PC through a USB port The PC controls the UPAS and Analyzer To set up the system hardware e Insert the USB Tracer module into the UPAS e Connect the Analyzer to an AC power source e Connect to the analyzing PC with USB e Connect USB cable to the device under test 2 9 USBTracer Trainer Specifications USB Tracer is a hardware module that installs into the Universal Protocol Analyzer System The following specifications describe a combined USB Tracer Universal Protocol Analyzer System 2 9 1 Package UPAS 12 2 x 12 2 x 3 5 inches 31 1 x 31 1 x 8 9 c
42. 2 559 091 466 e To move packet selection up or down click Shift Up Arrow or Shift Down Arrow e Packets are on separate rows with individual fields both labeled and color coded e Packets are numbered sequentially as recorded time stamped with a resolution of 8 ns and highlighted to show the transmitted speed low speed full speed or high speed e Display formats can be named and saved for later use e Pop up Tool Tips detail the contents of packet fields e Data fields can collapse to occupy minimal space in the display and you can zoom in and out to optimize screen use e The display software can operate independently of the hardware and so can func tion as a stand alone Trace Viewer that may be freely distributed e High Speed SOFs display Microframes shown below Frame CRCS Pkt Len Idle Time Stamp 1156 7 124 767 ps 00000 4056 3940 Frame CROCS Pkt Len Idle Time Stamp 1156 7 124 767 p 00000 4057 3908 T Microframes LeCroy Corporation 97 Chapter 5 Reading a Trace USB Protocol Suite User Manual 98 5 1 1 USB 3 0 Packets USB 3 0 has the following packet types e Link Commands Flow Control e Link Training Sequences TS1 TS2 TSEQ e Logical Idle Packets e Upstream Packets e Downstream Packets e Skip Sequences e ISO Time Stamp Packets e Inter Packet Symbols unexpected packets e Link Commands other than Flow Control e LMP Packets e Electrical Idles e LFPS Packets e Te
43. 271 Filter Out ITP 257 262 Filter Out Logical Idles and SKPs 257 262 Filter Out LUP LDN 257 262 filtering 3 hardware 12 filters 264 Find command 154 utility 154 Find Next command 158 firewall 52 firmware automatic updates 365 update 365 first recording 65 Fit to Graph Area option 235 fonts changing 161 Fonts and Colors options 206 Fonts option 161 format display 67 display options 165 fractional clock rate 9 16 From Frame field 345 Front Panel 41 Full Speed indicator 34 Functionality of Markers 99 fuse 34 42 379 Index G General Settings 341 General tab Display Options 160 Recording Options 247 Generate menu 71 326 generating traffic 16 generation file loading 305 344 formats 310 mode 306 307 options 308 repeating 307 running 309 session 307 starting 307 344 generation file creating 308 editing 302 loading 305 344 repeat 307 Generation Files option 305 generation script file 308 generator modules 34 Generator Text File 307 Generator Analyzer Clocking Overrides option 254 Gigabit Ethernet connector 31 Gigabit field 257 glass fuse 34 42 Go to Marker search 142 Packet Transaction Transfer search 142 Trigger search 141 USB2 0 143 USB3 0 149 Go to Marker command 211 go to next link state 225 go to previous link state 225 Go To SCSI 153 Go to USB2 0 drop down menu 143 149 Graph Areas button 236 Graph Areas menu 207 graphical display 1 graphical scenario 337 G
44. 9 Viewing Attachments of a Marker If you hover over the marked cell yellow triangle at the top right of the marked item refer to Attachment Types and Visualization on page 102 a window pops up displaying the contents of the marked cell as shown below To view an attachment you can click on any of the icons in the attachment bar and or you can double click on the icon itself to open the attachment af Bulk ADDR a E Tiem C t m p 2 606 Table of Contents For CATE Walk docx oe Text The text attachment is displayed in the icon bar and in the main pop up window Text attachments are always shown at the top The attachment file name is displayed in the field as shown below Marker 2 66 238 94 184 P56 Internet Sierra txt Open If there is no attachment No Attachments displays in the status bar at the bottom Marker 6 abc No Attachments If there are attachments the status bar is hidden You can move the cursor to an attachment icon in the list view and a preview of the attachment starts LeCroy Corporation 103 Chapter 5 Reading a Trace USB Protocol Suite User Manual Marker 3 Loading Audio Audio snippets that are recorded and attached to certain point of interest in a trace can be played The basic Play Start Stop Pause buttons are displayed to listen to the audio file Marker 5 abcdefghijkimnopgqrstuvwxyz lt 6 0u ot gt N Ei 00 00
45. All This action restarts both sequences in the Main Display area LeCroy Corporation USB Protocol Suite User Manual Chapter 10 Recording Options 10 7 Recording Rules USB 3 0 Voyager Advisor T3 only LeCroy Corporation Use the Recording Rules to set triggers for USB 3 0 Recording Options Yoyager Me Rules Cho LSB 3 0 Rec Rules General Misc USB 2 0 Misc USB 3 0 USB 2 0 aB Newevent Ww Q amp i Config is valid Save Save As Default Load Cancel The page has the same areas as the USB 2 0 Recording Rules see Recording Options Misc USB 3 0 for Advisor T3 on page 261 Pop Up Menus When you right click a button or area in the Recording Rules page a context sensitive pop up menu appears that lets you do operations that relate to that button or area in the same way as for the USB 2 0 Recording Rules Properties Dialogs When you click the Show Hide Properties Dialog button for an event action or state a dialog allows you to perform the same operations as in the pop up menus in the same way as for the USB 2 0 Recording Rules 10 7 1 Recording Rules Toolbar The Recording Rules toolbar buttons control the Recording Rules page and are the same as for the USB 2 0 Recording Rules see Recording Rules Toolbar on page 266 Note If you have a wheel on the mouse you can zoom by holding down the CTRL key and rolling the mouse wheel 279 Chapter 10 Recording Op
46. Analyzer PC Requirements 33 2 f The Installed USBTracer Unit 0 0005 33 2 1 LED and Button Descriptions 34 ZA BaCk AMEN tg Scie rds ad sarc aid ese a ny Md atte are a 34 2 8 USBTracer System Setup 0 0 0 0 cee 35 v Chapter 3 USB Protocol Suite User Manual 2 9 USBTracer Trainer Specifications 000000006 35 2 9 1 Package ia od oe8tacu awed ard aa eee ee a Bae Oe ew eee he 35 2 9 2 CONMGCIONS 4 avoe c4neoeenw Sees none Obes a ee eee 35 29 9 Weight Seiki becca cece be are e re ea ed a 35 2 9 4 Power Requirements 0 0000 cece eee eee 35 2 9 5 Environmental Conditions 0 0000005 36 2 9 6 Probing Characteristics 0 0 00 cee eee ees 36 ZO SWUCNCS gr oda a BER ee Pa OM ae ata see 36 2 9 6 InGicators LEDS sereen ad ee a eee eee Eee Awe 36 2 9 9 Recording Memory Size 0 0 ee ee 3 7 2 10 USBTracer Trainer External Interface Breakout Board 38 2 10 1 Pin Outs for the Data In Out Connector 39 2 10 2 Prototype Rework Area 2 0 0 eee 39 ZA AOVISO 6G etae ab Caw ha ates wea aoa MEA eo GAOT 40 2 12 Advisor PC Requirements 0 0 0 40 2 13 Advisor System Components Packing List 40 2 14 Advisor Stand Alone Unit 0 0 0 ccc 41 2 15 Advisor System Setup 1 0 ee 43 2 16 Advisor Specifications 0 0 0 0 ee 44 2 16 1 Package a a tra 2
47. Bad EOP Babble Start Babble End LOA Bad Frame Length Bad Turnaround Timeout Bad Data Toggle Bad FramesuFrame Number Analyzer Internal Error Last Byte Incomplete Bad OTG Signal Yalue USE3 Bad CRES USE3 Bad CRC16 USBS Bad CRC32 USES Disparity Error USB3 10 Bit Symbol Error USBS Unkown Packet US63 Framing Symbol Error USB3 Link Command Data Symbol Error USB3 Bad Header Packet Length USB3 Bad Data Length Field USB3 SKP Symbol Error PTP Tra No Command PTP Tra No Response PTP Tra Id Misordered PTP Tra No Operation code L o Ooo Sead 3 om S mn BA mn AA a SAE ma SA ma GA m AA oa SAAE ms SA ma SAE ma SAA oa SAA ma SAA mas SA man SAA a BAA a BA m SA ma SAA a GA a BGAE m AA m SAA a GA a GAE a G m AA a A a A a Chapter 9 Reports USB Protocol Suite User Manual 9 3 Timing Calculations The Timing Calculator is used to measure timing between any two packets e Select Timing Calculations under Report in the Menu Bar OR e Click D in the Tool Bar to display the Timing Calculator screen Timing Calculator From beginning Total Time 0 000 Facket r ja nanoseconds To beginning of Packet fi Show Formulas Bus Utilization Bandwidth No idle TU No idle Bw With idle TU with idle Bw Data only TU Data only BW Full Speed Global 3 0 4 Host Re Global 3 0 4 Host Th Global USB 2 Global USB 3 High Speed Low Speed Super Speed Transactions Classic Speed with idle Transactions Classic S
48. Chapter 10 Recording Options 10 6 6 Recording Rules Pop Up Menus The Recording Rules window has context sensitive pop up menus that are associated with the following types of object cells events and actions Cell Pop up Menu If you click a cell in the Main Display area that has an Event button contained in it the Cell pop up menu appears The Cell pop up menu has the following options e New Event Displays the same menu that you get when you click the New Event button on the toolbar e Properties Displays the Properties dialog for the selected cell Action Pop up Menu If you click an Action button in the Main Display area the Action pop up menu appears The Action pop up menu has the following trigger and filter options e Trigger Sets or clears Trigger action e Filter In Sets or clears Filter In action If Filter In is set you cannot use Filter Out it is disabled e Filter Out Sets or clears Filter Out action If Filter Out is set you cannot use Filter In it is disabled Note Examples that show use of filters are provided later in this chapter Advance the Sequence Creates an event sequence consisting of the event you clicked on and an event in a successive state of the sequence A thick arrow appears from the selected event and points downward ae Newevent im 5 IB ez Config is vali Available Events Sequence 0 State 1 Errors o hf it Sequence 0 State 2 PID OUT TRIGGER
49. FS SOF s LS EOP s or control endpoint traffic Slow Flashing Yellow LS Traffic on endpoints other than 0 resets activity timer as in 3 0 Fast Flashing Yellow FS Traffic on endpoints other than 0 resets activity timer as in 3 0 Solid Green HS SOF s or control endpoint traffic Flashing Green HS traffic on endpoints other than 0 resets activity timer as in 3 0 Exerciser Ports A downstream and B upstream Exerciser LEDs Gen Generating Green if generating enabled Rec Recording Red if 3 0 recording enabled when in Exerciser mode 3 0 USB 3 0 Off No traffic or LFPS Solid Yellow Only Polling LFPS Slow Flashing Yellow Low Power States Fast Flashing Yellow Symbol Traffic Training 1TS1 TS2 TSEQ Solid Green Link Traffic U0 LUP LDN Blinking Green TP s and DP s actual traffic 2 0 USB 2 0 unused Note USB 2 0 Link LEDs operate only while USB 2 0 Recording or Real Time Statistics RTS is running USB 3 0 LEDs always operate unless USB 3 0 has been disabled in the Recording Options General Tab A downstream MMCx plug connectors for interfacing B upstream with USB 3 0 signals Tx Transmit pair Rx Receive pair Clock A downstream MMCx plug connectors for interfacing Clock B upstream with external clock source or sink In Connects to an external reference clock Out Provides reference clock output LeCroy Corporation USB Protocol Suite User Manual Chapter 2 General Description LeCroy
50. Installation To add a device click Add to display the USB3 Device gt Analyzer gt Host Signal Parameter Profiles dialog USB3 Device gt Analyzer Host Signal Parameters Profile Set Device Current Read from Analyzer Apply to Analyzer Set Host Current Device gt Analyzer Signal Settings Device Name Device Device Cable ID Input Signal Equalization 15E Settings short time constant Current medium time constant Current long time constant Current C Low Hi Host gt Analyzer Signal Settings Host Mame Host Host Cable ID Input Signal Equalization ISE Settings short tine constant Current medium time constant Current long time constant Current C bow Hi Input Eq Input Eq T Enable Both Eg modifications Pre Emphasis Settings short tine Level 0 153 short tine Decay 0 7 long time Level 0 15 long time Decay 0 7 Output power level Curent Output power level Jcurrent differential voltage Current bl differential voltage Current Load default settings Cancel Load last applied settings The dialog allows you to Set Device Current or Read from Analyzer Pre Emphasis Settings short time Level 0 153 short time Decay 0 7 long time Level 0 15 nz long time Decay 0 7
51. LeCroy Corporation 163 Chapter 7 Display Options USB Protocol Suite User Manual To customize colors use the Custom tab Color Standard Custom Colors n Red 254 Greer EE Blue 133 Note You cannot change the color of an Invalid Data packet error field It is permanently set to red 164 LeCroy Corporation USB Protocol Suite User Manual Chapter 7 Display Options LeCroy Corporation 7 2 2 Formats Display Options For each type of data in each group of data the program has a default data format Examples of number data formats are Bin binary Dec decimal and Hex hexadecimal Examples of date and time data formats are Hex uFrame Dec uFrame Date amp Time Time Bit Time seconds microseconds and nanoseconds An example of a text data format is ASCII You can alter some data formats To specify a data format for an information type in the Color Format Hiding tab select a row such as Packet Fields in the Group and Color column and expand it Select a data type such as PID Types in the Group aj USB 2 0 Packets BB Packet Fields O EE LSE to MSE LSB to MSE LSE to MSE LSB to MSE LSE to MSE LSB to MSE LSE to MSE LSB to MSE LSE to MSE LSB to MSE LSE to MSE LSB to MSE LSE to MSE LSB to MSE LSE to MSE LSB to MSE LSE to MSE LSB to MSE LSB to MSE Select a format in the Format section The following formats are available for PID Types USB 2 0 Packets Packet Field
52. Online To register the product online select Help gt Register Product Online 368 LeCroy Corporation USB Protocol Suite User Manual Appendix A China Restriction of Hazardous Substances Table Appendix A China Restriction of Hazardous Substances Table The following tables are supplied in compliance with China s Restriction of Hazardous Substances China RoHS requirements SE Ber Oh He Td cr PBB PBDE o S ee o ee y y oO x o 3 X A Ean H ee ee ee ee E CoE ee ee ee ae ee eee rs ees APEA ERATA X ARAD PERMA O o ed Eat TREFA SAP IAS A SE SE Re PB eT 7 11363 2006 PEEVE PIR BS o EFUP FPS RTA EAA GRAS SE GE SB EN et Toxic or Hazardous Substances and Elements Hexavalent Polybrominated Polybrominated Mercury Cadmium Chromium Biphenyls Diphenyl Ethers Part Name Hz Cd Crt PBB PBDE Oo S QO GO GO Mechanical Hardware PowerCod x o x o XX _ mt aim Sm a Sn m w m S i i AAt Probes if present O Indicates that this toxic or hazardous substance contained in all of the homogeneous materials for this part is below the limit requirement specified in 5J T1 1363 2006 X Indicates that this toxic or hazardous substance contained in at least one of the homogenous materials used for this part is above the limit requirement specified in SJ T1 1363 2006 EFUP Environmental Friendly Use Period Use Conditions refer to the environmental
53. PTP a scsi REK Bae R Bic ic ER ER Bi FK PR ER R M al SE BD Rnoe Rus 3 o Exerciser Fit al 2 Packets S LFPS Type LFPS Duration Time Time Stamp 0 1 SH Ping 200ns 220 000ns 0 000 000 010 TSEQ Data TSEQ Count Time Stamp Correct 32 symbol sequence O 000 000 230 Time Stamp 0 000 000 368 Time Time Stamp S TS2 Link Config Normal Loopback On Scrambling On 60 000 ns O 000 000 410 PS IPS Cnt IPS Smbl Time Time Stamp j COM D30 0 D30 0 D30 0 COM D26 0 D15 0 114 000 ns 0 000 000 470 IPS Cnt IPS Smbl Time Time Stamp We 6 SKP COM D30 0 SHP D30 0 D14 1 22 000 ns O 000 000 584 IPS Cnt IPS Smbl Time Stamp J 8 m COM D02 0 D30 0 D27 4 COM D30 0 D30 0 D30 0 COM D26 0 D15 0 0 000 000 606 z ae b Bawa C Hide Any Chirp J s or Chirp K s poarch Fen LeCroy Corporation 69 Chapter 4 Software Overview USB Protocol Suite User Manual 4 2 The Main Display Window Menu Function New utg file Creates a new empty traffic generation file Available only if a trace file usb is open To edit a utg file click Edit as Text in the toolbar Closes the current file Saves all or a range of packets from the current file Print Prints part or all of the current traffic data file Produces an on screen preview before printing Print Setup Sets the options for the current or new printer Edit as Text Opens the Script Editor Available only when a traffic generation file utg is open
54. Packets Hide Inter Packet Symbols unexpected packets Hide Link Commands LUP LDN Hide Link Commands Power Management Hide LMP Packets Hide Electrical Idles Hide LFPS Packets LeCroy Corporation USB Protocol Suite User Manual Chapter 4 Software Overview 4 4 Tooltips Tooltips provide information about trace cells and application buttons To display a tooltip position the mouse pointer over the item 4 5 View Options You can hide display or reset toolbars by selecting View gt Tool bars from the menu bar Standard wo Frequently Used Analysis Generator usb usb Show lt I ILs ibs iis J View Level Customize 4 5 1 Resetting the Toolbar From time to time such as following a software upgrade it is possible for the buttons on the toolbar not to match their intended function To reset the toolbar Step 1 Select View gt Tool bars from the menu bar Step 2 Select Customize from the submenu to display the Customize dialog box Customize x Commands Toolbars Menu Options Categories Commands Open Close m Save Ag Print a Print Preview Print Setup Hl LeCroy Corporation 83 Chapter 4 Software Overview USB Protocol Suite User Manual Step 3 Select the Toolbars tab to display the Toolbars page of the Customize dialog box Commands Toolbars Menu Options Toolbars Je Analysis Reset Generator ESE TE t Re
55. Stamp 123 Chapter 5 Reading a Trace USB Protocol Suite User Manual You can also switch to Transaction View from the Menu Bar Step 1 Select Display Options under Setup to display the Display Options General window Display Options X General Color Format Hiding USB Packet Hiding USES Packet Hiding Level Hiding Foom Level Trace Viewing Level Trace View Mode f s Packet M Enable Tips z ie Normal CATC Trace view a Wrap W Hierarchy Lines E Split Transaction Transfer His Segment HW Transfer pws Segment DWA Transfer PTRIMTP Transaction PTRIMTP Object Compressed CATC view Time Stamp Position Jat the end Expand Packet Data Expand Script Decodes Spreadsheet view Color IY Process USB3 LTSSM I Stacking view Spreadsheet view B W M Std Regs amp Descriptors Scripts Default BulkfInt Fer type to Bulk es f HS Show USE Protocol W20 F 320 PTPIMTP Session Scs Operation Fonts WA Group Fields arial B i PTF Group Data Courier Mew B r Configuration Mame LeCroy default Restore Factory Presets Save Save s Default Load Cancel pply Hf Step 2 Check Transaction Step 3 Click OK 124 LeCroy Corporation USB Protocol Suite User Manual Chapter 5 Reading a Trace 5 29 View Decoded Transactions After you set Display Options the Trace View screen is re dra
56. The first of these new cells is a state cell that allows you to create another state in rule Sequence 0 to make Sequence 0 a multi state sequence The second of the new cells is to create a separate sequence which would be labelled Sequence 1 LeCroy Corporation 269 Chapter 10 Recording Options USB Protocol Suite User Manual 270 10 6 5 Assigning an Action After you have dropped the Event button in a cell in the Main Display area you can assign an action to the event Note If you do not assign an action to an Event button the analyzer ignores the event To assign an action to an Event button Step 1 Right click the Event button to display a pop up menu aa New event ae Config is vali Available Events Sequence 0 State 1 Errors Zz Errors Specify Actionis k Trigger Add Counter Filter In Move Event To Filter Out Copy Event To Restart All iz Delete This Event External Trigger Pulse HIGH Properties External Trigger Pulse LOW External Trigger Pulse TOGGLE Properties Step 2 Select Specify Action and then choose an action from the submenu The menu closes and the action is assigned aD Newevent imi Available Events Note You can also set actions within the Properties dialog for each event Double click the Event button to open the Properties dialog then select the Actions tab and set your actions LeCroy Corporation USB Protocol Suite User Manual
57. To enable Remote Wakeup set the value to 1 positive integer Assign a positive integer for the length of the end of packet EOP The default value is the correct length 2 bits of SEO 1 bit of J The value is reflected by lt val 1 gt bits of SEO plus one bit of J hi_eop AB CD Hex Used to generate a high speed EOP pattern The bytes are in the order they come across the bus and the bits within the bytes are in LSB to MSB order Maximum number of bytes allowed is 13 positive integer Defines the length of idle after the current packet or Assign a positive integer or string to this key The TO EOP positive integer indicates the number of full speed or low speed bit times The default value is around 4 bits for Classic speeds and around 150 bits for High speeds When this keyword is assigned a string TO_EOF USB Chief automatically calculates the amount of idle remaining in the frame When handshaking with a device you can use this keyword to add idle where you anticipate a packet being returned from the device The idle key is always associated with the proceeding packet or bus condition so you should not put file control keys between the packet or bus condition statement and the idle statement marker string Assign a string in quotation marks to be put in the marker for the defined packet raw_data aa bb Use to send a non modulo 8 number of bits in a classic speed raw_data packet It is only valid in conjunction with t
58. Traffic Generation 006 344 12 9 2 Stop Traffic Generation 0 00 0002 ae 344 12 10 Exporting a Trace to a Traffic Generation File 345 12 11 USB 3 0 Electrical Test Modes 0 346 12 11 1 Loopback Mode 2 0 0 0 eee ees 346 12 11 2 Compliance Mode 0 000 cee eee 349 Chapter 13 Updates 00 000 eee ees 361 13 1 Software Firmware and BusEngine Revisions 361 13 2 Software Updates 20 0 0 ee 362 13 2 1 Manual Check for Software Updates 362 13 2 2 Automatic Check for Software Updates 363 13 3 BusEngine and Firmware Updates 365 13 3 1 Updating the BusEngines 365 13 3 2 Updating the Firmware 00 0000 e eae 365 13 3 3 Automatic Updates 0 0 0 0 0 eee 365 13 3 4 Manual Updates to Firmware BusEngine and Serdes BusEngine 0 0000 eee eens 366 13 4 License Information 0 0 0 0 cc eee ees 367 13 5 Updating the Software License 0000 5 368 13 6 Registering Online 2 0 ee 368 LeCroy Corporation xiii XIV USB Protocol Suite User Manual Appendix A China Restriction of Hazardous Substances Tale syrerne a ee ete see eae eee 369 How to Contact LeCroy 2 02 eee 371 Limited Hardware Warranty 0 2005 371 INGX aniraa a ees ieee ee eee 375 LeCroy
59. URL icon Click on this icon to add any URL 5 2 3 Attaching Markers Export icon Click on this icon to export an attachment Delete icon Click on this icon to delete an attachment You can attach a discrete piece of information data to a marker for example a text description or file an attachment of a trace file by a predefined order video or audio files URL links or any other files You can also remove an attachment from a Marker LeCroy Corporation USB Protocol Suite User Manual Chapter 5 Reading a Trace LeCroy Corporation 9 2 4 Adding an Attachment Perform the following steps to add an attachment to a marker 1 Right click on any cell in the trace and select Set Marker The Create Marker window displays 2 Click on the Add icon The Add File to the Marker dialog displays 3 Go to the file and select it to add it to the marker as an attachment 4 Click Open The file will appear in the Create Marker for Transfer dialog as shown below The Marker appears in the top panel the icons are displayed in the second panel and you can click on the icon on the third panel to view the file you are about to attach 5 Click OK to add the attachments y Create Marker for Transfer 1 Bulk Record ry Mew Url Export x Delete 5 2 5 Recording an Audio File The audio quality supports voice attachment and is not designed for high quality audio Playback of audio content is not limited and d
60. USB 2 0 Recording Rules tabs Recording Options USE Mobile HS T2 xX General Misc LSB 2 0 USB 2 0 Rec Rules Ch 1 Product Voyager Advisor T3 USB Tracer Trainer Advisor Mobile Recording Type Options f Snapshot E Beep When Trigger Occurs Manual Trigger Event Trigger Buffer Size Trigger Position 0 500 ME Mot used with snapshot _ I I I l a a S O S S E S E E gt Options Mame Trace Filename amp Path Defaut Change Default Location lt Debug Support gt C Capture Raw Trace Data during Upload A Caution Can use up to 466 of disk space For each trace Switch to Basic Mode paaa Save Save Os Default Load 246 LeCroy Corporation USB Protocol Suite User Manual Chapter 10 Recording Options 10 1 General Recording Options The General Recording Options allow you to select or adjust the recording type the buffer size the amount of post trigger recording and the trace filename and path 10 1 1 Product You can select one of the following products e Voyager e USB Tracer Trainer e Advisor e Mobile 10 1 2 Recording Type The Recording Type box presents three options that allow you to set how the Analyzer begins and ends a recording Recording type Snapshot Event Trigger The options are Snapshot Manual Trigger and Event Trigger Snapshot A Snapshot is a fixed length recording The size of this recording is set
61. Windows XP directory called x Users Public Documents Lecroy USB Protocol Suite This is a legitimate path on a Windows XP system so there are no conflicts with the operating system LeCroy Corporation USB Protocol Suite User Manual Chapter 4 Software Overview Chapter 4 Software Overview The USB Protocol Suite application can function with or without the Analyzer When used without an Analyzer the program functions in a Trace Viewer mode to view analyze and print captured protocol traffic The software also allows you to view trace files created by the LeCroy USB Chief USB Advisor USB Detective USB Inspector and USB Tracer Trainer Opening a file created with any of those Analyzers displays a screen asking if you want to convert the old file to the new format under the name lt filename gt _convert usb When used with the Analyzer attached to the computer you can monitor and analyze the activity of your USB branch from USB ports on the Analyzer front 4 1 Starting the Program To start the USB Protocol Suite application Step 1 Select Start gt Programs gt LeCroy gt USB Protocol Suite gt USB Protocol Suite E 4 LeCroy USB Protocol Suite C Program Files LeCroy USB Suite SampleFiles 3 0 Sim_packets usb Ioj x JEF Fie Setup Record Generate Report Search view Window Help _ ax Auto Mode Record W cy af AYA ri n amp iat e dll 45 lt gt ae A gs ted f eam iE FR wA z
62. Wire Adapter Transfer View on page 131 WA Group ls Click the arrow to display the Wire Adapter Levels Display Device Wire Adapter see Segments See Switch to Device Wire Adapter Segment View on page 131 Display Device Wire Adapter xFR Transfers i See Switch to Device Wire Adapter Transfer View on page 131 Display PTP Transactions TRA See Switch to PTP Transactions on page 132 Display PTP Objects DE See Switch to PTP Object Transfers on page 132 Display PTP Sessions SES See Switch to PTP Sessions on page 133 EcSI i SPR Display SCSI Operations PTP Group FTF Click the arrow to display the PTP Levels 81 Chapter 4 Software Overview 82 4 3 9 Trace Views USB Protocol Suite User Manual See Compressed CATC Trace View on page 134 and Spreadsheet View on page 135 coi Normal CATC Trace View Spreadsheet View Color E 4 3 10 USB 2 USB 3 Show y Display USB 2 0 traffic only EX 4 3 11 USB 2 0 Display Hide 5o nr Hide SOFs 5 Hide NAK ed transactions 4 3 12 USB 3 0 Display Hide Hide Link Commands Flow Control Hide Link Training Sequences TS1 TS2 TSEQ Hide Logical Idle Packets Hide Upstream Packets Hide Downstream Packets oe y BS Hide Skip Sequences Compressed CATC Trace Spreadsheet View B W Display USB 3 0 traffic only Hide Devices Hide Chirps Hide ISO Time Stamp
63. aie tee a yal etd ae eee ane 44 2 16 2 Power Requirements 0 0 0 0 0 0 cee eee eee 44 2 16 3 Environmental Conditions 00005 44 ZAGA SWIICHECS x oaas ba nied amp ea Eat eS RAR OE Oe SO RE 44 ZNO SLEDS 224 chews btu de hee eee cee 44 2 16 6 Recording Memory Size 0 0 0 eee 44 2 1 Advisor External Interface Breakout Board 45 2 17 1 Pin Outs for the Data In Out Connector 46 2 17 2 Prototype Rework Area 2 0 00 ee 46 2 17 3 PC Connection 42s ace cabed grad eeeh Hae kee eo oey bade 46 ZAOROVISON TI giana ode a Se hw aie wae Sin oh SR eR ae n 47 2 18 1 Components 2 263 054 s44426 6 de dee rege weee esa eben 47 ZNOd Front PANG siete tia ee heate tie Shad Sawa eee 47 2 18 3 Rear Panel 0 0 0 0 eee 48 2 18 4 Advisor T3 System Setup 0 000000 eee 49 2 19 USBMobile T2 and USBMobile HS 50 ZN ONC UU ass ap a Bence k at ee a the eee ee ea te ans 50 IIStANALIOND anciete Shwe Grate a a takes bea Bare 51 3 1 Installing the Analyzer Software on the PC 51 3 2 Setting Up the Analyzer USB Connection 51 3 3 Setting Up the Analyzer Ethernet Connection 52 3 4 Cascading with CATC SYNC Expansion Card 53 3 4 1 Capturing USB 2 0 traffic with CATC Sync or Cross Sync 53 3 4 2 Removing Expansion Cards naana aa aaa aaaea 53 3 5 Application Startup anaana aaaea
64. aiena ea ee Ra ee eee ae eet eas 158 iX Chapter 7 Chapter 8 Chapter 9 USB Protocol Suite User Manual Display Options 05 159 7 1 General Display Options 0 0 0 0 cee ee 160 7 2 Color Format Hiding Display Options 162 7 2 1 Color Display Options 0 0 0 0 eee ee 163 7 2 2 Formats Display Options 0 000 c eae 165 7 2 3 Hiding Display Options 0 0 0 0 cee eee 166 7 3 USB 2 0 Packet Hiding Options 005 167 7 4 USB 3 0 Packet Hiding Options 00 168 7 5 Saving Display Options 0 0 0 169 Decode Requests 0000eces 171 8 1 Class and Vendor Definition Files 171 8 2 Class Vendor Decoding Options 000 00 175 8 2 1 Mapping Request Recipient to Class Vendor Decoding 175 8 2 2 Mapping Endpoint to Class Vendor Decoding 178 8 2 3 Mapping Request RPipe to Class Vendor Decoding 182 8 2 4 Mapping Endpoint RPipe to Class Vendor Decoding 183 8 2 5 Mapping Request DWA RPipe to Class Vendor Decoding 184 8 2 6 Mapping Endpoint DWA RPipes to Class Vendor DECOGING gt os 4 05 5 tee ee Re Ae Sood oan Slee ee 185 8 3 General Options cisi dheaa Sete ei ee See ee 186 8 3 1 Decoding USB Device Requests 186 8 3 2 Decoding Standard Requests 00 187 8 3 3 Decoding Class Requests 000 eens 18
65. amp autoplay 1 Z 18 S 1 2 1 USB 3 0 Test Setup Packet S Data Len ADDR ENDP DH DPH iY 19 S 13 2 1 Packet 0 S n Data Time amp 20 S 13 bytes 60 000 ns Packet 7 Us ACK ADDR ENDP Ra 21 S 1 2 1 Packet y te 4 Data Len ADDR ENDP Ras 22 S 31 2 2 WE edi 0 14 8 01 Gam 360p Gg Packet il 2 DPP Data Time Playlist EMEA Show List ia 23 S 31 bytes 96 000 ns 00 02 08 08 i al Packet S ACK ADDR ENDP l J imp x sa Coca Tal AA Fo 24 S 1 9 2 lau 3 1 HsenN I SN NMA ns N NNN NNI 33A LeCroy Corporation 113 Chapter 5 Reading a Trace USB Protocol Suite User Manual 5 4 Time Stamp The Time Stamp field displays the time in Seconds Nanoseconds decimal The Time Stamp is at the beginning of the packet or bus condition However the Time Stamp is at the end of Sync for Low and Full Speed packets In the General tab of the Display Options you can set the Time Stamp Position to be At the end At the beginning or Merge with Packet Transaction Transfer See General Display Options on page 160 To change the time stamp right click the Time Stamp field to display the Time Stamp menu Jime Starr o E zero Time Stamp here Show Time Stamp as recorded zero Time Stamp at first packet zero Time Stamp at trigger packet Go to Time After Go to Time Before Format Color You can Hide e Place the Zero Time Stamp at this packet e Show the recorded Ti
66. and Spreadsheet View 221 910 SPCC VIEW 3 0 si a Site a el he ee tx E heehee eo he 222 LeCroy Corporation USB Protocol Suite User Manual 9 11 USB3 Link State Timing View 0 00 000 eee 223 9 11 1 USB3 Link State Timing View Toolbar 224 9 12 USB3 LTSSM View 0 0 0 0 0 0c ce ees 225 9 13 Power Trackel 2 544 seksi dado bare deka ee ew a ad 226 9 13 1 Power Tracker Toolbar 0000 ce uee 22 9 14 Running Verification Scripts 0 0 0 0 0 ee eee 228 9 15 Real Time Monitoring 2 000 cece ee eee 233 9 15 1 Real Time Statistics Buttons 234 9 15 2 Real Time Statistical Monitor Pop up Menu 235 9 15 3 Displaying Multiple Graphs 0 4 236 Chapter 10 Recording Options 237 10 1 General Recording Options 0 000 eee eee 247 VOL P ROOUCI lt 4 2 5 St ase ee ed he tee ee 247 10 1 2 Recording Type 0 0 ee eee 247 10 1 3 Options for USBTracer Trainer and Advisor 248 10 1 4 Recording Channels Voyager and Advisor T3 248 10 1 5 Recording Scope Voyager and Advisor T3 249 10 1 6 Bufer Size cs i6 a cs sin dca cS geal ae dasa wn Sita aa Se 250 10 1 7 Trigger Position a a a eee 250 10 1 8 Options Name 0 nananana aaa 251 10 1 9 Trace File Name amp Path 0 5 252 Aiea POWGCL 25 4 32 3 covers a sd MS nia S
67. and Termination modes Analyzer Port A Auto Analyzer Port B Auto M3i only USB 3 0 Exerciser Port RxDetect Host Port A On Device Port B On Open Recording Options in a dialog Recorded on Channel number 0 USB2 0 Traffic found No SuperSpeed Traffic found Yes Recorded on product Voyager License information for the product Serial Number 65468 used to record this trace file Software maintenance expires on 12 01 2011 Available Features N Feature Title Purchased Feature Description Hi Speed Slow Clock Yes Hi Speed Traffic Generated and Traced at Slow Clock rate Rare ene Yes Device Emulation Hi Speed Tracing Yes Hi Speed Tracing Enabled Capturing USB 2 0 Yes Capture USB 2 0 traffic Capturing USB 3 0 Yes Capture USB 3 0 traffic Memory Size 512MB Yes Recording buffer size up to 512MB Memory Size 1GB Yes Recording buffer size up to 1GB Memory Size 2GB Yes Recording buffer size up to 2GB Memory Size 4GB Yes Recording buffer size up to 4GB Trig Filt Limited Yes Triggering Filtering 2 Global events Trig Filt Limited II Yes Triggering Filtering 1 Sequencer with 2 states 6 Global events Trig Filt Limited III Yes Triggering Filtering 2 Sequencers with 4 States 6 Global events Trig Filt Advanced Yes Triggering Filtering 2 Sequencers with 7 States 6 Global events External Trigger In Out Yes External Trigger In Out USB 3 0 CSV Import No Import USB 3 0 data from an Excel spreadsheet to LeCroy Trace File
68. audio and video files are displayed e You can edit Playlists from this window e You can edit or remove a marker from this location e You can filter attachments within the marker Edit Markers Markers Level Cell Marker Time Size gt ERT Packet 0 Time Stamp 4 PST packet 17 ENDP Marker 5 abcdefghikimnoporstuvwxyz es 01 VoyagerUSB 3 0_BasicRecording mp4 QW Sleep Away mp3 Chrysantherum jpg Desertjpg lecroy com hsb youtube com v xe_cNOKbxXxXq amp autoplay 1 2 USBAnalyzerAutomationManual pdf gt ERT Packet 2 Time Stamp ERT packet 2 Time d PST packet 3 ACK Marker 6 abc l PSS o l EST Packet 4 Data Len aiaiai ite e LeCroy Corporation 109 Chapter 5 Reading a Trace USB Protocol Suite User Manual You can filter to show or hide text image audio video URL YouTube videos and other files URL YouTube Others B amp w sent Video wy ch wl 5 3 CATC Walk Playlist This feature allows users to configure sequences of attachments into playlists Any arbitrary order of attachments are allowed and there are no limits on the number of playlists supported This feature can be used for collaborating among developers as well for training Support and marketing purposes To access a playlist click on the View menu in the top toolbar of application select CATC Walk and then select Manage Playlists as shown below Edit CATC Walk Playlists ae
69. by the Buffer Size box Recording begins when ej is clicked and ends when either the selected buffer size is filled or the button is pressed Manual Trigger Some LeCroy analyzer models include a manual trigger button on the front panel of the system The manual trigger option can be used when you elect to initiate the recording by pressing the manual trigger button Recording begins when you click on the Tool Bar Recording continues in a circular manner within the limits set by the buffer size Recording ends when LJ is clicked on the Tool Bar or after post trigger memory has been filled following depression of the trigger button on the front panel Event Trigger Recording begins when you click O on the Tool Bar Recording continues in a circular manner within the limits set by the buffer size until an event is detected that meets the Trigger conditions specified in the Triggering Options and the defined amount of data has been recorded after the Trigger Event 247 LeCroy Corporation Chapter 10 Recording Options USB Protocol Suite User Manual 248 10 1 3 Options for USBTracer Trainer and Advisor e Beep When Trigger Occurs See above e Auto Merge 2 Channel Trace Files Causes USB Tracer to merge traffic of the two recording channels into a file called data_merged usb or whatever name you give it USB Tracer also makes two other files during this recording data_0 usb and data_1 usb or whatever names you choose I
70. can select to Disable Generator Memory in the Misc USB 2 0 tab of the Recording Options dialog 10 1 7 Trigger Position You can adjust the amount of recording to be done post trigger or select where you want the Trigger located within the defined buffer You can adjust the Triggering Position between 1 and 99 post trigger Trigger Position is available only when Manual Trigger or Event Trigger is selected as Recording type As an example if the buffer size is set to 16 MB then for the following Trigger Position settings the amount of pre trigger and post trigger data is e 95 post triggering 0 8 MB pre trigger 15 2 MB post trigger e 75 post triggering 4 MB pre trigger 12 MB post trigger e 50 post triggering 8 MB pre trigger 8 MB post trigger e 25 post triggering 12 MB pre trigger 4 MB post trigger e 5 post triggering 15 2 MB pre trigger 0 8 MB post trigger Note When a Trigger occurs recording continues until the post trigger amount of the buffer is filled or when Stop is selected LeCroy Corporation USB Protocol Suite User Manual Chapter 10 Recording Options 10 1 8 Options Name The Options Name is a descriptive label of the current Recording Options settings Options Names are associated with files that have a rec suffix The default option name is default Default preserves the current Recording Options settings The purpose of the Options Name box is to give you a place to preserve different Recordin
71. click the IP Settings button to display the Device IP Settings dialog Device Voyager 5M 501 IP Settings Use the following IP address Static IP Suggest static IP settings Host IP Host subnet mask Two radio buttons are available e Obtain IP address automatically DHCP default e Use the following IP Address Static IP LeCroy Corporation 59 Chapter 3 Installation USB Protocol Suite User Manual Step 3 To change to Static IP click the Static IP radio button Enter the IP Address Enter the Subnet Mask Enter the Default Gateway Device Voyager SN 501 IP Settings Obtain IP address automatically DHCP IP Address T Subnet Mask Default Gateway Suggest static IP settings Host IF Host subnet mask Click Apply to get a success message and return to the Analyzer Devices dialog Note You can let the system Suggest static IP settings IP address and subnet mask Step 4 Click Close to close the dialog and use the device with a Static IP address 60 LeCroy Corporation USB Protocol Suite User Manual Chapter 3 Installation 3 9 4 Analyzer Network For Ethernet to display the computers and analyzers on the local network select Setup gt Analyzer Network to display the Analyzer Network dialog anav Network Add Local machine Voyager SN 65471 voyager SM61474 Ix Remove Reconnect The dialog displays the computers on the network and the Analyzer devic
72. conditions stated in the specifications section of this Manual LeCroy Corporation 369 Appendix A China Restriction of Hazardous Substances Table USB Protocol Suite User Manual 3 0 LeCroy Corporation USB Protocol Suite User Manual How to Contact LeCroy How to Contact LeCroy Type of Service Contact Call for technical support US and Canada 1 800 909 7112 Worldwide 1 408 653 1260 Fax your questions Worldwide 1 408 727 6622 Write a letter LeCroy Customer Support 3385 Scott Blvd Santa Clara CA 95054 psgsupport lecroy com Visit LeCroy s web site http www lecroy com Limited Hardware Warranty So long as you or your authorized representative you or your fully complete and return the registration card provided with the applicable hardware product or peripheral hardware products roy each a Product within fifteen days of the date of receipt from LeCroy or one of its authorized representatives LeCroy warrants that the Product will be free from defects in materials and workmanship for a period of 3 years 1 year for USBMobile T2 the Warranty Period You may also complete your registration form via the internet by visiting http www catc com support register The Warranty Period commences on the earlier of the date of delivery by LeCroy of a Product to a common carrier for shipment to you or to LeCroy s authorized representative from whom you purchase the Product
73. connecting 293 323 Transaction Packet Type 153 Transaction View 123 transactions 132 decoded 125 decoding protocols 130 expanded collapsed 126 split view 127 Transfer View 127 transfers decode protocols 130 decoded 128 expanded collapsed 128 tree 303 TRG indicator 41 TRG LED 34 Trigger 31 option 271 options 272 trigger LED 34 Trigger Position slider 250 Triggered LED 44 triggered LED 41 triggering 3 18 387 Index triggers Event 247 Manual 247 manual 34 setting 264 Truncate Data Fields option 255 TTL output and input signals 38 Type B connector 31 type B connector 34 42 Type field 175 U UFI floppy CBI Protocol dec file 172 Undo Zoom option 235 Union search 156 Universal Protocol Analyzer System 13 Universal Serial Bus 40 Specification 40 Universal Serial Bus Specification 6 14 188 UPAS 13 update automatic 365 BusEngine 365 firmware 365 manual 366 Update Device dialog 366 Update License command 368 Update Selected button 366 updates license 367 updating 361 BusEngine manual 366 software 362 364 UPLD indicator 41 UPLD LED 34 upload LED 34 partial 86 Upload Again command 71 upload LED 41 Uploading LED 44 Upstream Packets 121 Upstream port link status 224 USB architecture 13 cables 46 USB 2 0 Features 5 USB 2 0 hiding options 167 USB 2 0 traffic only 122 388 USB Protocol Suite User Manual USB 3 0 Exerciser button 326 USB 3 0 Features 5 USB 3 0 hiding options 168 USB 3 0
74. dda a tests g Gace 252 10 2 Recording Options Misc USB 2 0 Voyager Advisor T3 USBTracer Trainer and Mobile 253 10 2 1 Analyzer Speed karorni aa a a EAA 254 10 2 2 Generator Analyzer Clocking Overrides 254 10 2 3 USB On The G0 erse nie RES RRS Kee 255 10 2 4 Generator related Parameters nananana anaana 255 10 2 5 Data Truncation Option a naaa aaaeeeaa aaaea 255 10 3 Recording Options Misc USB 3 0 for Voyager 256 10 3 1 Very Slow Clock Usage 2 000 258 10 4 Recording Options Misc USB 3 0 for Advisor T3 261 10 5 Recording Rules Actions and Action Properties 263 10 6 Recording Rules USB 2 0 0 0 0 0 cee 264 10 6 1 Recording Rules Toolbar 00000008 266 10 6 2 Recording Rules Page How It Works 267 10 6 3 Creating Event ButtonS n nananana aana 268 10 6 4 Dragging a Button to the Main Display Area 269 10 6 5 Assigning an Action asana aaa aaaea 270 10 6 6 Recording Rules Pop Up Menus 271 10 6 7 Events and Event Properties for USB 2 0 213 10 6 8 Counters and Timers for USB 2 0 276 10 6 9 Using a Single State Sequence 2 8 10 6 10 Using a Multi State Sequences 278 10 6 11 Using Independent Sequences 2 8 LeCroy Corporation xi USB Protocol Suite User Manual 10 7 Recording Rules USB 3 0
75. e Click 25 on the toolbar OR e Select View gt DWA Segment Level OR e Select Setup gt Display Options to display the Display Options window check DWA Segment and then click OK 5 3 Switch to Device Wire Adapter Transfer View LeCroy Corporation A Device Wire Adapter Transfer is one or more wire adapter segments or one or more transfers between a PC and a device wire adapter To view device wire adapter transfers switch to the Device Wire Adapter Transfer trace viewing level To select the Device Wire Adapter Transfer trace viewing level e Click XER on the toolbar OR e Select View gt DWA Transfer Level OR e Select Setup gt Display Options to display the Display Options window check DWA Transfer and then click OK 131 Chapter 5 Reading a Trace USB Protocol Suite User Manual 5 38 Switch to PTP Transactions The Analyzer supports the Picture Transfer Protocol PTP and also supports the Media Transfer Protocol MTP which is an extension of PTP The Analyzer can track PTP transactions object transfers and sessions A transaction is a standard sequence of phases for invoking an action In PTP an Initiator initiated action provides input parameters responses with parameters and binary data exchange and is a single PTP Transaction Also a single Asynchronous Event sent through the interrupt pipe is a single PTP Transaction The PTP Transaction trace viewing level is the lowest PTP level To v
76. e Instructions Start Loop End Loop Delay Stop Exerciser After you create a new graphical scenario use the following steps to edit or build the scenario lt gt x Ready a CaAP INUMIISCRL g LeCroy Corporation 337 Chapter 12 Traffic Generation 3 0 Exerciser 338 12 8 1 Graphical Scenario Window The Graphical Scenario window contains SCSI TASK REQ SET Insert Instructions and Delete Selected Item buttons You can Insert 1 to 20 instances instance s SCSI command SPC 3 SBC 2 SMC 2 SSC 2 MMC 5 SCC 2 SES 2 TASK Task button Abort Task Abort Task Set Clear Task Set LUN Reset Clear ACA Query Task Query Task Set T Nexus Reset Query Asynchronous Event REQ REQ button Bus Enumeration Device Requests e Clear Feature e Get Configuration e Get Descriptor e Get Interface e Get Status e Set Address e Set Configuration e Set Descriptor e Set Feature e Set Interface e Set Status e Synch Frame e Set Sel e Set Isoch Delay USB Protocol Suite User Manual LeCroy Corporation USB Protocol Suite User Manual Chapter 12 Traffic Generation 3 0 Exerciser SET SET button e ErrLost GOOD e ErrWrongLGOOD e ErrLostLCRD e ErrWrongLCRD e ErrCorruptLinkCmd e ErrCorruptLMP e ErrDisparity e ErrWrongSymbol e ErrLBAD e ErrLost GOODAdv e ErrWrongLGOODAdv e ErrLostLCRDAdv e ErrWrongLCRDAdv e SetLinkState aP CMD TMF button inserts Mass Stora
77. event For example if you enter 10 the Analyzer counts 10 nanoseconds or milliseconds after the starting event before it performs whatever action you assign Timers cannot be applied to events with Filter Actions The maximum timer value is 65 535 Counter A counter tells the Analyzer to search for x instances of the selected event For example if you enter 10 the Analyzer counts 10 instances of the selected event before it performs whatever action you assign Counters cannot be applied to events with Filter Actions The maximum counter value is 65 535 Triggers can be set on multiple instances of an event For example you can set a trigger to occur following five instances of any DLP To configure the Analyzer to look for multiple events you enable Counters Counters tell the Analyzer how many occurrences of an event for which it should wait before triggering For example use a counter to Trigger following the 16th occurrence of an error or DLLP message Events and Actions Within events counters determine how many times the event must occur before the associated actions are triggered Event counters typically have two properties e Count Randomly Can be set to Yes or No default value is No If set to Yes the event repeats a random number of times between 1 and the value set in the property Max Random Count which replaces the property Counter Value when Yes is selected before the action is triggered
78. final event For example if you enter 10 the Analyzer counts 10 nanoseconds or milliseconds after the starting event before it performs whatever action you assign Timers cannot be applied to events with Filter Actions The maximum timer value is 65 535 Counter A counter tells the Analyzer to search for x instances of the selected event For example if you enter 10 the Analyzer counts 10 instances of the selected event before it performs whatever action you assign Counters cannot be applied to events with Filter Actions The maximum counter value is 65 535 Triggers can be set on multiple instances of an event For example you can set a trigger to occur following five instances of any DLP To configure the Analyzer to look for multiple events you enable Counters Counters tell the Analyzer how many occurrences of an event for which it should wait before triggering For example use a counter to Trigger following the 16th occurrence of an error or DLLP message Events and Actions Within events counters determine how many times the event must occur before the associated actions are triggered Event counters typically have two properties e Count Randomly Can be set to Yes or No default value is No If set to Yes the event repeats a random number of times between 1 and the value set in the property Max Random Count which replaces the property Counter Value when Yes is selected before the action is trig
79. has CRC Error or Bypass Priming Task Attribute section has Sample Head of Queue Ordered and ACA Script Scenarios For some special purposes in which graphical scenario features are limited you can convert a graphical scenario to a script scenario which you can then modify Note The software does not support converting a text scenario to a graphic scenario Save You can save a created project by selecting File gt Save You can run a saved project by selecting Generation gt Run Scenario or using the Run Toolbar LeCroy Corporation USB Protocol Suite User Manual Chapter 12 Traffic Generation 3 0 Exerciser 12 8 2 Copy SCSI Operation from Trace File and Paste to Exerciser Scenario To select a SCSI command from a trace file to use in an Exerciser scenario Step 1 Right click any SCSI packet and select Copy to exerciser from the menu a ifs El T _ ies Titan Bele oxO003 Expand All SCSI Operations Collapse All SCSI Operations Set marker Set Start Quick Timing marker Ctri Click ee Set End Quick Timing marker Ctrl Shift Click Step 2 Go to the Graphical View of the Exerciser right click in the view and select paste from the menu 12 8 3 Graphical Toolbar The Graphical toolbar contains buttons for Zooming wrapping and converting from graphic scenario to text scenario ra as J r The buttons have the following functions Zoom Out Convert from graphic scenar
80. included after the file_type key to determine the version of this file Value is currently 3 Usage file_version 3 file_ mode HOST Sets generation mode to host or device DEVICE For generation to work this must match the selection found in the Recording Options gt Misc dialog file speed This must be included after the file_version key to determine the speed of packets to be generated Values are HIGH HI FULL or LOW Example file_speed FULL Only one file_speed is allowed per utg file but low speed traffic on a full soeed bus can be created by adding the speed LOW key to a low speed packet in a file defined as file_speed FULL No other mixing of speeds is allowed HI is the same as HIGH and was added to conform to the USB terms loop_count O through 16382 These two terms are interchangeable wrap_count or infinite Host Emulation Only This key defines the loop count for each memory segment Examples loop_count INFINITE or wrap_count 9 wrap This key marks the wrap point in the traffic loop When generation is in Repeat mode all the traffic before the wrap point is going to be sent once All the traffic after the wrap point is going to be repeated in a loop The usage of the keyword is wrap HERE or loop HERE For Device Emulation the value would be a memory segment number so that the looping is associated with only that one endpoint such as wrap 4 LeCroy Corporation 311 Chapter 11 Traffic Generat
81. it and if DCOM permissions have been set on the selected PC clicking Select establishes a connection See Analyzer Network on page 61 All Connected Opens a dialog box with a list of analyzers connected to the host PC Devices Lets you select an analyzer and update the BusEngine Firmware and licensing information See Analyzer Devices on page 57 USB 3 0 Device Adds removes edits loads and saves USB 3 0 devices and lists Host Signal the device name device cable host name host cable and to what parameters the Profile Signal Settings apply Used to calibrate 3 0 connections Also shows custom device to analyzer and host to analyzer signal settings See USB 3 0 Device Host Signal Parameters on page 62 Record see Recording Status on page 86 Sit S PORES provos ulead was on partal wpa o previous upload was only partially uploaded Reset SuperSpeed For USB 3 0 traffic capture in some cases the Analyzer might not Capture Engine correctly lock onto the 5 GBps signals on power up or it may unlock after a long period of usage To issue a soft reset to the SuperSpeed capture engine select this command Note After performing the reset you must retrain the link on your devices Generate see Traffic Generation 2 0 on page 293 Start Stop Starts traffic generation After traffic generation has begun the Start command becomes Stop and lets you stop traffic generation IntelliFrame Sets
82. or edit the comment Step 3 Click OK You can view comments in Windows Explorer by selecting the Comments attribute LeCroy Corporation 139 Chapter 5 Reading a Trace USB Protocol Suite User Manual 140 LeCroy Corporation USB Protocol Suite User Manual Chapter 6 Searching Traces Chapter 6 Searching Traces The Search feature provides several options for searching through recorded traffic allowing you to find specific packets based on triggering status packet number marking or content To view the Search options e Click Search in the Menu bar to display the Search drop down menu Search Fwview Window Help a0 to Trigger Go to Packet Transaction Transter Ctrl 6 Go to Marker Ctrl M 0 fo USB2 0 0 to USB3 0 MM Eind iy Find Next F3 Search Direction Forward 6 1 Go to Trigger Note Go to Trigger is enabled only when a trigger has created the traffic file To display a Trigger Event e Select Go to Trigger under Search on the Menu Bar The Trace View is repositioned to the first packet following the Trigger event This packet is at the top of the screen The resulting item will be shown as selected in the view Packet Selection works with Go to Trigger LeCroy Corporation 141 Chapter 6 Searching Traces USB Protocol Suite User Manual 6 2 Go to Packet Transaction Transfer To display a specific packet Step 1 From the menu bar select the command Search gt Go to Packet Transact
83. ow ee oe cee e tee 56 3 5 1 Confirm Proper Hardware Installation and USB or Ethernet Connection a n aana aaa aaea 56 3 5 2 Analyzer Devices nananana ee 57 3 5 3 IP Settings Voyager only nananana anana aaa 58 3 5 4 Analyzer Network 0 0 0 0 0c eee 61 3 5 5 USB 3 0 Device Host Signal Parameters 62 3 5 6 USB 3 0 Cabling and Signal Integrity 64 LeCroy Corporation USB Protocol Suite User Manual LeCroy Corporation Chapter 4 Chapter 5 3 6 Your First USB Recording 0 000 eee ees 65 3 6 1 Trace View Features 0 0 cc eee 67 3 7 Notes on Vista and Windows 7 Directory Protections 68 3 7 1 User Data File Paths 2 00000 c eae 68 Software Overview 0 00 eee eeee 69 4 1 Starting the Program 0 0 0 ce ee 69 4 2 The Main Display Window 0 0000 cee eee 70 AZ V EXPOS 10 205 Vi acces a comune awed eee eee ee eae ae oes 76 4 2 2 Exporting to USB 2 0 Generation Files utg files 7 A STOO Ba eean eta Ba aural ol Guu as Shy Geach a Yon Scan ae St A 78 4 3 1 Files Searches and Options 005 78 4 3 2 Zoom and Wrap 00 es 78 4 3 3 Miscellaneous 2 ack aiou wee cia cht ee Oh kee 79 4 3 4 Analysis Reports 0 0 0 cee 80 4D O INCCORGING e sieaa es SAE eS ee See ee ed 80 4 3 6 Generator Traffic Generation for USB 3 81 4 3 7 Generator Traffic Generation
84. program displays the packets meeting the search criteria The resulting item will be shown as selected in the view Packet Selection works with Find 156 LeCroy Corporation USB Protocol Suite User Manual Chapter 6 Searching Traces 6 7 1 Data Pattern Mask and Match If you select Data Pattern as the Event Group in the Find dialog you can set the Bitmask Mask and Match for each bit Hex asci Unicode Bitrmask Mask Match hes hes OW OS om Of eh ow Pe oe Bitmask and Match always correlate When you set Bitmask or Match the other changes to maintain their correlation Note If you set Bitmask Match before setting Mask the Mask changes to the default mask You must change to the Mask that you want If you set an appropriate Mask before setting Bitmask Match the Mask does not change automatically to a default mask if you change Bitmask Match LeCroy Corporation 157 Chapter 6 Searching Traces USB Protocol Suite User Manual 6 8 Find Next To apply the previous Find parameters to the next search e Select Find Next under Search on the Menu Bar OR e Click ams on the Tool Bar 6 9 Search Direction Toggles the search forward or backwards The current direction is indicated in the menu 6 10 Protocol Select USB 2 0 or USB 3 0 for the technology to use for a mixed file 158 LeCroy Corporation USB Protocol Suite User Manual Chapter 7 Display Options Chapter 7 Display Options You c
85. recording LED Illuminates when the unit is recording Yellow TRG triggered LED Illuminates when the unit triggers an event Also lights during power on testing and blinks when the hardware is faulty Green UPLD upload LED Illuminates when unit is uploading data to host PC Manual Trigger push button allows a manual Trace capture e After beginning a recording session press the Manual Trigger switch to force a Trigger condition The session completes when a specified post trigger amount of bus data is recorded or when you manually stop a recording session e Detach Device push button allows a momentary disconnection of the device from the host on the Classic Speeds port This is useful when interesting traffic occurs during device enumeration Use the Detach Device switch shortly after starting recording to capture a Trace of the device s enumeration Two USB ports High Speed and Classic Speed each with a type A and a type B connector e High Speed Used to record 480 MB s High Speed traffic only e Classic Speeds Used to record either 12 MB s or 1 5 MB s Classic Speed traffic 41 Chapter 2 General Description USB Protocol Suite User Manual 42 e Wide range AC connector module e Power socket e Power on off switch e Enclosed 5x20 mm 2 0A 250 V fast acting glass fuse Warning For continued protection against fire replace fuse only with the type and rating specified above e USB type B host computer connector e Dat
86. sequence and executes the corresponding action if the event is detected A sequence that has multiple states is a multi state sequence The states are arranged in a hierarchy with a top state and successively lower states Only one state in a multi state sequence is active at a time The analyzer does not go to a successive state unless it is directed to do so by the previous state Sequences are described in detail in Using Sequences later in this chapter Briefly creating a rule involves the following steps Step 1 Creating Event buttons in the Available Events area Step 2 Drag and drop of Event buttons to the appropriate areas cells in the Main Display area Step 3 Assigning an action or actions to each Event button 267 Chapter 10 Recording Options USB Protocol Suite User Manual 10 6 3 Creating Event Buttons To create a rule first create one or more Event buttons As you create Event buttons they appear in the Available Events area You then can drag and drop them into the Main Display area To create event buttons Step 1 Click the New Event button at the left side of the toolbar to display the New Event pop up menu Packet Identifier Token Pattern SOF Pattern Device Request Data Pattern Bus Condition Errors Transaction Data Length Split External Trigger In Step 2 Select an event such as Errors The event appears in the Available Events area Available Events Errors 0 am
87. signalling and highlighted to show the transmitted speed low speed full speed high speed or superspeed e You can name and save display formats for later use e Data fields can collapse to occupy minimal space in the display Each row numerates labels and color codes a USB packet Frame CROCS EOP idle Time Stamp a Frame CROS EOP idle Time Stamp Frame CROCS EOP idle Time Stamp A 00000001 00010 2159 3607 SETUP ADDR CRC5 EOP Idle Time Stamp 00000001 0xB4 O O 0x08 233ns 00010 2159 3802 r DATAO WPEcE a a idle Time Stamp 3 00000001 0xBB29 00010 2159 3987 EOP Idle Time Stamp 00000001 983 200 us 00010 2159 4510 Frame CRCS EOP Before Trigger Idle Time Stamp After Trigger NI ANNAR CORRE ENP Idle Tinie Stamn Time stamp appended to each packet Filtered Traffic is displayed as a gray line Specifies speed packet transmitted Indicates a marked comment is set You can start the application from the Desktop or from the installed directory The display software can operate independently of the Analyzer When used without the Analyzer the program functions in a Trace Viewer mode to view analyze and print captured protocol traffic When used with the Analyzer you can set trigger conditions record monitor and analyze the activity of your USB bus LeCroy Corporation 67 Chapter 3 Installation USB Protocol Suite User Manual 3 7 Notes on Vista and Windows 7 Directory Pr
88. software upgradable Exerciser function Allows remote control of USB analyzers in a network Flexible 3 0 Calibration Each link can be calibrated with respect to received equalization and gain Physical Components Desktop or portable Microsoft Windows XP Windows Vista 32 Windows Vista 64 or Windows 7 32 or 64 computer with USB or Ethernet capability Plug and Play USB installation 1 GB or 4 GB of physical data recording memory USB 2 0 Hi Speed connection to desktop or portable host PC Internal wide range AC power supply Expansion port for future enhancements SMA connectors and USB 3 0 connectors for SuperSpeed capture and generation External clock inputs and outputs Chapter 1 Overview USB Protocol Suite User Manual Recording Options Versatile triggering bit wise value and mask data patterns up to sixteen bytes wide for Setup transactions and data packets Triggering on new High Speed PIDs and split transaction special tokens ERR SPLIT PING NYET DATA2 and MDATA 2 0 CATC Trace display and enumeration of High Speed Micro Frames 2 0 Three forms of triggering Snapshot Manual and Event Transaction sequencer Allows triggering on a token qualified by a data pattern and or specific handshake or can filter transactions for example NAK d transactions 2 0 Advanced triggering with event counting and sequencing Dedicated trigger for recording input and output used to interface to external test equipmen
89. system is a multifunction verification system for USB 2 0 and USB 3 0 development and testing It can record traffic and graphically present logical USB transactions and events It can also generate USB traffic The system is connected to a laptop or desktop via its USB or Gigabit Ethernet port Note The Voyager M3 and Voyager M3i Analyzer and Exerciser are identical in most respects The major difference is that Voyager M3i can capture VBus Power information Otherwise all mentions of Voyager M3 in this manual also apply to Voyager M3i Baars 2 e LeCroy B Clock Trigger Voyager M3 Analyzer a uo 5 In Out In Out T Rx t Se a 2 3 Tx Rx aaa In Exerciser B Ca Figure 1 2 Voyager M3 M3i Analyzer Exerciser System Please see the Readme file on the installation CD for the latest information on PC requirements and supported operating systems 4 LeCroy Corporation USB Protocol Suite User Manual Chapter 1 Overview USB 2 0 and USB 3 0 Features The system can monitor traffic between USB 2 0 links using standard high speed compliant cables If configured for USB 3 0 testing the system supports monitoring between SuperSpeed links using USB 3 0 cables Figure 1 3 Figure 1 3 Direct Connection using USB 3 0 Cables or through direct connection via MMCx to SMA coaxial cables Figure 1 4 Figure 1 4 Direct Connection using SMA Differential Tap LeCroy Corporation 5 Chapter 1 Overview USB Protocol Su
90. the Analyzer the program functions as a trace viewer to view analyze and print trace files 3 5 1 Confirm Proper Hardware Installation and USB or Ethernet Connection USB Connection For USB connection after you open the USB Protocol Suite application confirm proper installation and USB connection by selecting About from the Help menu to view the Software Version Firmware Version BusEngine Version and Unit Serial Number in the About window Ethernet Connection Voyager only For Ethernet connection after you open the USB Protocol Suite application confirm proper installation and Ethernet connection using the Analyzer Devices dialog and the About window LeCroy Corporation USB Protocol Suite User Manual Chapter 3 Installation 3 9 2 Analyzer Devices To show the available Analyzer Devices select Setup gt All Connected Devices to display the Analyzer Devices dialog Analyzer Devices About Voyager SWi61465 172 168 130 167 Locked by DIA4COBS PC Update Device Update License Ponnect Add Device IP Settings Select analyzer devices you want to participate in the recording Refresh Device ist i The dialog displays the Device Location and Status You can click e About to display device information see Software Firmware and BusEngine Revisions on page 361 e Update Device see Manual Updates to Firmware BusEngine and Serdes BusEngine on page 366 e Updat
91. the Event button to open the Properties dialog then select the Actions tab and set your actions 10 7 6 Recording Rules Pop Up Menus The Recording Rules window has context sensitive pop up menus that are associated with the following types of object cells events and actions Cell Pop up Menu If you click a cell in the Main Display area that has an Event button contained in it the Cell pop up menu appears The Cell pop up menu has the following options e New Event Displays the same menu that you get when you click the New Event button on the toolbar e Properties Displays the Properties dialog for the selected cell Event Pop up Menu If you click an Event button in the Main Display area the Event pop up menu appears see Event Pop up Menu on page 272 Action Pop up Menu If you click an Action button in the Main Display area the Action pop up menu appears see Action Pop up Menu on page 2771 Note 1 Recording Rules for USB 3 0 currently do not support more than two independent states The Advance Sequence option is not currently available for USB 3 0 recording rules 10 7 7 Actions and Action Properties For the available Actions and Action Properties see Recording Rules Actions and Action Properties on page 263 Action Properties For the Action Properties you can set Internal Triggering and External Triggering Recording Rules for USB 3 0 currently do not support more than two independent state
92. the Pre Post Trigger Traffic Type panes This is a two step process Step 1 For a particular item in a pane click the column next to the checkbox for the item That labels the item as currently active Step 2 Next use the up down at the lower right of the area to move the item higher or lower in priority In the case of the Traffic Type pane priority determines display priority of each packet type For portions of the trace that are dominated by a particular packet type this setting no effect only the color corresponding to that packet type is displayed in that portion of the pane Suppose however that part of the trace includes equal or near equal numbers of several types of packets In that case you can use the legend to select which among those types is represented in that portion of the Traffic Types pane This allows you to view only packets of interest in crowded portions of the trace display LeCroy Corporation USB Protocol Suite User Manual 9 9 Detail View The Detail View window shows packet details To obtain the Detail View window select Report gt Detail View or click the toolbar icon Detail View of Packet 85 x lt a E Skip S JHpIBECE SKF SKF 5 Drag fields to add column to xi The Data View toolbar buttons allow you to Go to Previous or Next Expanding a data field displays the Data View 9 9 1 Detail View and Spreadsheet View Chapter 9 Reports To put a Detail View hea
93. the top delimiter up As you do so a tool tip appears to indicate the current range Stop dragging when you reach the desired lowest packet To set the highest packet viewable drag the bottom delimiter down Stop when the tool tip indicates you are at the desired highest packet ll ofa Ei ait Cole 10 2 010 2 010 2 DIZ D10 ot i Fram Packet 222 To Packet 797 Y cL el p cL lO 2 010 2 010 2 0102010 n J5 2 005 2 D05 2 D05 2 DOS T51 10 2 D10 2 D10 2 10 2 D10 m To Determine Current Position In addition to the two range delimiters the slider has a blue current position indicator see above The current position indicator shows where you are in the trace display with respect to the possible viewing range For example suppose you set viewing range to packet 0 through packet 500 the top range delimiter is at packet 0 and the bottom range delimiter is at packet 500 If you then move the current position indicator on the slider to midway between the top and bottom delimiters then packet 250 appears in the middle of the trace display LeCroy Corporation USB Protocol Suite User Manual Chapter 9 Reports LeCroy Corporation To Reset Navigator Range You can reset the Navigator range using the toolbar Navigator Range button Press the button to bring up the Navigator Range drop down menu aes Y Ober w igger K Set Range to Whole Trace Set Range near Packet 72 E Recently Used R
94. turn around violation data toggle violation Token Bus Conditions Data Length and excessive empty frames Real time traffic capture filtering and data packet truncation variable up to 256 bytes Adjustable buffer size from 0 4 MB to 512 MB Display Options Uses the CATC Trace graphical display of bus packets transactions split transactions and transfers Groups numerous packets and transactions under a single transfer while quickly decoding all essential information Decodes split transactions upstream and downstream of a transaction translator with a special hierarchical view Has reports summarizing key statistics and conditions of interest with the ability to jump to the selected item in the trace display Records flexible input signaling with the CATC Trace Uses a Trace Viewer backward compatible with Advisor Chief Inspector and Detective trace files Indicates trigger position by different pre trigger and post trigger packet colors Sets markers to assist with navigation and time calculations Each marker can contain unique comments Hides start of frame SOF packets and any packet or transaction Searches for a specific PID Detects and alerts you to every potential bus error and protocol violation and their combinations Has high resolution accurate time stamping of bus packets and timing measurement and analysis functions Has search and packet hiding capabilities Allows comprehensive d
95. view 5 34 Switch to Host Wire Adapter Segment View 130 A Host Wire Adapter Segment is one or more transfers between a PC and a host wire adapter To view host wire adapter segments switch to the Host Wire Adapter Segment trace viewing level To select the Host Wire Adapter Segment trace viewing level Hii e Click 4 on the toolbar OR e Select View gt HWA Segment Level OR e Select Setup gt Display Options to display the Display Options window check HWA Segment and then click OK LeCroy Corporation USB Protocol Suite User Manual Chapter 5 Reading a Trace 5 35 Switch to Host Wire Adapter Transfer View A Host Wire Adapter Transfer is one or more wire adapter segments or one or more transfers between a PC and a host wire adapter To view host wire adapter transfers switch to the Host Wire Adapter Transfer trace viewing level To select the Host Wire Adapter Transfer trace viewing level Hires e Click 5 on the toolbar OR e Select View gt HWA Transfer Level OR e Select Setup gt Display Options to display the Display Options window check HWA Transfer and then click OK 5 36 Switch to Device Wire Adapter Segment View A Device Wire Adapter Segment is one or more transfers between a PC and a device wire adapter To view device wire adapter segments switch to the Device Wire Adapter segment trace viewing level To select the Device Wire Adapter Segment trace viewing level Cirle
96. with standard USB cables and connections to capture and display all soeeds of USB 2 0 bus traffic Figure 1 5 USB Tracer Trainer 1 3 1 USB Tracer Trainer General Description The USB Tracer hardware module installs into the LeCroy Universal Protocol Analyzer System A portable or desktop PC connects to USB Tracer at its USB port and configures and controls the Analyzer The CATC Trace user interface is the industry standard for documenting the performance of high speed serial protocols USB Tracer non intrusively provides traffic capture and analysis for USB protocol development and testing Hardware triggering allows real time event capture Hardware filtering filters different types of packets in or out of the recording Filtering also preserves recording memory so that recording time can be extended The trace viewer application displays recorded data in colored graphics Advanced search and viewing capabilities allow you to quickly locate specific data errors and other desired conditions USB Tracer functions with any personal computer using the Microsoft Windows XP Windows Vista 32 Windows Vista 64 or Windows 7 32 or 64 operating system and equipped with a functional USB interface 12 LeCroy Corporation USB Protocol Suite User Manual Chapter 1 Overview The Analyzer is a plug in module that installs into a LeCroy Universal Protocol Analyzer System UPAS Together the Analyzer and UPAS are controlled f
97. 0 USB 2 0 Rec Rules Ch 0 USB 3 0 Rec Rules Product Voyager Advisor T3 USB Tracer Trainer Advisor Mobile Options Mame Default Trace Filename amp Path Change Default Location C Program Files LeCcroy Installation data usb Recording Type Recording Channels f Snapshot M USB 2 0 Manual Trigger USB 3 0 Event Trigger Recording Scope Note For large recordings the application will segment the data inko multiple 512MB trace files Vous Power f Conventional Single Buffer Recording Buffer Size Trigger Position Keep YBus power on after Generation Exerciser completes ee W 32 000 MB Mot used with snapshot Capture M3i Power Measurements voltage and Current lt Debug Support gt Spooled Recording Max Disk Usage c GB Recording Size Limits f Record For ODapls 12 34 56 Record 120000 mg Until Triggered plus ODapls 12 34 56 4H Until Triggered plus 120000 Mg Switch ta Basic Mode E Capture Raw Trace Data during Upload Caution Can use up to 466 of disk space For each trace Save Save Os Default Load Cancel 238 LeCroy Corporation USB Protocol Suite User Manual Chapter 10 Recording Options In Basic Mode the Recording Options dialog box for Advisor T3 is Recording Options Advisor T3 xX General misc USB 2 0 Misc USE 3 0 Product Voyager
98. 0 400 600 agi 1 000 1 200 1 400 1 600 1 800 2 000 2 200 Time ms Ready Rec Speed Cho 4uto Chl Auto 5 e 202 LeCroy Corporation USB Protocol Suite User Manual Chapter 9 Reports For USB 3 0 the display is similar to the following Bus Utilization Sim_usb3_massstorage_conyvert usb HOS Bh aaea QE Selo USB 3 Packet Length 600 800 1 000 1 200 1 400 1 600 1 800 2 000 2 200 2 400 2 600 2 800 Time ns d Sr USB 3 Data Length a l a ee 1 000 1 200 1 400 1 600 1 800 2 000 2 200 2 400 2 600 2 800 Time t eE USB3 Data Throughput Lill IJ 1i m_i ae lll needa 1 000 1 200 1 400 1 600 1 800 2 000 2 200 2 400 2 600 2 800 Time i LNS Length bytes ui D oa D 1 cn um Throughput MB ybesis LeCroy Corporation 203 Chapter 9 Reports 204 USB Protocol Suite User Manual 9 6 1 Bus Utilization Buttons The Bus Utilization window has a row of buttons for changing the format of the displayed data and for exporting data B o 8 2 RAAB The buttons have the following functions 49 21 ral ia Save As Saves the graphs as a bitmap file bmp A Vertical zoom in Email Creates an email with a n bmp file attachment of the graphs Vertical zoom out Click and Drag zoom Click Print ac diagonally to select and zoom in on part of the graph S a Full Screen cl Select Range View Settings opens a sub menu Sync and Graph areas If two or
99. 0 LEDs always operate unless USB 3 0 has been disabled in the Recording Options General Tab 88 LeCroy Corporation USB Protocol Suite User Manual Chapter 4 Software Overview 4 7 Navigation Tools LeCroy Corporation You can zoom in and out and wrap packets transactions transfers to fit within the screen using the following buttons 4 7 1 Zoom In Zoom In increases the size of the displayed elements allowing fewer but larger packet fields per screen e Click cy on the Tool Bar 4 7 2 Zoom Out Zoom Out decreases the size of the displayed elements allowing more but smaller packet fields per screen e Click on the Tool Bar 4 7 3 Wrap Select Wrap to adjust the Trace View so that packets fit onto one line If a packet is longer than the size of the window the horizontal scroll bar can be used to see the hidden part of the packet e Click E on the Tool Bar or select Wrap under View on the Menu Bar 89 Chapter 4 Software Overview USB Protocol Suite User Manual 4 8 CrossSync Control Panel The CrossSync Control Panel allows you to select analyzers for synchronization and manage the recording process 4 8 1 Launching the CrossSync Control Panel To launch CrossSync from the USB Protocol Suite software application select the Launch CrossSync Control Panel entry in the Setup menu see the screen capture below Or you can launch CrossSync from the Start menu E4aecroy USE Protocol Suit
100. 0 Rec Rules Ch 0 USB 3 0 Rec Rules Analyzer Only Host Emulation Custom recording C Device Emulation in emulation modes HI UGE Comed Temini Descrambling Downstream Upstream Analyzer Pots r Exerciser Ports Auto i Auto m C Auto Enable C On C On O ReDetea Manual C Off C OF Polarity Inversion Downstream Upstream Auto Auto C On C On C OF Cof 700 Kbps 25 Mbps To test a USB Device in the Recording Generating section select Host Emulation mode To test a USB Host or the downstream port of a USB 3 hub select Device Emulation mode In the M3i USB Connector Termination RxDetect section in the Analyzer Ports subsection select Manual termination Click the OK button to apply the options 352 LeCroy Corporation USB Protocol Suite User Manual Chapter 12 Traffic Generation 3 0 Exerciser Step 3 After you set up the system make sure that the USB cable is NOT plugged into Voyager and then select USB3 Electrical Test from the View menu SHE gt H 2 3 i pal Dal d p L a T et a ONLY ONE LeCroy Corporation 353 Chapter 12 Traffic Generation 3 0 Exerciser USB Protocol Suite User Manual Step 4 In the USB3 Electrical Test dialog check the Compliance Mode box Usb3 Electrical Test Loopback Command Loopback Status PLEASE POWER CYCLE VOYAGER WHEN YOU ARE DONE o oe 354
101. 1 4 2 Pop up Menu 2 0 00 ee 304 ASF TADS ins 4s eee see Ao eae See Saas BS 304 TAA Eror WOO is t c uc 23 s aha esate cohen E a 304 TEAS WOODS 4 Sone he mace at ae ened aoe ea eae 304 11 5 Loading the Generation File 00000005 305 11 5 1 Traffic Generation Modes Bitstream vs Intelliframe 307 11 6 Starting Traffic Generation 0 0 0 00 cee eee 307 11 7 Repeating a Generation Session 000000 0 307 11 8 Stop Traffic Generation 0 naana naana aaa 307 11 9 Device Emulation 0 0 0 0 cc ens 308 11 9 1 Creating a Generation File 308 11 9 2 Setting Generation Options 308 11 9 3 Run the Traffic Generation Script File 309 11 10 Format of Traffic Generation Files 310 11 10 1 Script control of Intelliframe vs Bitstream modes 310 Chapter 12 Traffic Generation 3 0 Exerciser 323 12 1 Connecting to Voyager 0 cee 323 12 1 1 Host Emulation 0 2 2 0 0 0 ccc eee 323 12 1 2 Device Emulation 0 0000 cee eee 324 12 2 Transaction Engine 0 0 es 325 12 9 Exerciser PICS 3 22 00 woods aio Rhee ead toate hee 325 12 4 Creating Exerciser FileS 0 0 0 0 0 00 325 LeCroy Corporation USB Protocol Suite User Manual 12 5 Exerciser VWINGOW 2 608 ee anana pita eiweteeia we aaa as 326 12 5 1 Exerciser MenuS 0 00 ccc eee eee
102. 1 Select File gt Merge Trace Files to display a dialog box asking for the first source file Select first file for merging Save in USB Tracer ka Ets gray_line usb SampleData O ush Ets SampleD ata 1 ush Ets SampleD ata menged usb File name Sampled ata OU usb Save as type USE files usb Cancel Note The Merge Trace Files command can be run with or without a trace file open on the screen The merge process ignores the open file Step 2 Select the first trace file to be merged then click Save Note It does not matter which of the two trace files is first selected so long as both were recorded in the same session 290 LeCroy Corporation USB Protocol Suite User Manual Chapter 10 Recording Options Step 3 Select the second trace file to be merged then click Save Confirm your choices Step 4 Click Yes The two files are merged into the new file data_merged usb Note If you attempt to merge two files that were recorded in separate recording sessions the following error message appears USET racer LeCroy Corporation 291 Chapter 10 Recording Options USB Protocol Suite User Manual 10 11 Recording Option Summary Tab Click the vertical triple greater than symbols on the right to display the Recording Options Summary tab Recording Options Yoyager Voyager Snapshot No USB 2 0 i Rec Scope Conventional Single Buffer Buffer Size 32 000 MBytes Multi
103. 11 Packet 12 gt TS 0 000 001 732 Packet 14 Ss ADDR 1 ene Ee Packet 15 ss NRDY 2 ADDR 1 eo ae b Quckimingmarkersnotst OOS S SO m CT a A e Click on the toolbar to return to the normal CATC Trace View or Select Trace Views gt CATC Trace LeCroy Corporation USB Protocol Suite User Manual Chapter 5 Reading a Trace 5 43 Spreadsheet View You can view the CATC Trace as a spreadsheet in color or black and white e Click on the toolbar or e Select Trace Views gt Spreadsheet Color Fa LeCroy USB Protocol Suite C Program Files LeCroy USB Suite SampleFiles 3 0 Sim_packets usb iol x Ez File Setup Record Generate Report Search View Window Help X Xx J m TT Platone Record A O h O i ea hoes WS ow ee we me MEMILELICITLELCLELe ae Die eee Miscellaneous al 000 000 010 2 Pkts 0 7 S LFPS Duration 200 ns TSEQ Count 2 000 000 4 7 Ce S S Cnt 7 o o00000584 Pkt7 aa S IPS Cnt 6 F S IPS Crt 1 000 000 638 Pkt 9 H C LGOOD_0 Bo coo cor ese en A fa coon es ean AN 5000 0 EC 900001732 Pkti3 Rg p00 ont zez Paa R poo ont 32 Pars fR A nenea par G poo oor seo PRT ao oo 0 000 002 082 T iia 6h E 1 0 e 00002162 Pk JERAM o E 000 00 ct 1 1 OUT ee Ping Resp QuickTimingmarkersnotset sd Pt beahr 4 e Click on the toolbar or e Select Trace Views gt Spreadsheet B W FALecroy USB Protocol Suite C Program Files LeCroy USB Suste SampleFiles 3 0 Sim_p
104. 118 5 7 1 Hide Show Field when Packet Section is Collapsed 118 5 8 View Data Block 1 0 ee 119 5 9 POP UP IOGIFIDS y a4 20 ka wv wet beh eau beck tebe hie baad be 120 5 10 Hide SOF Packets 2 0 0 0 0 0 0 cc eee 120 OF Ide NAKS aere iret tock ena we ae Se ek oe Se ae ek el 120 5 12 Hide Devices 1 ee eee 120 5 13 Hide Chirps 2 0 anaana nananana bho tek ower Gag Ew es 120 5 14 Hide Link Commands Flow Control 3 0 120 5 15 Hide ISO Time Stamp Packet 3 0 005 121 5 16 Hide Link Training Sequences 3 0 0 0005 121 5 17 Hide Inter Packet Symbols 3 0 0 0 0 000 0 ae 121 5 18 Hide Logical Idle Packets 3 0 00000 eee 121 5 19 Hide Link Commands non Flow Control 3 0 121 5 20 Hide Upstream Packets 3 0 0 0 00 cee eee 121 5 21 Hide LMP Packets 3 0 0 00 02 cee ees 121 5 22 Hide Downstream Packets 3 0 0 0 0 0 eee ee 121 5 23 Hide Electrical Idles 3 0 2 0 0 cee ees 121 5 24 Hide Skip Sequences 3 0 2 0 0 0 0 eee 121 5 25 Hide LFPS Packets 3 0 0 0 0 ccc eee 122 95 20 Display 2 OMY xtc aoe a ed eee a e oa dee A 122 9 27 DISDlay S ONV eenas ta Gas ek bee see e eee feet oe 122 5 28 Switch to Transactions View 2 0 00 123 5 29 View Decoded Transactions 0 0000 e eee 125 5 29 1 Expanded and Collapsed Transactions
105. 27 rows long The top row of holes connects to GND and the bottom row connects to 5 V The remaining holes are not connected Use the rework area to insert custom components and wire wrap their respective signal power and ground pins 2 17 3 PC Connection Use the LONGEST 6 foot 2 meter of the five USB cables provided to connect the host computer to the Analyzer box 46 LeCroy Corporation USB Protocol Suite User Manual Chapter 2 General Description 2 18 Advisor T3 The LeCroy USB Advisor T3 USB 3 0 Protocol Analyzer is a verification system for USB development and testing It supports both USB 2 0 and USB 3 0 It can record USB traffic and graphically present the logical transactions and events It connects to a laptop or desktop PC via USB 2 0 The system can monitor traffic between USB 2 0 links using standard high speed compliant cables If configured for USB 3 0 testing the system supports monitoring between SuperSpeed links using USB 3 0 cables 2 18 1 Components The LeCroy Advisor T3 Analyzer package includes the following e One LeCroy USB Advisor T3 Analyzer e DC Power Adaptor e USB cables three e Installation CD ROM including documentation e Quick Start Guide e Carrying Case 2 18 2 Front Panel Pai l l ye ami USB 2 0 3 0 i Power Status Rec Trig Figure 2 11 Advisor T3 Front Panel The front panel has the following indicators and connectors Power LED green if on Status L
106. 272 actions assigning 270 events 270 273 Actions submenu 272 Add Analyzer Network Node dialog 61 Add Counter option 272 Add Ethernet Attached Device dialog 57 Adding an Attachment 101 Addr amp Endp search criteria 146 Addr field 175 address and endpoint 151 address endpoint combination 120 LeCroy Corporation Index Advance the Sequence button 271 Advanced Recording Options Mode 238 Advisor T3 20 All Connected Devices command 57 All Markers Window 109 Analyzer bus 12 front panel 41 rear panel 41 setup 43 51 52 traffic 12 Analyzer Devices dialog 57 Analyzer LEDs 30 Analyzer Network Chat Bar 73 Analyzer Network command 61 Analyzer Network dialog 61 Analyzer Ports 30 Analyzer Speed options 254 application startup 69 Application startup 56 architecture network 13 assigning actions 270 ATM Networking Control Model dec file 171 Attaching Markers 100 Audio Class dec file 171 Audio Class decoding 2 0 171 automatic updates 365 Available Events Area 264 B Bar option 205 Basic Recording Options Mode 238 bits 115 Bitstream mode 307 Bitstream vs Intelliframe 307 blue current position indicator 219 blue highlight 329 375 Index Bookmarks 329 branching 278 Breakout Board 38 40 45 brown highlight 329 BT dec file 174 buffer size 18 Buffer Size box 250 Bulk Int Transfer field 178 bus analyzer 12 condition 310 condition keys 319 Bus Conditions 147 Bus Conditions shortcuts 95 bus data rec
107. 326 12 5 2 Main Exerciser Toolbar n nananana 0 000000 ce eae 328 12 0 SCPL ECOL sra eddutied woe eed Sete ea aed 329 126 HIQGMIIQHUNG 4 34 toe Ne ota oraa nni ee eee Ns Bes 329 12 6 2 Text Editing Commands 00 00 0005 329 120 3 FeDe tue onan Male eee ore werner eee Se 329 12 6 4 Properties Window 0 0 0c 329 12 65 File TADS ae cain Suey Si wine Soe ewes eee eS BS 329 1226 0 ENOS erar an Oa eet dk oot we hh sh Be ea ee 329 12 67 OUIDUGS nrk oh Bonen tate ees amp eee ecole 4b ow 330 12 6 8 Options M NU gt sic deat bee dba ieee Se 330 12 60 90 OUUINING rete vaca ox ee tecdverdduw sede recine se 330 12 6 10 Line Numbers 2 00000 cece eee 330 12 6 11 NOOWIDS 2 Sat bo ewe epee eed wee ee beet Se 330 12 6 12 Text Snippets 0 0 ee 331 12 6 13 Views Toolbar 0 00 ee 332 12 6 14 Script Toolbar 20 0 0 cc eee 333 12 0 19 ENO LOG seo odo e 4d eG ee Oe bee Boe eck eee oe oe 63 333 12 6 T6 TOOMDS oie abe ce ana a ok ee Sal are Beate ed 333 12 7 Creating a Script using the Script Editor 334 12 8 Graphical Scenario Editor 0 0 0 cee eee 337 12 8 1 Graphical Scenario Window 005 338 12 8 2 Copy SCSI Operation from Trace File and Paste to Exerciser Scenario 0 000 ees 343 12 8 3 Graphical Toolbar 2 0 00 343 12 9 Loading and Running the Generation File 344 12 9 1 Starting
108. 6 4 3 Errors The Errors menu allows you to search for five different types of error PID CRC5 CRC16 Packet Length and Stuff Bits Menu items appear in bold if they are present in the trace or are grayed out if not present in the trace as shown in the example below PID gt ANY Error Shift E PID Data Length CRCS ddr amp Endp d GRE Bus Conditions Packet Length Split HubAddr amp Pork b stutt Bits On The Go EGF Channel Babble Start Babble End haa Frame Length Turnaround Timeout Data Toggle Micka Frame Analyzer internals Incomplete Last Byte On he Go Error PIP Tra No Command ETE Tra Mo Response ETE Transid Disorder ETE Tra Wo Operation Gode You can press Shift E to go to the first error of any type LeCroy Corporation 145 Chapter 6 Searching Traces 6 4 4 Data Length USB Protocol Suite User Manual Allows you to search for data packets of particular lengths Lengths are displayed in Bytes in a drop down menu as shown below Selecting a length causes the display to move to the next instance of that packet length PID ANY Error Shift E Specific Errors Data Length ddr amp Endp Bus Conditions d Split HubAddr amp Port On The Go Channel 6 4 5 Addr amp Endp The Addr amp Endp feature allows you to search for the next packet which contains a particular address and endpoint All available address endpoint combinations are displayed in the pull down menu
109. 8 8 3 4 Decoding Vendor Requests 00 00 eaee 188 8 3 5 Decoding Undefined USB WUSB Device Requests 188 8 3 6 Decoding using Endpoint Information 189 8 3 7 Changing the Layout of Decode Requests 189 REDONS 662 00 etn thao eee She ee es 191 9h Fe HO Maoa fs 3520 hoe Sth ete taal in are poke Sra ashes es 193 9 2 Eror Summa aei Stark ooo eS Mise SAS Sista See EM ou 195 9 3 Timing Calculations 2 4 0 5 4 4 5 2 we Sth db adem ok ed S eee 196 9 4 Data VICW 4 04 2 65 os os wche Seen Ae Boe wee eeu ee 199 299 Mane SUMMARY rae hota a beeen ahd Pees boa ke 200 99 ASCSM CS i s 3nd gir dela at AE a dite sede EE See 201 9 6 Bus UUNZAUOM radien Be Sek sh Stee a d a hdd eld beck Hye eee 202 9 6 1 Bus Utilization Buttons 2 0 0 000000 8 204 9 6 2 View Settings Menu 0 0 ee 205 9 6 3 Graph Areas Menu 2 0 ee ee 207 9 7 Link Tracker 39 0 6 500350 di Sede Bh bad ow aden boe des 209 9 7 1 Using the Link Tracker Window 210 9 7 2 Link Tracker Buttons 0 00000 cee eee 212 9 8 Using the Trace Navigator 0 00 00 eee eee 214 9 8 1 Displaying the Navigator 0 000 cee 214 9 8 2 Navigator Toolbar 0 0 cee ee es 215 9 8 3 Navigator RangeS 0 0 0 cc ees 216 9 8 4 Navigator PaneS 0 0 00 cee ee 218 9 9 Detail View dowd Rhea bok aaah decd aede doe Ge Ga Be ee hed 221 9 9 1 Detail View
110. 82 Import command 70 Include statement 304 Include statements 329 independent sequences 278 indicators 36 UPAS 34 information priority 220 initialization 51 Initiator Settings button 340 Initiator Settings dialog 340 Insert instructions button 339 installation 51 detailed 33 40 installed unit 33 Installation CD 51 IntelliFrame button 306 mode 307 Intelliframe LED 34 Interface Association Descriptor dec file 174 Inter Packet Symbols 121 Intersection search 156 IP Address 57 IP settings 58 IP Setup 58 ISO Time Stamp Packets 121 K Keep Across Recordings checkbox 177 keyboard shortcuts 91 Index keys bus condition 319 class decoding 322 endpoint configuration 313 file control 311 packet fields 320 packet starting 317 support 311 Keys for packet fields 322 L layout 190 Layout command 190 LED lights 41 LEDs 34 36 44 left module slot 34 Legend option 219 letter 371 LFPS Packets 122 LFPS Settings 341 license agreement 368 information 367 key 368 updating software 368 License Information window 367 License Protection Message 368 line numbers 303 330 link command 152 Link Commands Flow Control 120 Link Commands other than Flow Control 121 Link Configuration Settings 341 Link Delay Settings 341 Link Power Management Settings 341 Link Tracker buttons 212 toolbar 209 Link Tracker window 209 docking 211 markers 211 reformat 210 Link Training Sequences 121 Link utilization 236 linking sta
111. Advisor Specifications 2 16 1 Package Dimensions Connectors Weight 9 2 x 8 4 x 2 5 inches 23 4 x 21 3 x 6 4 cm AC power connection Trigger IN OUT input BNC Host connection USB type B Data connector Data In Out 9 pin DB 2 8 Ibs 1 2 kg 2 16 2 Power Requirements 90 to 254 V AC 47 to 63 Hz universal input 100 W maximum 2 16 3 Environmental Conditions Operating Temperature Storage Range Operating Humidity Operating Altitude 2 16 4 Switches Power Manual Trigger Detach Device 2 16 5 LEDs O to 55 C 32 to 131 F 20 to 80 C 4 to 176 F 10 to 90 non condensing Up to 6560 feet 2000 meters on off Forces trigger event Detaches the device from the classic speed connection Power PWR Illuminated when the Analyzer is powered on Recording REC Illuminated when the Analyzer is actively recording traffic data Triggered TRG Illuminated during power on testing and when the Analyzer has detected a valid trigger condition Uploading UPLD Illuminated when the Analyzer is uploading its recording memory to the host PC for display 2 16 6 Recording Memory Size 128 megabyte DRAM for traffic data capture timing state and other data 44 LeCroy Corporation USB Protocol Suite User Manual 2 17 Advisor External Interface Breakout Board LeCroy Corporation Chapter 2 General Description The External Interface Breakout Board is an accessory that allows convenient access t
112. B Protocol Suite a a Check For updates at application stark up The latest software downloads can always be Found at http iiv lecroy comiti Library t Software PSG If an update is available the window is LeCroy USB Protocol Suite Software Update HSE An update is available For USB Protocol Suite FF USB Protocol Suite v3 02 Check For updates at application start up The latest software downloads can always be Found at http Sa lecroy com tm fLibrarysSofkware PSG 50 to Download Page Now gt gt Step 2 To enable automatic checking for software updates select the Check for updates at application start up checkbox The next time you open the application if you have an open internet connection the application will notify you if an update is available 364 LeCroy Corporation USB Protocol Suite User Manual Chapter 13 Updates 13 3 BusEngine and Firmware Updates LeCroy Corporation BusEngine Serdes BusEngine and Firmware updates often need to be performed when you update the USB Protocol Suite software These updates can be performed automatically or manually Both processes are described 13 3 1 Updating the BusEngines The BusEngine core is the heart of the Analyzer Using state of the art Electronically Programmable Logic Device EPLD technology it incorporates both the high speed recording engine and the configurable building blocks that implement data state error detections triggering captu
113. C errors are found in a DATAx 2 0 packet or a DP 3 0 packet the data in that packet will not be promoted to the Transaction Transfer and so on levels above since it is assumed that the data will be re sent The data count will show as 0 Bytes Control ADDF ae 5 32 1 Expanded and Collapsed Transfers You can expand a specific transfer to view its parts which are grouped and indented below the transfer LeCroy Corporation USB Protocol Suite User Manual Chapter 5 Reading a Trace To expand a transfer Step 1 Right click the transfer number you wish to view to display the Expand Transfer 49 C bRequest wwalue wlndex Transfer 1 bRequest walue wlndex k Expand This Transter Expand All Transfers D0000 ox0000 bRequest wfalue wulndex Collapse All Transfers bRequest wifalue wlndex Set marker D0000 ox0000 Format a bRequest walue windex olor bRequest wif alue tulidex i Step 2 Select Expand This USB Transfer to display the selected transfer in expanded format Control ADDR Time Stamp 0 586 850 382 Transaction A SETUP ADDR B R bRequest w alue windex wLength 3 g O64 o o fof H D Ss D 0x05 oxo001 oxoooo 0 Time Time Stamp 7 968 us 0 586 850 382 IN ADDR o 0 bRequest A windex wLength SET 0 0 JISET_ADDRESS New address 1 0x0000 0 Transaction A Time Time Stamp 76 032 Us 0 586 858 350
114. Cascading with CATC SYNC Expansion Card You can cascade two Analyzers if they both have a CATC SYNC port e Voyager requires a CATC Sync Expansion Card for cascading e Advisor T3 has a built in CATC SYNC port and only requires a cross connect or octopus cable accessory After Analyzers are connected recording will start simultaneously and triggers will occur simultaneously with synchronized timestamps You must select both Analyzers in the Device List dialog see Analyzer Devices on page 57 Important When you are NOT doing cascaded recording you must UNPLUG the cable If you do not unplug the electrical signal prevents recording on all Analyzers Note In this software version cascaded recording only works if you use two Voyagers OR two Advisor T3s You cannot use one of each Also you must enable 3 0 Auto Detect Termination mode Manual control does not work 3 4 1 Capturing USB 2 0 traffic with CATC Sync or Cross Sync When using Cross Sync or CATC Sync and capturing USB 2 0 traffic attach the USB 2 0 capturing analyzer device at the OUT connector at the beginning of the CATC SYNC chain Otherwise the timestamps will not be synchronized 3 4 2 Removing Expansion Cards You can remove expansion cards using two tools e Standard flat blade 3 16 screwdriver e LeCroy Extraction Tool part number 230 0160 00 3 16 x3 LeCroy EXTRACTION TOOL PN 230 0160 00 LeCroy Corporation 53 Chapter 3 Installat
115. Command Set e Block Command Set e Media Changer Command Set e Stream Command Set e Multi Media Commands e Controller Commands e Enclosure Services e Standard Request e GET STATUS e CLEAR FEATURE SET FEATURE SET ADDRESS e GET DESCRIPTOR SET DESCRIPTOR e GET CONFIGURATION e SET CONFIGURATION e GET INTERFACE e SET INTERFACE SYNCH FRAME e SET SEL SET _ISOCH DELAY USB Protocol Suite User Manual 284 LeCroy Corporation USB Protocol Suite User Manual LeCroy Corporation Event Properties Chapter 10 Recording Options The Event Properties dialog lists the Properties and their Values see Events and Event Properties for USB 2 0 on page 273 Note The Header Pattern tab is different for the USB 3 0 recording rules Event Properties Label LMF Channels All Desc on channels Ax or Tx Header Pattern Actions Dwl AAAHHH Reserved Dwl IMMEMMMMMMMEMEMEENER ERE EE Bee Reserved U2 Inact Tmt Vrdr Dey Test Port Contig Dw KH MMR MRR MB AAA AA See Port Cho Ack Most fields are mask and match The Type and Subtype fields have drop down menus You can set the Subtype to e Reserved e Set Link Func e U2 inact Tmt e Vndr Development Test e Port Capability e Port Config e Port Cfg Ack 285 Chapter 10 Recording Options USB Protocol Suite User Manual 286 10 7 9 Counters and Timers for USB 3 0 Timer A timer counts the time from a starting event to a final
116. Connection LeCroy Corporation To set up an Analyzer using a USB connection Step 1 Connect the AC power cord to the rear of the Analyzer and to a 100 volt to 240 volt 50 Hz to 60 Hz 100 W power outlet Note The Analyzer is capable of supporting supply voltages between 100 volts and 240 volts 50 Hz or 60 Hz thus supporting all supply voltages around the world Step 2 Connect the USB port to a USB port on the PC using the LONG 6 foot 2 meter USB 2 0 cable Step 3 Insert the Installation CD Step 4 Turn on the power switch Note At power on the Analyzer initializes itself in approximately ten seconds and performs an exhaustive self diagnostic that lasts about five seconds If the diagnostics fail call LeCroy Customer Support for assistance Step 5 Click Next after you see the Add New Hardware Wizard window 51 Chapter 3 Installation USB Protocol Suite User Manual Step 6 Follow the Microsoft Windows on screen Plug and Play instructions for the automatic installation of the Analyzer as a USB device on your analyzing PC the required USB files are included on the Installation CD Step 7 Click Finish when you see the message that says Windows has finished installing the software that your new hardware requires and the driver files have been installed in your PC Step 8 Check Analyzer setup in the Application Startup section See Application Startup on page 56 Warning Donot change from USB to
117. Corporation Step 5 Display the Class Vendor Endpoint Decoding drop down menu Request Recipients and Endpoints lt gt Class Yendor Decoding X Request Recipients Endpoints Request RPipes Endpoint AFipes Request O44 RFipes Endpoint OWA AFipes ClassVendor Endpoint Decoding wire Adapter Data Transter Out Endp Ho Decoding CCID Bulk Out Message J Display DATA Mass Strg Bulk Only SCSI Out Endp Mass Strg UFI CBI Bulk Out Endp FTF Still Image Bulk Out ox Cancel Apply Help 2 The Class Vendor Endpoint Decoding options for an OUT endpoint are e No Decoding e ATAPI MMC4 Out Endp e ATAPI SPC3 Out Endp e ATAPI SSC2 Out Endp e CCID Bulk Out Message e CCD Data Bulk Out w Cmd Wrapper e CCD Data Bulk Out w Prot amp Cmd Wrapper e CCD Data Bulk Out w Prot Wrapper e CCD Data Isoch Out w Cmd Wrapper e CCD Data Isoch Out w Prot amp Cmd Wrapper e CCD Data Isoch Out w Prot Wrapper e Display DATA e HCI data out e HCI SCO out e HTTP Out Endp e ICCD Bulk Out Message e IP _ET0800 Internet Protocol Out Endp e IPv6_ET0800 Internet Protocol Out Endp e IrDA Bridge Out Endp e Mass Strg Bulk Only SCSI Out Endp e Mass Strg UFI_CBI Bulk Out Endp e RNDIS PACKET MSG Bulk Out e Still Image PTP MTP PictBridge Bulk Out e TCP Transmission Control Protocol Out Endp e Video Bulk Out e Video Isoch Out e Virtual UART e Wire Adapter Data Transfer O
118. Corporation Trigger In SMA external trigger input Note Threshold value is 0 8 V Maximum value of the external input signal which can be input is 5 V Minimum value is 0 V Out SMA external trigger output USB Type B connector for connection to host computer ETHERNET Gigabit Ethernet connector for connection to host computer Note The rear has only a power connector Warning Do not open the Voyager M3 M3i enclosure No operator serviceable parts are inside Refer servicing to LeCroy customer care 31 Chapter 2 General Description USB Protocol Suite User Manual 2 4 Voyager M3 M3i Specifications The Analyzer has the following specifications 2 4 1 Power Requirements 90 to 254 VAC 47 to 63 Hz universal input 100 W maximum 2 4 2 Environmental Conditions Operating Temperature Oto 55 C 32 to 131 F Storage Range 20 to 80 C 4 to 176 F Operating Humidity 10 to 90 non condensing Operating Altitude Up to 6560 feet 2000 meters 2 4 3 Probing Characteristics Connection SuperSpeed connectors The Voyager SuperSpeed 3 0 analyzer and exerciser port differential input impedance is between 80 and 120 ohms USB 3 0 cables MMCx connectors for USB 3 0 High Speed USB Connectors Standard cables Note The USB 2 0 exerciser port is not teminated differentially The single ended termination is 45 ohms to ground 10 or between 40 5 and 49 5 ohms The effective differential USB 2 0 termination is b
119. Corporation USB Protocol Suite User Manual Chapter 1 Overview Chapter 1 Overview 1 1 Common Features LeCroy Corporation 1 1 1 Graphical Bus Traffic Display Bus traffic displays use color and graphics to show captured transactions Packets are on separate rows Packets receive time stamps and sequential numbers as the system records them Fields have labels and color codes The system automatically detects protocol errors and highlights them in red You can customize the display color scheme and field formats You can use the hide feature to suppress SOF packets and uninteresting user defined packets or fields in different contexts You can name and save display formats for later use Pop up tooltips annotate packet fields The display software operates independently of the hardware allowing it to function as a stand alone trace viewer that you can freely distribute E 4ALeCroy USB Protocol Suite C Program Files LeCroy USB Suite SampleFiles 3 0 Sim_packets usb ER File Setup Record Generate Report Search View Window Help i 2 HE us On Auto Mode Record W ty af VY i KY ne iaie E duh 45 lt gt a E TES mal F eg Ba TRA x ES F K NR R R Bi Bc ER R Bi EK PR ER ER E BRIEFED oo i 2 Packets S LFPS Type LFPS Duration Time Time Stamp 0 1 SH Ping 200ns 220 000ns O 000 000 010 TSEQ Data TSEQ Count Time Stamp Correct 32 symbol sequence O 000 000 230 S T
120. Device DUT together using the SuperSpeed connection protocol For more information about the Recording buttons see Recording on page 80 LeCroy Corporation 87 Chapter 4 Software Overview USB Protocol Suite User Manual 4 6 6 Link Status The circles 2 and 3 on the lower right of the Status Bar represent the equivalent colors of the link states for USB 2 0 and USB 3 0 Analyzer 3 0 USB3 0 Off No traffic or LFPS Solid Yellow Only Polling LFPS Slow Flashing Yellow Low Power States Fast Flashing Yellow Symbol Traffic Training TS1 TS2 TSEQ Solid Green Link Traffic U0 LUP LDN Blinking Green TP s and DP s actual traffic 2 0 USB 2 0 Solid Yellow FS SOF s LS EOP s or control endpoint traffic Slow Flashing Yellow LS Traffic on endpoints other than 0 resets activity timer as in 3 0 Fast Flashing Yellow FS Traffic on endpoints other than 0 resets activity timer as in 3 0 Solid Green HS SOF s or control endpoint traffic Flashing Green HS traffic on endpoints other than 0 resets activity timer as in 3 0 Exerciser 3 0 USB 3 0 Off No traffic or LFPS Solid Yellow Only Polling LFPS Slow Flashing Yellow Low Power States Fast Flashing Yellow Symbol Traffic Training TS1 TS2 TSEQ Solid Green Link Traffic U0 LUP LDN Blinking Green TP s and DP s actual traffic 2 0 USB 2 0 unused Note USB 2 0 Link LEDs operate only while USB 2 0 Recording or Real Time Statistics RTS is running USB 3
121. ED blue if system successfully initializes red while booting If red for more than a minute hardware failure green while initializing Analyzer Port A downstream Connects to Device under test Analyzer Port B upstream Connects to Host Analyzer LEDs Rec Recording red if recording enabled Trig Trigger green if triggering 2 0 USB 2 0 yellow for Low and Full Speed green for Hi Speed green if link is up flashes green while data transfers yellow if polling 3 0 USB 3 0 LeCroy Corporation 47 Chapter 2 General Description USB Protocol Suite User Manual 48 2 18 3 Rear Panel Sync Data Figure 2 12 Advisor T3 Rear Panel The rear panel has the following indicators and connectors USB Type B connector for connection to host computer Sync Data Micro DB 25 25 pin external interface connector cable sold separately Power Connector 12V 3A DC Power Switch 0 1 Do not open the enclosure No operator serviceable parts are inside Refer servicing to LeCroy customer care LeCroy Corporation USB Protocol Suite User Manual Chapter 2 General Description 2 18 4 Advisor T3 System Setup Advisor T3 is configured and controlled through a personal computer USB port PC Connection USB Device USB Under Analysis Figure 2 13 Advisor T3 Setup Note The Advisor T3 SuperSpeed 3 0 analyzer port differential input impedance is between 80 and 120 ohms LeCroy Corporation 49 Chapter 2
122. Ethernet or back without power cycling the Analyzer 3 3 Setting Up the Analyzer Ethernet Connection To set up an Analyzer using an Ethernet connection Step 1 Connect the provided AC power cord to the rear of the Voyager M3 M3i and to a 100 volt to 240 volt 50 Hz to 60 Hz 100 W power outlet Note The Analyzer is capable of supporting supply voltages between 100 volts and 240 volts 50 Hz or 60 Hz thus supporting all supply voltages around the world Step 2 Insert the Installation CD Step 3 To use a DHCP network make sure that the PC connects to a DHCP network then connect the Ethernet port on the Analyzer to the DHCP network Note If the DHCP network uses a Firewall you must set the Firewall to allow the Analyzer device on the network Note Direct connection from the Ethernet port on the PC to the Ethernet port on the Analyzer is supported in this release See IP Settings Voyager only on page 58 Step 4 Turn on the power switch Note At power on the Analyzer initializes itself in approximately ten seconds and performs an exhaustive self diagnostic that lasts about five seconds If the diagnostics fail call LeCroy Step 5 Complete Analyzer setup in the Application Startup section See Application Startup on page 56 Warning Do not change from USB to Ethernet or back without power cycling the Analyzer 52 LeCroy Corporation USB Protocol Suite User Manual Chapter 3 Installation 3 4
123. Exerciser waits until the current frame completes issues a start of frame and then retries the transaction If FALSE the Exerciser waits 1 10th of a frame before retrying the transaction Before each retry attempt the Exerciser checks to see where in the frame interval it is If it is too close to the EOF it automatically generates the next start of frame before performing the retry If it is not too close to the EOF it performs the retry without generating a new frame This statement can also be used in conjunction with any pid xxx statement in the utg file This can be done to override the configured or default retry behavior Syntax example retry_next_frame FALSE Host Generation Only Determines whether an OUT transaction is retried by repeating the OUT DATAx sequence or whether a PING sequence should be initiated If TRUE the Exerciser automatically generates PINGs and retries before going through a Retry Loop PINGs are repeated until an ACK is received and then the original OUT DATAx transaction Sequence is attempted During the PING retries the Exerciser automatically generates frames When the original Retry Sequence receives its expected_pid the Exerciser generates a new frame before continuing with the Gen File If FALSE the original transaction is always retried This statement can also be used in conjunction with any pid xxx statement in the utg file This can be done to override the configured or default
124. Export to Generator Text From Packet jo To Packet 48038 Frame Numbering Generate Automatically C Keep Original Values Channel Number Channeld Channel 1 T Include MAK ed Transactions T Include Device Side Packets T Include Exact EOP values takes longer Step 5 Enter the numbers of the first and last packets in the series Note The device packets are removed from the exported generator text This is essential in creating a generator text file that can be used to handshake with your device Step 6 You can opt to regenerate the frame numbers and remove the NAKed transactions Once the generator text file is exported you may need to edit the file and adjust idle time to properly anticipate the responses from your device LeCroy Corporation 301 Chapter 11 Traffic Generation 2 0 USB Protocol Suite User Manual 11 4 Editing a Generation File A utg file is a text file that can be edited with any text editor such as Notepad A better editing option however is Script Editor of the application Script Editor provides the usual editing functions such as select cut copy and paste but also adds tool tips colored keywords drop down parameter values and expandable collapsible packet data fields To launch the Script Editor click the Script Editor button on the toolbar or right click the trace window and choose Edit as Text The Script Editor window opens in the lower portion of the trace window F
125. F FFFEJ 124 788 us 0 000 125 000 Frame ERES High EOP Idle Time Stamp FF FF FF FFFEJ 124 788 us 0 000 250 000 Frame CRCS High EOP Idle Time Stamp FFFFFFFFFE 124 788 us 0 000 375 000 Frame CRCS High EOP BE Time Stamp FF FF FF FFFEJ 124 788 us 0 000 500 000 Frame CRCS High EOP BE Time Stamp FF FF FF FFFEJ 124 788 us 0 000 625 000 Frame CRES High EOP Idle Time Stamp FF FF FFFFFEJ 124 788 us O 000 750 000 BA QuicktTiming markers not set o O Ready __ Search Step 5 Decide how many times you want the traffic pattern to be generated then select a value from the Repeat drop down menu Run once T The Repeat mode allows for a single pass through the generation file looping forever or looping 1 to 65 534 times as desired by the user If a wrap HERE location is found in the utg file that location is where the looping portion begins The loop end is at the end of the utg file or up to the stop HERE statement in the file d Step 6 Select the Generation mode in which to generate traffic see below for an explanation by depressing or undepressing the IntelliFrame button B on the toolbar e Depressed IntelliFrame e Undepressed Bitstream 306 LeCroy Corporation USB Protocol Suite User Manual Chapter 11 Traffic Generation 2 0 11 5 1 Traffic Generation Modes Bitstream vs Intelliframe IntelliFrame and Bitstream are modes that control how the generator interacts with othe
126. General Description USB Protocol Suite User Manual 2 19 USBMobile T2 and USBMobile HS 50 USBMobile T2 and USBMobile HS components are e One LeCroy USBMobile T2 Analyzer or USBMobile HS Analyzer e One 1 meter A B cable standard A plug to mini B plug e One 1 meter A B cable mini A plug to mini B plug e One 15 centimeter On the Go OTG adaptor standard A receptacle to mini A plug e Installation CD e USBMobile T2 Quick Start Note All USBMobile T2 items also apply to USBMobile HS 2 19 1 Setup Insert the USBMobile T2 card or USBMobile HS card into a PCMCIA slot on your host computer Figure 2 14 USBMobile T2 Setup Note The USBMobile T2 and USBMobile HS card does not fit into an ExpressCard slot To install components Step 1 Connect a host to one of the mini A B receptacles use an adaptor if necessary and connect your device to the other It does not matter which receptacle into which you plug Step 2 Insert the CD ROM Step 3 Click NEXT when you see the Add New Hardware Wizard window Step 4 Follow the on screen Plug and Play instructions Step 5 Click Finish when you see the message that says Windows has finished installing the software that your new hardware requires and the file USBMobileT2 inf or USBMobileHS inf has been installed on your host PC Note USBMobile T2 and USBMobile HS USB is not a hub device It connects to a USB branch by inserting a non intrusive high impedance tap Be
127. H i M i H i f q a B H n if i 4 bd it Pore foi i i D in 0 I d a i a p H ae g ae ae as are TET tot 1 T 7 i H I 1 f i i i i j i d a Measure Pt ehght Eye P2 ewdth Eye P3 eampl Eye P4 bitrate F1 P5 ampl C2 P6 ampl C3 P7 P8 P9 P10 P11 P12 value 590 5 mV 127 3 ps 799 9mV 4 9798 Gbit s 376 48 mV 390 45 mV status ma a f R md vd Pass Fail Q1 True Q2 False Q3 True Q4 True Q5 True Q Q7 Qs P1 gt 200mV P2 gt 140ps P3 gt 300mV P52100mV P62100mV P6 lt 0 P7 lt 0 P8 lt 0 Q1 amp Q2 amp Q3 amp Q4 amp Q5 False Passed 0 Of 19 sweeps 1 00 ns div 0 mV 400 5 40 GS s Edge Positive 200 mV div 1 00 ns div Typical CP3 Pattern LeCroy 1 i Ft t i l t i i i i i H I H T re ea a A the ae a Measure Pt ehght Eye P2 ewdth Eye P3 eampl Eye P4 bitrate F1 P5 ampl C2 P6 ampi C3 P7 P8 P9 P10 P11 P12 value 529 34 mV 530 71 mV status ma a Pass Fail Q1 amp Q2 amp Q3 amp Q4 True Q5 True Q6 Q7 as P1 gt 200mV P2 gt 140ps P3 gt 300mV P52100mV P62100mV P6 lt 0 P7 lt 0 P8 lt 0 Q1 amp Q2 amp Q3 amp Q4 amp Q5 A Passed 0 Of 2 sweeps imebase 400 p Trigger WEA 200 mvVidiv 10 0 ns div Auto 0 mV 10 0 ns div 4 00 kS 40 GS s Edge Positive Typical CP5 Pattern LeCroy Corpora
128. JE with options for formatting the ra more graphs are displayed this display See 9 6 2 View Settings button synchronizes the graphs to Menu below one another Once synchronized the positioning slider of one graph moves the other graphs Graph Areas Presents options for Horizontal zoom in a displaying additional graphs of data lengths packet lengths and percentage of bus utilized we e Horizontal zoom out LeCroy Corporation USB Protocol Suite User Manual Chapter 9 Reports 9 6 2 View Settings Menu Clicking the View Settings button JE causes a menu to open with options for formatting the display Orient horizontally Tile vertically Show Markers Show Plumb Line Status j Grid Lines b Grid on Top Fonts amp Colors e Orient Horizontally changes the orientation of bus usage to horizontal After selecting this option the menu has Orient Vertically e Tile Vertically tiles the two graphs vertically i e side by side After selecting this option the menu has Tile Horizontally e Show Markers Places tick marks along the x axis of each graph e Show Plumb Line e Status Opens a sub menu with the following options e Bar Displays a status bar at bottom of graph e Tooltip Causes a tooltip to appear if you position your mouse pointer over part of the graph and leave it there for a couple of seconds e None Turns off tooltips and the status bar e Grid Lines Opens a sub menu wi
129. LGOOD Detect No LCRD Detect No LGOOD Generation No LCRD Generation or No Flow Control Note A value of 4294967295 OxFFFFFFFF indicates that a default value will be used Infinite or Auto LeCroy Corporation 341 Chapter 12 Traffic Generation 3 0 Exerciser 342 USB Protocol Suite User Manual Option Button After insetting a SCSI Command a Task Management Functions or a Transfer packet at the end of the packet an extra button called Option is shown After clicking this button you can set some protocol errors and command settings for that item Protocol Errors amp Command Settings Err_orrupeSHP Disable Number of times aoo Infinite Err orruptEND Disable O Number of times oo Infinite ErrlorruptSDP Disable Number of times Infinite Err oorruptSLE Disable O Number of times Infinite SLC Map Error Injection C Bypass Priming Task ttribute ErrCorruptSHP section has Disable Number of items Infinite and SHP Map no corruption or Corrupt Symbol 1 2 or 3 ErrCorruptSDP section has Disable Number of items Infinite and SDP Map no corruption or Corrupt Symbol 1 2 or 3 ErrCorruptEND section has Disable Number of items Infinite and END Map no corruption or Corrupt Symbol 1 2 or 3 ErrCorruptSLC section has Disable Number of items Infinite and SLC Map no corruption or Corrupt Symbol 1 2 3 or 4 Error Injection section
130. Link Command LMP Subtype b SKF Transaction Packet Type r Header Packet Payload Packet Select the Packet Type to which you want to go 149 Chapter 6 Searching Traces 150 6 5 2 Specific Errors Packet Type ANY Error Ctrl Shift 3 Specific Errors H Data Length j Addr amp Endp F Header Facket Type j Link Command LMP Subtype H Transaction Packet Type H Bad CRCS Bad CRC16 Bad CRG2 Disparity 10 Bit Symbal Unknown Packet IPS Framing Symbol LC Data Symbol Bad Header Packet Length Bad Data Length Field SKF Symbol Missed DPH Missed DPP Setup DFH seg Number Error Select the specific error to which you want to go USB Protocol Suite User Manual Note Seq Number Error refers to Transaction Sequence Numbers 0 to 31 not to Link Control Word LCW sequences 6 5 3 Data Length Packet Type r AMY Error Ctrl Shifk 3 Specific Errors r ddr amp Endp P Header Packet Type j Link Command r LMF Subtype b Transaction Packet Type d Specific Errors r 0 bytes 6 bytes 13 bytes 31 bytes 36 bytes 525 bytes More Select the data length to which you want to go LeCroy Corporation USB Protocol Suite User Manual LeCroy Corporation 6 5 4 Address and Endpoint Packet Type ANY Error Chrl Shifk 3 Specific Errors Data Length i Header Packet Type o0z Of OUT Link Command j More LMP Subtype j Transaction Packet Type j Select the address and endpoint to whi
131. Only Separates each endpoint function into a different queue also referred to as a Memory Segment of commands and responses There are a maximum of eight of these queues and each has a unique address direction combination For control endpoints one queue is shared by both directions of the endpoint Traffic on the Default Endpoint Address 0 Endpoint 0 shares the same queue as the endpoint 0 of the selected device address the address it gets from the Host through the SetAddress request These always use endp_mem_seg 1 These are all set automatically when exporting a trace file to a Device Emulation utg file LeCroy Corporation 313 CONOOBRWDND Chapter 11 Traffic Generation 2 0 USB Protocol Suite User Manual DET direction IN OUT retry TRUE FALSE 314 Defines the transfer direction of data for the specified endpoint For all transfer types but CONTROL there can be two distinct logical connections using the same address and endpoint They would differ only in defined direction Syntax example direction IN Host Generation Only Defines whether an automatic retry should be performed on packets to from this endpoint in the case that they are NAKed or in some cases NYETed or if a timeout on device response occurs RETRY only works for the Pids Setup In and Out If TRUE the Exerciser automatically retries the specified sequence if a Pid is received on the bus which does not match the expecte
132. PING PING RESPONSE Select the Transaction Packet Type to which you want to go 6 6 Go To SCSI The Go To SCSI feature takes you to a SCSI Operation Command Status Task Management Task Management Response or Error 6 6 1 Error Search View Window Help 0 to Trigger 60 to Packet Transaction Transter Chrl 6 Go to Marker Cr a0 to USB2 0 b a0 to USB3 0 b 30 to SCSI SCSI Operation Command Status MM Find Task Management iy Find Next F3 Task Management Response Search Direction Forward SCSI Op Status SCSI Op Invalid Gpcode LeCroy Corporation 153 Chapter 6 Searching Traces USB Protocol Suite User Manual 6 7 Find Find allows searches on an open trace using one or more criteria You can search by packet transactions split transaction transfer packet type and fields within packets To run Find select Search gt Find or by click a on the toolbar Searches can combine criteria using the options Intersection and Union Intersection creates AND statements such as Find all packets with x and y Union creates OR statements such as Find all packets with x OR y You can also perform searches in which packets or events are excluded from a trace using the Exclusion option To perform a search Step 1 Select Find under Search on the Menu Bar OR Click in the Tool Bar You see the User Defined Find Events screen Search for l Frotocol Packets z
133. PW_wCTE dec Communications CDCDatalsochOut_wCTE dec Communications CDCDatalsochOut_ wPW dec Communications CDCDatalsochOut_wPW_wCTE dec Smart Card CCID CCID and ICCD SmartCard CCIDBulkIn dec SmartCard CCIDBulkOut dec SmartCard CClDInterrupt dec SmartCard CCID_req dec SmartCard lICCDBulkIn dec SmartCard lCCDBulkOut dec SmartCard lCCDInterrupt dec SmartCard lICCD_req_Ver A dec SmartCard lICCD_req_Ver B dec Video Class UVC decoding 1 1 currently at 1 0 VIDEO CONTROL Video VIDEO STREAMING Video VIDEO INTERFACE COLLECTION Video VideoClass VideoBulkIn dec VideoClass VideoBulkOut dec VideoClass Videolnterrupt dec VideoClass VideolsochIn dec VideoClass VideolsochOut dec VideoClass Video1 ORequests dec VideoClass Video1 1Requests dec LeCroy Corporation OAh xxh OBh OOh OEh OEh O1h OEh 02h OEh O3h O1h 02h 00h 00h 00h 173 Chapter 8 Decode Requests USB Protocol Suite User Manual USB Decode USB USB IF Codes Decoder Proto Name Base Sub col Class Class ID Wireless Controller EOh BT HCI E0h 01h 01h UWB WA Radio Control E0h 01h 02h Remote Network Driver Interface Specification RNDIS Remote NDIS E0h 01h 03h Host Wire Adapter Wire Adapter Class EO0Oh 02h 01h Device Wire Adapter Wire Adapter Class EFh 02h 02h WireAdapter WA_DatalnEndpoint dec WireAdapter WA_DataOutEndpoint dec WireAdapter WA_NotifEndpoint dec WireAdapter WA_Requests dec WireAdapter WA_Radio_Requests dec WireAdapter WA_RadioNotifEndpoin
134. Packet 4 Data Len Level Cell Marker Time Size Filter z Edit x You can drag and drop and item or attachment from the Marker panel into the Playlist panel and build a story Give a description of the playlist in the Description field and you can give a name to the playlist in the Name field You can add a new playlist by clicking on the green plus sign on the right top corner of the Playlist panel or delete a playlist by clicking the red X button If you have more than one playlist saved click on the Name drop down arrow to select it The drop down menu lists all the available playlists LeCroy Corporation 111 Chapter 5 Reading a Trace USB Protocol Suite User Manual 5 3 2 Playback Window To playback a playlist click on the View menu in the top toolbar of application select CATC Walk and then select Play gt Playlist 1 as shown below View Window Help Toolbars RE u Se a oe ap fi E aa i TE B Run once Status Bar A E Time Time amp rid 18d Ooo ns i weon f o i a E The attachment item starts to play in the playback window as shown below Analyzer Network Chat Bar http www youtube com v xe_cN9Kbxxg amp autoplay 1 x LeCroy Voyager USB 3 0 Analyzer Introduction Chapt by LeCroyCorp Settings 720p HD 4680p e 3560p f ds 026 801 n m 3304 E Pals LS Pla ist Show List v io 00 04 00 10 mi l The playba
135. Packets select the USB3 Packet Hiding tab then select the data types to hide Display Options i xX General Color Format Hiding USB2 Packet Hiding USB3 Packet Hiding Popular thems To Hide Hide Device Traffic Endpoint T Hide Link Commands Flow Control Tl Hide Training Sequence 751 752 TSEQ T Hide Logical Idle Packets T Hide Up Stream T Hide Down Stream T Hide Skip Sequence T Hide ISO Time Stamp Packets T Hide Inter Packet Symbols Tl Hide Link Comand Power Management T Hide Electrical Idle T Hide LMP Packets V Hide LFPS Packets Hide LTSSM Transition Indicators Address Direction Restore Factory Presets Save Save s Default Load e 168 LeCroy Corporation USB Protocol Suite User Manual Chapter 7 Display Options 7 5 Saving Display Options You can save a set of Display Options values make a set the default settings or use a saved set of values with the commands at the bottom of the Display Options window LeCroy Corporation To save the current Display Options values in an options file for use in future sessions click Save Enter a file name without a file name extension The program adds the opt extension The file must have an opt file name extension To load a previously saved opt file click Load and select a file name To save the current Display Options values in the default opt options file for use as the default display
136. Packets button on the Tool Bar e Click Sof to hide all SOF packets Note This also hides low speed EOPs 5 11 Hide NAKs You can hide NAKs that may be uninteresting in a given context from a Trace View by clicking the Hide NAKs button on the Tool Bar e Click to hide all NAK packets This also hides 3 0 NRDY transactions if they are virtual equivalents of a 2 0 NAK situation 5 12 Hide Devices Click the pA button to open a menu for select any address endpoint combination to be hidden Click the Control CTRL key to select multiple values This menu can be moved from its default location and floated in the trace window for later use 5 13 Hide Chirps 2 0 Click the E button to hide any Chirped J or Chirped K packets recorded in a USB 2 0 Hi Speed trace 5 14 Hide Link Commands Flow Control 3 0 Click the FK button to Hide Link Commands Flow Control 120 LeCroy Corporation USB Protocol Suite User Manual Chapter 5 Reading a Trace 5 15 Hide ISO Time Stamp Packet 3 0 Click the Ek button to Hide ISO Time Stamp Packets 5 16 Hide Link Training Sequences 3 0 Click the IK button to Hide Link Training Sequences TS1 TS2 TSEQ 5 17 Hide Inter Packet Symbols 3 0 Click the aK button to Hide Inter Packet Symbols unexpected symbols that do not form a legal packet or ordered set 5 18 Hide Logical Idle Packets 3 0 Click the aoe button to Hide Logical Idle Packets which only occur when Idle Fi
137. Protocol Suite User Manual Chapter 12 Traffic Generation 3 0 Exerciser You can optionally set the analyzer to record the Loopback traffic to verify that the system enters loopback If you elect to record Loopback traffic it is recommended that you set Trigger on the Loopback command by setting Trigger on TS2 with loopback bit asserted Event Properties Paes Sequence 0 State 1 Training Sequences Actions l Training Sequences _ T92 eter El nang Control Byte i 04 04 ffsasa Bit 1 Channels V All FE Loopback_asserted Se a M Count 2 Step 4 Select the Electrical Test window from the View Menu Step 5 Click the Loopback Test check box Usb3 Electrical Test Loopback Command Loopback Interval ms Slave Symbol Error Count 0 Master Symbol Error Count 0 Master Bit Error Count 0 Loopback Status Exerciser Ports Termination for testing Use the termination buttons to verify that a device sees or does not see termination from the exerciser ports After you finish be sure to put them back in the mode that you expect them to be in when done Step 6 Set the Loopback Interval This is the time interval in milliseconds in which each of the BERT ordered sets BRST BDAT and BERC will be transmitted The minimum value is 1 ms The maximum value is 2428 268 435 456 ms LeCroy Corporation 347 Chapter 12 Traffic Generation 3 0 Exerc
138. SB Protocol Suite User Manual Chapter 6 Searching Traces 6 4 Go To USB2 0 The Go To USB2 0 feature takes you directly to an event in a Trace Step 1 Select Go To USB2 0 under Search on the Menu Bar to display the Go To USB2 0 drop down menu For 2 0 data the menu is Search View Window Help 0 bo Trigger 60 to Packet Transaction Transfer Crrl 6 Go to Marker Ctrl M 0 bo USB3 0 AMY Error shift E i Find Specific Errors j i Find Next F3 aceno ddr amp Endp j Search Direction Forward Bus Conditions Split HubAddr amp Port On The Go j Channel j Step 2 Select the event you want to go to and enter the necessary information The resulting item will be shown as selected in the view LeCroy Corporation 143 Chapter 6 Searching Traces 144 6 4 1 Packet IDs PIDs ANY Error Shift E IN Specific Errors SOF Data Length SETUP ddr amp Endp d DAT AO Bus Conditions t DATAL Split Hub ddr amp Pork t DATAZ On The io MATA Channel t ACE MAK STALL MWET PREJERR SPLIT PIfdts ExT DAT Ox Select the type of packet to which you want to go 6 4 2 ANY Error shift 2 shift I shift F shift 5 shift 0 shift 1 Shift Shift ShiFt 4 shiFt M Shiht L Shifty ShifE P Shifts Shiht amp Shift R Shift D USB Protocol Suite User Manual Repositions the trace to show the next instance of any error LeCroy Corporation USB Protocol Suite User Manual Chapter 6 Searching Traces
139. See Editing a Generation File on page 302 Edit Comment Creates or edits the Trace file comment field See Edit Comment on page 139 Check Syntax of utg Reads open utg file and checks syntax for errors Available only file when a traffic generation file utg is open Export gt gt Saves all or part of a trace to a text file or generator file Packets to Text Packet View Format Packets to CSV Comma Separated Values for Excel etc Format Saves trace as a text file in Packet View Format Saves trace aS a comma separated values text file for use with Microsoft Excel See Exports to CSV on page 76 Packets to Host Traffic Generator Text File Saves trace as a script file that can be used by a Generator to generate a trace See Exporting to USB 2 0 Generation Files utg utg files on page 77 Packets to Device Emulation Traffic Generation Text File utg Packets to USB3 Exerciser Script uSb3g Data Exports Transfer data as a text or binary file Merge Trace Files Merges two simultaneously recorded files into a single file This command does not work if the files were recorded at different times Import If you have exported simulations to a defined csv format you can import data from the csv file to a BusEngine data file To use this feature you must contact support for information on how to export to a specific format csv file and then import the file Exports p
140. Software Overview USB Protocol Suite User Manual Frequently used operations have keyboard shortcuts Table 1 Keyboard Shortcuts Operation Key Combination Trace Navigation Find Next F3 Search Backwards Ctrl B Search Forwards Ctri F Jump to First Packet CtrltHome rerione 94 LeCroy Corporation USB Protocol Suite User Manual Chapter 4 Software Overview Bus Conditions Shift T Shift 6 Shift Z Shift 7 Shift 5 Shift U Shift C Shift J Shift K Go to Reset Go to Resume Go to SEO Go to SE1 Go to Keep Alive Go to Suspend Go to Chirp Go to Full Speed J Go to Full Speed K O G Go to SRP Go to HNP Ctrl Q Shift H Shift V Ctrl Shift A Ctrl Shift B Go to VBus Voltage Change Go to OTG Host A Go to OTG Host B Marker Menu Stop Recording Open Display Options dialog Open Recording Options dialog Apply Decoding Scripts Set Quick Timing Marker Start Set Quick Timing Marker End LeCroy Corporation 95 Chapter 4 Software Overview USB Protocol Suite User Manual 96 LeCroy Corporation USB Protocol Suite User Manual Chapter 5 Reading a Trace Chapter 5 Reading a Trace 5 1 Trace View Features The Trace View has these features e Packet view display uses color and graphics to document captured traffic e Selected packets transactions and so on are highlighted with blue background and black border tese Time Time Stamp 2 553 991 466 9 laptop a Time Stamp 202 801 ms
141. System Components Packing List These system components are on the packing list e Voyager M3 M3i Analyzer Exerciser System e AC power cable e USB cables five e Installation CD ROM including documentation e Micro to Standard USB adapter e Mini to Standard USB adapter e Quick Start Guide Product documentation is on the Installation CD ROM 2 2 Voyager M3 M3i PC Requirements Please refer to the USBProtocolSuite_Readme html file on the installation CD for the current PC and operating system requirements 2 3 Voyager M3 M3i Analyzer The Analyzer is shown in the figure 3 LeCroy Voyager M3 USB B Clock Trigger Tx Rx A B e OAOT In Out 2 iP SSssi2sse a im a Figure 2 1 Voyager M3 M3i Analyzer Front The Analyzer has the following features Power Switch 0 1 Status LED blue if system successfully initializes red if hardware failure green while initializing LeCroy Corporation 29 Chapter 2 General Description USB Protocol Suite User Manual 30 Analyzer Ports A downstream and B upstream Analyzer LEDs Rec Recording Red if 2 0 recording enabled or 3 0 recording enabled in Analyzer mode 3 0 USB 3 0 Off No traffic or LFPS Solid Yellow Only Polling LFPS Slow Flashing Yellow Low Power States Fast Flashing Yellow Symbol Traffic Training TS1 TS2 TSEQ Solid Green Link Traffic U0 LUP LDN Blinking Green TP s and DP s actual traffic 2 0 USB 2 0 Solid Yellow
142. Toolbar The Views toolbar contains buttons for viewing text snippets Output window and Error Output window Hala The buttons have the following functions MHH E View Toolbox Text Snippets View Output window C View Error Output window LeCroy Corporation USB Protocol Suite User Manual Chapter 12 Traffic Generation 3 0 Exerciser 12 6 14 Script Toolbar The Script toolbar contains buttons for saving your edits navigating searching and other functions The buttons have the following functions Undo Add Remove bookmark Allows a vt markers to be set or removed to aid in navigation Redo View Options Opens a menu with three options Enable Outlining Toggle Outlining and Show Line Numbers See View Options Menu below Compile an Find ae Go to next bookmark Go to previous bookmark Clear all bookmarks Find and Replace Find Next LeCroy Corporation Pop up Menu Right click anywhere in the script window to open a pop up menu with the following options e Cut e Copy e Paste e Toggle Outlining e Open All Include Files The List Values option displays the types of values that can be entered for a parameter in a line To see the types of values select the current parameter then choose Show Values from the pop up menu 12 6 15 Error Log Whenever you create a scripting error a log opens at the bottom of the application window When the error is corrected the wi
143. UENTIAL DAMAGES INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION ANY LIABILITY FOR THIRD PARTY CLAIMS AGAINST YOU FOR DAMAGES PRODUCTS NOT BEING AVAILABLE FOR USE OR FORLOST DATA OR SOFTWARE LECROY S LIABILITY TO YOU MAY NOT EXCEED THE AMOUNT YOU PAID FOR THE PRODUCT THAT IS THE SUBJECT OF A CLAIM SOME JURISDICTIONS DO NOT ALLOW THE EXCLUSION OR LIMITATION OF INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES SO THE PRECEDING EXCLUSION OR LIMITATION MAY NOT APPLY TO YOU The limited warranty on a Product may be transferred for the remaining term if the then current owner transfers ownership of the Product and notifies LeCroy of the transfer You may notify LeCroy of the transfer by writing to Technical Support at LeCroy 3385 Scott Blvd Santa Clara CA 95054 USA or by email at support catc com Please include the transferring owner s name and address the name and address of the new owner the date of transfer and the Product serial number 373 Limited Hardware Warranty USB Protocol Suite User Manual 374 LeCroy Corporation USB Protocol Suite User Manual Index Symbols csv file 70 dec files 171 lic file 368 usb files 86 utg file 70 utg files 299 325 Numerics 2 stage SOF hiding 167 3 0 Exerciser 323 5 volt pin 38 45 A About command 361 window 361 About window 56 Abstract Control Model dec file 171 AC connector module 34 AC connector module 42 Accurate Time Management 2 Action button 271 pop up menu 271 Properties dialog
144. WR WRITE Operations n LUD WRITE Performance By LUN 2 sase F Fower Measurements F USB 2 0 Errors All Traffic SCS Operation SCSI Command SCSI Command SCSI Command SCSI Command SCSI Command SCSI Command TEST UNIT READY 0x00 INQUIRY SPC 0x17 MODE SENSE 6 0x14 READ FORMAT CAPACITIES 0x23 READ CAPACITY 10 0x25 READ 10 0x78 Pass 1 Pass 3 Pass 1 Pass J Pass Liz 234 The Options menu allows you to show Grid lines Row selection and Tight columns You can have Event Navigation Skip hidden items Show hidden items and Prompt for hidden a a IJ l Grid lines Fow selection Tight columns Event Navigation 200 LeCroy Corporation USB Protocol Suite User Manual Chapter 9 Reports ry Click to display the Select Range dialog x From Packet 0 Packet 27 Reset Range to Whole Trace Cancel Enter a number From and a number To You can Reset Range to Whole Trace 9 5 1 SCSI Metrics The SCSI Metrics are i ya 3 Go at E ale Packet reports Packet 0 To Packet 32986 oe eFers Min eFers Avro riers Max Resp time Max oo T ay Traffic 2 zZ 2 54 81 683 ps 2 694 ms 116 701 ms 234 z234 PKT Fackets z Token bM Data L G Handshake TPA Transactions L G Handshake je FR Transfers ee Control PTPIMTP Transaction PTPIMTP Object Transfer PTPIMTP Session SCSI Se aah E E L myI ma yO On Win sl Timing Report
145. _ I I I l a a S O E D E S S ud gt Options Mame Trace Filename amp Path Defaut Change Default Location lt Debug Support gt C Capture Raw Trace Data during Upload A Caution Can use up to 466 of disk space For each trace Switch to Basic Mode Save Save Os Default Load 244 LeCroy Corporation USB Protocol Suite User Manual Chapter 10 Recording Options In Basic Mode the Recording Options dialog box for USBMobile T2 and USBMobile HS has the General and Misc USB 2 0 tabs Recording Options USE Mobile HS T2 General misc USB 2 0 Product Voyager Advisor T3 USB Tracer Trainer Advisor Mobile Recording Type f Snapshot Manual Trigger Event Trigger Buffer Size 0 500 ME j Options Mame lt Debug Support C Capture Raw Trace Data during Upload Caution Can use up to 36 of disk space For each trace Default Options E Beep When Trigger Occurs Trigger Position Mot used with snapshot I l a a S O S S E S E E paaa Trace Filename amp Path Change Default Location Save Save Os Default Load WEO OW W Switch to Advanced Mode LeCroy Corporation 245 Chapter 10 Recording Options USB Protocol Suite User Manual In Advanced Mode the Recording Options dialog box for USBMobile T2 and USBMobile HS has the General Misc USB 2 0 and
146. a In Out DB 9 9 pin external interface connector Note The BNC connector next to the Data In Out 9 pin DIN connector DOES NOT PROVIDE ANY USER FUNCTIONALITY It may have the label EXT CLK AUX or TRIGGER depending on when it was manufactured Do not use the BNC connector for any purpose The Trigger In and Trigger Out functions are only available through the Breakout Board accessory Warning Donotopen the Analyzer enclosure There are no operator serviceable parts inside Refer servicing to LeCroy LeCroy Corporation USB Protocol Suite User Manual 2 15 Advisor System Setup Chapter 2 General Description The Analyzer functions with any personal computer using the Microsoft Windows XP Windows Vista 32 or Windows Vista 64 operating system and equipped with a functional USB interface The Analyzer is a stand alone unit configured and controlled through a personal computer USB port It can be used with portable computers for field service and maintenance as well as with desktop units in a development environment To install connect a cable between the computer s USB port and the Analyzer s USB port USB onal PC Connection USB Device T ee A Figure 2 8 USB Advisor Connection LeCroy Corporation USB Advisor PC for Analysis USB Host Breakout Board a i ri ira a a ee 2 _ USB Under Analysis 43 Chapter 2 General Description USB Protocol Suite User Manual 2 16
147. a LeCroy USB Protocol Suite C Program Files LeCreh USB Suite SampleFiles 2 0 HS_Hub_Sample utg iol x Fi Fie Setup Record Generate Report Search View Window Help EO ee eee eee EFEEEETEEFF idie Kip ISO gt Bidle Ss m p Lidle Skip ISO LC LMP Eidle UFF rR E ey Buse 3 0 exerciser a Frame CRES High EOP Idle Time Stamp FFFFFFFFFE 124 788 us 0 000 000 000 Frame CROCS High EOP pE Time Stamp FF FF FF FF FEJ 124 788 us 0 000 125 000 Dir Frame CRCS High EOP Idle Time Stamp FFFFFFFFFE 124 788 us 0 000 250 000 Dir Frame ORCS High EOP Idle Time Stamp FFFFFFFFFE 124 788 us 0 000 375 000 Time Stamp a AOL Ory frie i l eB 5060 auto idle TO_EOF 5061 auto idle TO EOF 5062 auto idle TO EOF 5063 auto idle TO EOF 5064 auto idle 7472 s055 pid R i Map o idle 96 5066 pid DATAO data 23 03 08 00 02 00 00 00 idle 3312 idle 112 auto idle TO EOF le TO EQ z O76 zautn id M 4 gt A HS_Hub_Sample utg L Ready The Script Editor divides into three areas the toolbar the script window and the file tabs at the bottom of the window If errors occur a log opens at the bottom of the window 302 LeCroy Corporation USB Protocol Suite User Manual Chapter 11 Traffic Generation 2 0 LeCroy Corporation 11 4 1 Toolbar The Script Editor toolbar contains buttons for saving your edits navigating
148. a Payload Throughput ch 1 Bus Usage Ch 0 amp Bus Usage ch 1 Selecting a checkbox displays the selected graph type e Statistics Accumulation Plots the percentage of Link utilization by non idle traffic for both directions of the link e Data Packet Count Packets s Plots counts of Data Packets per second for both directions of the link e Data Payload Throughput MBytes Plots data payload throughput for both directions of the link e Bus Usage Plots amount of Bus usage LeCroy Corporation USB Protocol Suite User Manual Chapter 10 Recording Options Chapter 10 Recording Options Use Recording Options to create and change various features that control the way information is recorded by the Analyzer To open the Recording Options dialog box e Select Recording Options under Setup on the Menu Bar OR e Click on the Tool Bar You see the Recording Options dialog box for Voyager in Basic Mode Recording Options oyager x General misc USB 2 0 Misc LSE 3 0 Product Voyager Advisor T3 USB Tracer Trainer Advisor Mobile Recording Type Recording Channels Options Mame 0 Snapshot P i use 2 0 Default Manual Trigger Trace Filename amp Path Event Trigger USB 3 0 Change Default Location C Program Files LeCcroy Installation data usb Recording Scope Mote For large recordings the application will segment the data into multiple 512MB trace Files r V
149. a Trace 5 8 View Data Block The data field pop up menu has an option for viewing the raw bits in a data field Expand Data Expand All Data Fields Format ei a Collapse All Data Fields E Color To view these bits Step 1 Click the data field to open the data field pop up menu Step 2 Select View Data Block or the fai Data View button to open the Data Block dialog box Facket 1 7 dwords z Lsb mel Format DWORDs K olumns 4 7 Update only on request ad ji LA 555342443 Ce614F61 24000000 so0000612 ooo0o02e4 d d OOOO0000 OO0000 Ready _ Bear ch Fev The View Data Block window has options for displaying the raw bits in different formats e Format Lets you display data in Hex Decimal ASCII or Binary formats e Show Per Line Lets you control how many bits are displayed per line e Bit Order Most Significant Bit Least Significant Bit LeCroy Corporation 119 Chapter 5 Reading a Trace USB Protocol Suite User Manual 5 9 Pop up Tool tips Many fields within the trace display pop up tool tips when the mouse pointer is suspended over them These tips provide added details about the field eB Cees EOP Idle Time Starnp oer 2 o osts 223 ns Means 00004 2833 6330 starts SETUP transaction to a control pipe 5 10 Hide SOF Packets 2 0 You can hide Start of Frame SOF packets that may be uninteresting in a given context from a Trace View by clicking the Hide SOF
150. ackets to Device Emulation files This option does not export transactions See Exporting to USB 2 0 Generation Files utg files on page 77 Exports packets to USB3 Exerciser Script files This option does not export transactions Compare Endpoint Allows you to select two endpoints of different directions with the Data same address and verify that the data OUT IN is identical to the data IN OUT from the other endpoint Used when running echo types of tests for data integrity Available only when a trace file usb is open 2 0 only 70 LeCroy Corporation USB Protocol Suite User Manual Chapter 4 Software Overview Mew Punetion SS Display Options Provides display options such as color formats and filters See Display Options on page 159 Recording Options Provides setup options for recording triggering events and filtering See Recording Options on page 237 Analyzer Network Opens a dialog box for browsing to local and networked analyzers Update Device Updates the BusEngine and Firmware manually See Manual Updates to Firmware BusEngine and Serdes BusEngine on page 366 Within the dialog click Add to browse The dialog lists PCs that are Launch CrossSync Opens the CrossSync multiple analyzer traffic synchronization Control Panel software see CrossSync Control Panel on page 90 For more infoemation refer to the CrossSync User Manual on the LAN If a PC has an analyzer attached to
151. ackets usb l loj x Ez File Setup Record Generate Report Search view Window Help 5X S HE ME T atomo reod m EFt y i Eh OM e a t S Ega A LEEF EEM PIF Scsi PARERE E es te ae RR RRR BD ww ESF wore Buse 3 0 exerciser Ft Sef Time Stamp Item Dir Addr Endp Type Miscellaneous 000 000 230 Pkt 2 TSEQ Count 2 000 000 368 Pkt 3 000 000 410 2 Pkts 4 5 1 QO 0 D 0 000 000 470 Pkt 6 IPS Cnt 7 0 000 000 584 Pkt 7 IPS Cnt 6 0 000 000 606 Pkt 8 IPS Cnt 11 0 000 000 638 Pkt 9 LGOOD_D 0 000 001 654 Pkt 10 LBAD 0 000 001 680 Pkt 11 LPMA 0 000 001 706 Pkt 12 LCRD_A 0 000 001 732 Pkt 13 Set Link Func Set Link Func Force_LinkPM 0 000 001 782 Pkt 14 ACK SeqNh 0 NumP 0 Hseq 0 0 000 001 832 Pkt 15 NRDY Hseq 0 0 000 001 882 Pkt 16 ERDY NumP 0 Hseq 0 0 000 001 932 Pkt 17 Status Hseq 0 0 000 001 982 Pkt 18 Stall Hseq 0 0 000 002 032 Pkt 19 Dev Notif Notif Type FUNCION WAKE H 0 000 002 082 Pkt 20 Dev Notif Notif Type LATENCY_TOLERAN 0 000 002 132 Pkt 21 Dey Notif Notif Type BUS_INTERVAL_AD 0 000 002 182 Pkt 22 Ping Hseq 0 0 000 002 232 Pkt 23 sll Ping Resp Hseq 0 0 000 002 282 Pkt 24 a gt B Quicktiming markers not set o EE L o O OOo rd y Ready LeCroy Corporation 135 Chapter 5 Reading a Trace USB Protocol Suite User Manual 5 43 1 Columns To add a column right click a column header select Add Column and then select the column name You can also add a column b
152. adio interference in which case the user may be required to take adequate measures LeCroy Corporation USB Protocol Suite User Manual WEEE Program This electronic product is subject to disposal and recycling regulations that vary by country and region Many countries prohibit the disposal of waste electronic equipment in standard waste receptacles For more information about proper disposal and recycling of your LeCroy product please visit www lecroy com recycle LU LeCroy Corporation USB Protocol Suite User Manual LeCroy Corporation USB Protocol Suite User Manual TABLE OF CONTENTS LeCroy Corporation Chapter 1 Chapter 2 OVGIVICW ash cent eke heeds oe eae se 1 1 1 Common Features 0 0 ccc eas 1 1 1 1 Graphical Bus Traffic Display 0 1 1 1 2 Accurate Time Measurement Voyager Advisor T3 2 1 1 3 CrossSync Control Panel Voyager Advisor T3 2 1 1 4 Comprehensive Error Detection and Analysis 2 1 1 5 Real Time Event Triggering and Capture Filtering 3 1 1 6 Advanced Event Counting and Sequencing 3 1 1 7 BusEngine Technology 2 00 0c eee eee ees 3 1 2 Voyager M3 M3i Analyzer 2 0 0 0 00000 cee eee 4 1 2 1 Voyager M3 M3i General Description 6 1 2 2 Voyager M3 M3i Features 2 0 0 0 cee eee 7 1 2 3 Hi Speed Slow Clock 0 00000 ees 9 1 2 4 Traffic Generation nana a
153. affic 214 LeCroy Corporation USB Protocol Suite User Manual Chapter 9 Reports LeCroy Corporation At any time a line in the navigator bar of one pixel in height represents a fraction of the trace data If the Navigation bar is 400 pixels high then each bar in this example would represent 1 400 of the trace If the trace had 4000 packets total each bar would represent ten packets In the Types of Traffic portion of the navigation bar the color of the bar would be that of the most important item in those ten packets Drag the yellow caret at the top or bottom to set the packet range When you move the caret a message shows the packet range The blue caret indicates the current packet position in the trace view 9 8 2 Navigator Toolbar The Navigator toolbar lets you quickly set Navigator features The toolbar has two buttons I 3 Fr Cole in Er Coir Navigator Ranges This button brings up a pop up menu that lets you reset the Navigator range The range determines what packets are viewable in the trace display il Navigator Panes This button has two purposes To select which Navigator panes appear and to bring up the Navigator legend The legend determines how information is shown in the panes 215 Chapter 9 Reports 216 USB Protocol Suite User Manual 9 8 3 Navigator Ranges You set the viewing range by dragging the yellow range delimiters along the slider To set the lowest packet viewable drag
154. age move selection scroll View Left Right Scroll Left Right Common Desired Function Cut Paste Undo Save Go to unit Manual trigger Next pane Start Recording Stop Recording Search backward Search next search backward LeCroy Corporation a Mouse or Keyboard Action Double Click Left Mouse Button Up Down Arrow Key Drag or click Vertical Scroll Bar Controls Scroll Wheel Up Down Ctd Home End Shit Up Down Arrow Shit Left Right Arrow PageUp PageDown Shit Page Up Page Down Left Right Arrows Drag or chek Horizontal Scroll Bar Controls Mouse or Keyboard Action Cid Shift D Cid C Ctr Insert Ctd X Shit Delete Ctd V Shift Insert Ctd Z Alt Back Cid O Cid P Ctid 5S Cii G F5 F6 Shit F6 Chi R Chi T Cil Shit R Chi B Chi F F3 Cil B Close 91 Chapter 4 Software Overview __ Shortcuts List Search Desired Function Search any USB2 error Search any USB3 error Search MDATA Search DATA Search DATAI Search DATAO Search SETUP Search SOF Search IN Search OUT Search STALL search NYET Search NAK Search ACK Search PRE ERR Search PING Search SPLIT Search EXT Search DATAx Search Channel 0 Search Channel 1 Search FS J Search FS K Search KeepAlive Search OTG HNP search OTG HOST A Search OTG HOST B search OTG SRP Search RESET Search RESUME Search SEO Search SE1 Search SUSPEND Search VBUS VOLTAGE CHANGE 92 USB Protocol Suite Use
155. ains the error A yellow square appears next to the line number that has a warnings Note You cannot run a script that has syntax errors 329 Chapter 12 Traffic Generation 3 0 Exerciser USB Protocol Suite User Manual 330 12 6 7 Output When you compile a script that generates output or when the application sends you a message the information appears in the Output tab 12 6 8 Options Menu You can set text options in the Options menu by clicking JE i e Enable Outlining Adds a hierarchy of levels to the script e Show Line Numbers Displays the line numbers at the left of the window e Show Tooltips When you place the cursor over an item information about the item appears e Enable IntelliSense Starts the Intellisense program e Toggle Outlining If Enable Outlining is checked allows you to expand or collapse the outlining levels 12 6 9 Outlining If you enable outlining at the Options button you can collapse or expand code blocks You can toggle outlining at the Options button or by right clicking a command to display a menu from which you can choose Toggle Outlining 12 6 10 Line Numbers If you enable line numbers at the Options button each line has a line number 12 6 11 Tooltips If you show tooltips at the Options button tooltips appear when you place the cursor over a button or command LeCroy Corporation USB Protocol Suite User Manual Chapter 12 Traffic Generation 3 0 Exerciser LeCroy Cor
156. amp Endo Bus Conditions Split HubAddr amp Port On The Go HHF Shiht H Channel a SRE shittt Host 4 trl ShiFi e A Host B or Shitt E 6 4 9 Channel Allows you to search for traffic by 1 Classic Speed or 0 Hi Speed PID ANY Error Shift E Specific Errors Data Length j ddr amp Endp Bus Conditions Split HubAddr amp Port On The Go j ij Girl Shift o l irtani 148 LeCroy Corporation USB Protocol Suite User Manual Chapter 6 Searching Traces 6 5 Go To USB3 0 LeCroy Corporation The Go To USB3 0 feature takes you directly to an event in a Trace Step 1 Select Go To USB3 0 under Search on the Menu Bar to display the Go To USB3 0 drop down menu For 3 0 data the menu is Search View Window Help a0 to Trigger Go to Packet Transaction Transfer Chrl G Go to Marker Ctrl M a0 Co USB2 0 b i Find i AMY Error Ctrl Shift 3 k Find Next Specific Errors j Data Length l Search Direction Forward pede ende Header Packet Type Link Command LMP Subtype l Transaction Packet Type Specific Errors i Data Length t ddr amp Endp t Step 2 Select the event you want to go to and enter the necessary information The resulting item will be shown as selected in the view 6 5 1 Packet Type Packet Type h Sb AMY Error Ctrl ShiFE 3 TSi Specific Errors j T52 Data Length b LFPS Addr amp Endp j Electrical Idle Header Packet Type j IPS Link Command r
157. an select what information to display in Trace Views using the Display Options window To open the Display Options window e Select Display Options under Setup on the Menu Bar OR e Click on the Tool Bar Display Options i x General Color Format f Hiding USB2 Packet Hiding USB3 Packet Hiding Level Hiding Trace Viewing Level Trace View Mode Zoom Level Packet I Enable Tips z a 7 Normal CATC Trace View I Wrap V Hierarchy Lines ee Split Transaction Transfer T Hwa Segment HWA Transfer ows Segment DWA Transfer PTRIMTP Transaction D PTRIMTP Object Compressed CATC View Time Stamp Position Jat the end Expand Packet Data Expand Script Decodes Spreadsheet View Color I Process USB3 LTSSM M Stacking view Spreadsheet View B M Std Regs amp Descriptors Scripts Default Bulk Int Fer type to Bulk es f Hs Show USB Protocol W20 30 PTPIMTP Session SCSI Operation Fonts wis Group PTF Group Fields arial B r Data Courier New B r Configuration Mame LeCroy default Restore Factory Presets SELAN Save 45 Default Load K Cancel Apply You can select General Color Format Hiding and Level Hiding display options The following sections describe these display options Saen LeCroy Corporation 159 Chapter 7 Display Options USB Pro
158. and the login and other communication parameters do not change A session begins with an OpenSession operation which establishes the communications connection and parameters and ends with a CloseSession operation A session contains all object transfers and their transactions plus all transactions that do not belong to object transfers between an OpenSession operation and a CloseSession operation For PTP all PTP Object Transfers and all PTP Transactions that occur from the OpenSession operation to the CloseSession operation is a single PTP Session The PTP Session trace viewing level is the highest PTP level To view PTP sessions switch to the PTP Session trace viewing level FTF e Click 4 on the toolbar OR e Select View gt PTP Session Level OR e Select Setup gt Display Options to display the Display Options window check PTP Session and then click OK 5 41 Switch to SCSI Operations LeCroy Corporation To view SCSI operations switch to SCSI Operations viewing level SCSI e Click FF on the toolbar OR e Select View gt SCSI Operation Level OR e Select Setup gt Display Options to display the Display Options window check SCSI Operation and then click OK 5 41 1 SCSI Metrics The SCSI Metrics are e Address e Number Of Transfers Total number of transfers that compose the SCSI operation e Response Time Time to transmit on the USB link from the beginning of the first transfer in the SCSI operation
159. anges d Pre Post Tr The menu has the following options e Set Range to Whole Trace Allows you to reset the range to include the entire trace file contents The top range delimiter is placed at the lowest packet number in the trace The bottom range delimiter is placed at the highest packet number in the trace e Set Range Near Packet xxx Allows you to collapse the range so that only the packets immediately above and below the xxx packet are displayed The xxx packet is whatever packet is currently at the top in the trace display e Recently Used Ranges Allows you to reset the range to any of a number of recently used previously set ranges 217 Chapter 9 Reports USB Protocol Suite User Manual 9 8 4 Navigator Panes You can display any combination of trace Navigator panes Navigator ka KT 83 Types of traffic Protocols of traffic From left to right the panes are Pre Post Trigger Errors Traffic Types and Protocols of Traffic Each pane represents the entire trace with respect to different types of information The top of each pane represents the start of the trace file and the bottom represents the end of the trace file e Pre Post Trigger To view the trigger event in the trace and the relative size of pre trigger and post trigger portions of the trace The two portions are set apart as different colors The trigger event occurs at the point the two colors meet e Errors To view any errors in the trace
160. ansmitted compliance patterns After the DUT is in the Compliance state and is sending a compliance pattern CPO the pattern will be transmitted continuously until a ping LFPS is detected at the DUT receiver The Voyager system does not send a compliance pattern but remains in electrical idle while the Compliance mode is operational The Voyager can transmit subsequent ping Ifps signals interactively to advance the DUT to the next compliance pattern Compliance Mode test procedure Step 1 Connect the DUT or HUT to a test fixture board for example an Intel board so that transmit signals go to the oscilloscope and receive signals come from the analyzer Intel Test Fixture LeCroy Corporation 349 Chapter 12 Traffic Generation 3 0 Exerciser USB Protocol Suite User Manual The following two photos show an example connection DUT Test Fixture To Voyager Transmit to Scope Test Fixture to DUT and Oscilloscope Connections 350 LeCroy Corporation USB Protocol Suite User Manual Chapter 12 Traffic Generation 3 0 Exerciser Test Fixture to Voyager Connection blue cable LeCroy Corporation 351 Chapter 12 Traffic Generation 3 0 Exerciser USB Protocol Suite User Manual Step 2 Set the Recording Options in the Misc USB 3 0 tab to run the Electrical tests Recording Options Voyager Recording Parts USB 3 0 Connectors C MMCK General Misc USB 2 0 Misc USB 3 0 USB 2
161. aph area properties F xX graph Title Appearance New graph Bars multiple colors Type olor Packet length over time C7 Filtering Options Hide Device Traffic T Hide Start Of Frame Packets cde Erdo Di Hide N K ed Transactions on 02 OUT Hide Chirp Bus Conditions O01 03 IN Hide SEO Bus Conditions Hide Packets According to Speed T Hide Low Speed Packets meee Hide Full Speed Packets fo fats C New Delete Restore darane f Hide High Speed Packets Cancel Apply Step 2 To make a new graph click New 208 LeCroy Corporation USB Protocol Suite User Manual Chapter 9 Reports 9 7 Link Tracker 3 0 LeCroy Corporation The Link Tracker window displays a detailed chronological view of events Events are shown on a channel by channel basis in columns within the window Link Tracker Packet 0 E e lt lit a a Hls Ox ox 10b RD Text Columns 00 000 000 000 00 000 000 O08 00 000 O00 016 00 000 O00 O24 00 000 000 O32 00 000 O00 O40 00 000 O00 O46 00 000 000 056 00 000 000 O64 00 000 O00 O72 00 000 000 080 00 000 O00 O38 00 000 O00 O36 00 000 000 104 00 000 000 112 00 000 O00 120 00 000 000 128 00 000 O00 136 OO 000 O00 1 44 An Ann ANA 1A Onz 2 4nrz ns Onz 2 4nrz 6ng r Ready L A e You can select the number of columns to view more or less data at one time Each time slot in the vertical axis represents the minimum time that a DWORD requires to
162. ar Navigator Panes button to access the menu Select the Legend option to bring up the Navigator Legend dialog box 7 Gea Cle Pre Post Trigger Pa Errors T Errors Types of traffic E Eros Protocols of traffic M Types of traffic ME Legend Suspend Stalled Transaction iv a Control Transfer iv Y Bulk Interrupt or SO Transfer NAK ed Transaction G p7 SitdFne E gt W Protocols of traffic I USB 3 0 Host Transmit Traffic I USB 3 0 Host Receive Traffic IW USB 2 0 Traffic Options Apply Cancel The Navigator Legend dialog box has areas corresponding to each of the panes Each area has check boxes that allow you to hide display information in the pane You can set the priority of information displayed in the panes using the up and down triangles on the right Using the Legend to Show Hide Navigator Panes To use the legend to show hide an entire pane use the checkbox next to the name of each pane in the legend In the case of the Pre Post Trigger and Errors areas the action of show hide in the legend is identical to that provided by Trace Navigator pop up menus In the case of the Traffic Types pane there is no equivalent show hide available through the pop up menus 219 Chapter 9 Reports 220 USB Protocol Suite User Manual Using the Legend to Set the Priority of Information Display You can use the legend to set the priority of information displayed in
163. ate option LeCroy Corporation USB Protocol Suite User Manual Chapter 7 Display Options LeCroy Corporation Show Protocol Use USB 2 0 or USB 3 0 Trace Viewing Level Displays Packet Transaction Split Transaction Transfer Host Wire Adapter Segment Host Wire Adapter Transfer Device Wire Adapter Segment Device Wire Adapter Transfer PTP MTP Transaction PTP MTP Object PTP MTP Session SCSI Operation Wire Adapter Group all and PTP Group all Trace View Mode Displays Normal CATC Trace View Compressed CATC View Spreadsheet View Color and Spreadsheet View B W Fonts Sets the font type and bold or italic style for Fields and Data Configuration Name You can name the current set of Display Options values for use with an opt file The options file can have a different name Restore Factory Presets Sets all Display Options values to the installed values 161 Chapter 7 Display Options USB Protocol Suite User Manual 7 2 Color Format Hiding Display Options To modify the colors formats and hiding options select the Color Format Hiding tab Display Options X General Color Format Hiding USB2 Packet Hiding USB3 Packet Hiding Gr Bit Order Hevadecimal 2 MSE to LB Tae a Decimal LSE to MSE Other W i Binary Hiding Speed f ASCII l Hidd Pkt Begin End Hidden Transaction Fields Split Trane Fields Transter Fields PTF Fields LPM Fields USB 2 0 Packets USB 3 0 Pack
164. ator File Format menu selection when viewing a Trace File There are several examples of Traffic Generation files included with the installation of the software To load a generation file Step 1 Select File gt Open from the menu to display the Open dialog box open ee 21x Look in E USETracer e j c E im cvores board usb Ets H5_ Enumeration Sample usb Els data 0 Sample usb BF Isoc_meraed_Sample usb Ets data 1 Sample usb EF SampleData_O usb Els data merged Sample ush EF SampleData_1 Usb Ets FS Errors Sarmple usb EF SampleData_merged usb Es gray _line usb File name Files of type JUSBTracer Trace Files usb Cancel A Step 2 Select Generation Files utg from the drop down menu marked Files of Type to display a list of Traffic Generation files Step 3 Select a Traffic Generation file utg 305 Chapter 11 Traffic Generation 2 0 USB Protocol Suite User Manual Step 4 Click Open The file opens FALeCroy USB Protocol Suite C Program Files LeCroy USB Suite SampleFiles 2 HS_Hub_Sample utg f i File Setup Record Generate Report Search View Window Help SER PM orod eH AY O h O e ah E So MBE E ER ie eee eee Boie Cy Q E T iF uc D Hiie Skip ISO WC LMP Eidle LFFS Be AA i Z USB 3 0 Exerciser Fa E BZ Run once Chirp Frame CRCS High EOP Idle Time Stamp FF FFFFFFFE 124 788 us O 000 000 000 Frame CRCS High EOP Idle Time Stamp FF FF F
165. ay begins with the first packet in the traffic file 4 6 3 Recording Activity During recording a segment of the Status Bar displays recording activity as a series of vertical bars The more vertical bars that display the greater the amount of activity recording If there are no vertical bars there is no recording activity During uploading the percent of the completed upload displays Note If packets are filtered from the recording or data are truncated recording activity reduces 4 6 4 Search Status The lower rightmost segment displays the current search direction Fwd forward or Bwd backward Change the search direction from the Search Menu or double click the Search Status segment Search Fwd 4 6 5 SuperSpeed Termination Status The lower right middle of the Status Bar shows the SuperSpeed Termination status Note The status is the status of the Analyzer s port not of the device or host under test When in Analyzer only mode it shows the status of the Analyzer A and B ports When in Exerciser mode it shows the status of the Exerciser port SSS SSS See 55 ports 4Anlz USB3 Term 4 OFF B OFF Polling occurs when the Application CPU is not busy The polling interval is reflected in a small dot at the end of the string in the Status Bar Note Terminations reflect what the Analyzer is presenting to the device or host The Analyzer changes these terminations while attempting to connect the Host DUT and
166. boxes for Length Offset Decoded Hex Value and Description You can Check All or Uncheck All Step 3 To show only the fields of Collapsed mode check Show only fields specified for view in collapsed mode Step 4 To retain settings for future viewing of Decode Request fields check Use these 190 settings when View Fields dialog opens LeCroy Corporation USB Protocol Suite User Manual Chapter 9 Reports Chapter 9 Reports The Report menu provides several reports to assist you in analyzing USB traffic recorded by the Analyzer Report a Search View Window Help m p FE File Information Error Summary Timing Calculations Data view A Traffic Summary ul Bus Utilization E Link Tracker aes Navigator Detail View Spec view aa oo eA USB3 Link State Timing view USE LTSSM view Diz Power Tracker iaa Run verification scripts Ckrl S5hift U WG Reports assist you in analyzing traffic recorded by the Analyzer The available reports are e File Information To view general information about the trace file e Error Summary To view a count of errors in a trace file e Timing Calculations To view timing measured between two events set within the trace file e Data View Packet Data Shows packet payload contents e Traffic Summary To view a summary of protocol related information in the trace file summary information about a selected group of items in the trace file such as a
167. capture and generation LeCroy Corporation USB Protocol Suite User Manual Chapter 1 Overview LeCroy Corporation Recording Options Versatile triggering bit wise value and mask data patterns up to sixteen bytes wide for Setup transactions and data packets Triggering on new High speed PIDs and split transaction special tokens ERR SPLIT PING NYET DATA2 and MDATA 2 0 CATC Trace display and enumeration of High Speed Micro Frames 2 0 Three forms of triggering Snapshot Manual and Event Transaction sequencer Allows triggering on a token qualified by a data pattern and or specific handshake or can filter transactions for example NAK d transactions 2 0 Advanced triggering with event counting and sequencing Dedicated trigger for recording input and output used to interface to external test equipment Triggering on multiple error conditions PID bad bit stuffing bad CRC bad end of packet bad babble activity loss frame length violation time out or turn around violation data toggle violation Token Bus Conditions Data Length and excessive empty frames 2 0 Real time traffic capture filtering and data packet truncation variable up to 256 bytes 2 0 Adjustable buffer size from 0 4 MB to 2 GB Idle filtering 3 0 23 Chapter 1 Overview USB Protocol Suite User Manual Display Options e Uses the CATC Trace graphical display of bus packets transactions split transactions and transfers e Groups num
168. cause poor signal quality in the middle of a USB cable LeCroy recommends using the shortest possible cables so that total length of both cables together is less than six feet The USB cables provided with your Analyzer meet this requirement When longer cables are used the Analyzer might record incorrect data LeCroy Corporation USB Protocol Suite User Manual Chapter 3 Installation Chapter 3 Installation The Analyzer software installs on a Microsoft Windows XP Windows Vista 32 Windows Vista 64 or Windows 7 32 or 64 personal computer system Note USBMobile T2 and USBMobile HS are not supported on 64 bit operating systems Important Please uninstall any versions of USBTracer USB Advisor or USBMobile HS software on your computer BEFORE installing USB Protocol Suite The older software is not compatible with the new software and device drivers You can load files recorded using the old software into USB Protocol Suite which will automatically convert them to the new format 3 1 Installing the Analyzer Software on the PC Note You must install the software before connecting the Analyzer to the host machine for the first time Install the software on the PC administering the Analyzer Step 1 Insert the Installation CD into the CD drive of the PC that administers the Analyzer Step 2 Follow the on screen installation instructions to install the application on the PC hard disk 3 2 Setting Up the Analyzer USB
169. ce Request menu Step 2 Select Map DWA RPipe to Class Vendor Decoding to display the Request Recipient and Endpoints dialog box Step 3 Click the Request DWA RPipes tab to display the Request DWA RPipes dialog box Request Recipients and Endpoints lt gt Class Yendor Decoding X Request Recipients Endpoints Request RPipes Endpoint APipes Request DwiA APipes Endpoint OWA APipes Class endor Decoding ClassVendor Decoding Groups Ho Decoding Keep Actoss Recordings x Cancel Apply Help 2 The Recipient field shows all Class and Vendor Request recipients found in the trace file The RPipe field shows all Class and Vendor Request RPipes found in the trace file The displays shows the Otg Host HWA address and Type Class or Vendor for the recipient On the right are the names of Class Vendor Decoding groups currently assigned to recipients If blank no decoding is assigned for a recipient Step 4 Select a recipient Step 5 Display the Class Vendor Decoding Groups drop down menu The Class Vendor Decoding Groups are the same as for Request Recipients Step 6 Select a decoding group OR Select No Decoding if you do not want any specific decoding LeCroy Corporation USB Protocol Suite User Manual Chapter 8 Decode Requests LeCroy Corporation Step 7 Step 8 Step 9 Repeat the previous steps for additional recipients To retain a mapping from trace to trace DURING an appl
170. ce_pid statements Warning If you specify PID OxNN you must use raw_data to specify the rest of the packet data because the packet structure is unknown 317 Chapter 11 Traffic Generation 2 0 USB Protocol Suite User Manual Key Code Format Description SSS frame 11 bits Creates a start of frame packet and generates a or SOF PID as expected AUTO The key should be assigned a value of the frame KEEP_ALIVE number AUTO or KEEP_ALIVE Note An explicit frame number is supported only when the generator is in Bitstream Mode AUTO instructs the generator to increment the frame number automatically KEEP_ ALIVE instructs the Analyzer to generate a low speed EOP in place of a SOF packet for traffic on a low speed branch file_speed LOW For Device Emulation this statement is ignored by the Device Emulator but serves to organize the utg file in a more readable manner empty_frame integer Host Generation Only This key creates a sequence of start of frame packets with idle TO_EOF values for the idle time This results in N empty frames where N is the integer value specified If the branch speed is LOW the frames contain only the keep alive standalone EOP s This key makes for an easier to manage utg file by eliminating the need for many lines of frame AUTO idle TO_EOF statements Usage empty_frames 23 insert 23 empty frames here host_exp_pid Device Emulation Only Defines the PID that is expected to be received from
171. ch you want to go 6 5 5 Header Packet Type Packet Type i AMY Error Ctrl Shift 3 Specific Errors j Data Length j Addr amp Endp p Link Management Packet Link Command j Transaction Packet LMF Subtype j Data Packet Header Transaction Packet Type j Isochronous Timestamp Packet Select the header packet type to which you want to go Chapter 6 Searching Traces 151 Chapter 6 Searching Traces 152 6 5 6 Link Command Packet Type ANY Error Ctrl Shifk 3 Specific Errors i Data Length j ddr amp Endp Header Packet Type i LMF Subtype Transaction Packet Type Laddi LBAD LERO LATY keu Un LGo Uz L amp O Us LAL Lx LMPA LUP LON Select the link command to which you want to go 6 5 7 LMP Subtype Packet Type ANY Error Ctrl Shifk 3 Specific Errors Data Length ddr amp Endo Header Packet Type Link Command LMP Subtype k Transaction Packet Type b r H Set Link Function Oz Inactivity Timeout Vendor Device Test Port Capability Port Configuration Port Config Ack Select the LMP Subtype to which you want to go USB Protocol Suite User Manual LeCroy Corporation USB Protocol Suite User Manual Chapter 6 Searching Traces 6 5 8 Transaction Packet Type Packet Type b AMY Error Chrl ShiFk 3 Specific Errors Data Length b ddr amp Endp Header Facket Type Link Command LMF Subtype b ACK i NRDY ERD STATUS STALL DEY NOTIFICATION
172. cify the rest of the packet data because the packet structure is unknown Host Generation Only Use this as the PID key for packets which are expected to be sent by the device In IntelliFrame mode the generator waits until this PID has completed before sending the next generated packet or bus condition The key should be assigned to a valid packet identifier string per the USB specification DATAO DATA1 ACK NAK STALL NYET DATA2 MDATA EXT or LPM The generator engine waits forever until this expected_pid appears so the user may have to hand edit the file to achieve the desired results For example if a NAK comes where the expected_pid was a DATA1 the user should edit the utg file to move the pid IN command to later in the file by inserting some frame AUTO idle TO_EOF pairs before it This allows time for the device to be ready for the IN lf RETRY TRUE for this address endpoint the NAKs are ignored and the SOF s are generated automatically until the expected PID occurs Use this as the first key of most packets sent by a device The key should be assigned to a valid packet identifier string per the USB specification DATAO DATA1 ACK NAK STALL NYET DATA2 MDATA EXT or LPM Normally the device_pid statement is NOT present in a Host Generation utg file because the device responses are intended to come from real devices By default Host Generation files exported from Trace Files do NOT include devi
173. ck a packet transaction or transfer or select a field and then select Report gt Detail View or click or on the toolbar to display the Detail View LeCroy USB Protocol Suite C Program Files LeCroy USE Suite Samplefi Sim_packets usb ER Fie Setup Record Generate Report Search view Window Help X ii mi Auto Mode Record W ET t i EIN 2S ints q Detail view of Packet 0 lt gt LFPS Du 2 Packets pi S LFPS Type LFPS Duration 0 1 a Ping 200ns__ Time Time Stamp 220 000 ns 0 000 000 010 S TSEQ Data TSEQ Count Correct 32 symbol sequence Time Stamp 0 000 000 230 mE Drag fields to add column to Spr ij E Quicktiming markers not set S Ol Ready pt Tt o earch Fwd To put a Detail View header in the Spreadsheet View drag the header to a column divider in the Spreadsheet View LeCroy Corporation USB Protocol Suite User Manual Chapter 5 Reading a Trace 5 44 Edit Comment You can create view or edit the 100 character comment field associated with each Trace file These comments are visible in the Windows Explorer if the Comments attribute is included in the Details view Step 1 Select Edit Comment under File on the Menu Bar You see the Edit comment for trace file window Edit comment for trace file This is a recording of a connection of a hub with a keyboard and MS 055 80 to another hub aa Step 2 Create view
174. ck window is resizable The close button at the top right corner and the size grip for resizing at the bottom right corner will hide automatically when moving the cursor out of the window Users can provide commentary to a captured trace converting it into a script or a story and can transfer this meta information to others LeCroy Corporation 112 USB Protocol Suite User Manual Chapter 5 Reading a Trace 5 3 3 Playlist Playback Controls The playlist playback control buttons are e Play Pause e Stop e Jump to Next attachment e Jump to Previous attachment e Seek slider for seeking to positions in media streams e Volume slider e Playback speed slider for text attachments As a playlist is played back the playback window is displayed in close proximity to the marked area just like a regular tooltip window As the playback progresses the view jumps to the element corresponding to the current attachment being played and the marked element is highlighted During playback the user is prevented from interacting with the trace To reinforce this restriction the trace view Is grayed out visually and only the packet with the item corresponding to the current attachment is colorized Packet ADDR Time Stamp 17 ae CE II F 10 000 ns Packet H YEH ACK ADDR ENDP http www youtube com v xe_cN9KbxXXg
175. ckets Electrical Idles LFPS Packets e LTSSM Transition Indicators View Layers Mode Display All Layers Application Layers or Lower USB Layers Stacking View Puts a group of packets in one row to shorten display Apply Decoding Scripts Decoding scripts set the values of the display and recording options for optimum views of trace information from specific vendors or classes of data This menu option allows you to select the vendor or class of data for the request recipients and endpoints listed in the Request Recipients and Endpoints menu You can keep the settings across recordings See Decode Requests on page 1771 WA Group HWA Segment Level displays Host Wire Adapter Segments HWA Transfer Level displays Host Wire Adapter Transfers DWA Segment Level displays Device Wire Adapter Segments DWA Transfer Level displays Device Wire Adapter Transfers PTP Group PTP Transaction Level displays PTP Transactions PTP Object Transfer Level displays PTP Objects PTP Session Level displays PTP Sessions SCSI Operation Level Displays SCSI Operation Level Refresh Decoding Forces the software to re decode transactions and transfers Useful if you have applied a decoding mapping which helps fully decode a sequence of transfers as is the case with Mass Storage decoding LeCroy Corporation 137 Chapter 5 Reading a Trace USB Protocol Suite User Manual 138 5 43 3 Detail View and Spreadsheet View In the Spreadsheet View double cli
176. ctions on where files can be written by users in Windows Vista and Windows 7 the USB Protocol Suite software may implicitly change a directory from the Program Files path x Program Files Lecroy to the user s data path x Users Public Documents Lecroy This is done for example when the desired Trace File Name amp Path has such a reference in the Recording Options file Note that when the opposite situation occurs a Windows Vista or Windows 7 path is referenced no implicit directory changes are made since the Windows Vista Windows 7 path is legal on an XP system See Notes on Vista and Windows 7 Directory Protections on page 68 for more information Important Make sure that you do not attempt to save traces on a network drive on which you do not have create or write permissions Such an operation is not supported in the current software 10 1 10 Power You can control power settings e Keep VBus Power on after Generation Exerciser completes Check if you want to keep the Host VBus on at completion of a 2 0 or 3 0 Trainer Exerciser script e Capture M3i Power Measurements Voltage and Current Record voltage and current LeCroy Corporation USB Protocol Suite User Manual Chapter 10 Recording Options 10 2 Recording Options Misc USB 2 0 Voyager Advisor T3 USB Tracer Trainer and Mobile The Misc USB 2 0 page presents options for setting e Analyzer Trace Speed Select Auto Detect Low Full or High
177. d 178 display configuration name 161 format 67 graphs 236 options 9 15 24 windows 326 Display License Information 367 Display Options 19 Color Format Hiding tab 162 factory settings 161 General 160 level hiding 167 168 loading 169 saving 169 values 161 window 159 Divide By field 254 Downstream Packets 121 Downstream port link status 224 dragging buttons 269 DWA RPipes endpoints 185 E Edit as Text command 70 302 Edit Comment command 70 139 378 USB Protocol Suite User Manual Edit comment for trace file window 139 Edit Marker 108 Edit script command 230 editing comment 139 generation file 302 marker 114 script 329 electrical fuse 34 power switch 34 Electrical Idles 121 Electrically Programmable Logic Device 3 Electronically Programmable Logic Device 365 e mail 371 emulation 307 308 Enable Intellisense option 330 Enable Outlining command 303 Enable Outlining option 330 Enable Tips option 160 Endp field 178 endpoint configuration keys 313 decoding 178 Endpoint RPipes dialog box 183 185 tab 183 185 Endpoints tab 178 endpoints decoding 189 DWA RPipes 185 RPipes 183 Endpoints dialog box 178 environment 44 environmental conditions 32 36 EPLD 3 365 error detection 2 error log 304 333 Error Summary report 195 errors 329 searching for 145 summary 195 Errors pane 218 Ethernet connection 52 Ethernet connector 31 Ethernet Networking Control Model dec file 171 Event buttons creating 268 draggi
178. d are included in the calculation with Idle means that the transaction time Includes Idle time between packets of the transactions Turnaround T ime Data Only includes only the data bit fielde for the transaction Mo CRC1E bits etc High Speed includes Split Transaction packets as Well as normal native High Speed packets Time Usage The percentage of the bus time between the start packet and end packet that is attributed to this traffic This takes into account the bus speed of the branch Bandwidth The number of bits second attributed to this entry as measured between the start and end packet times LeCroy Corporation 197 Chapter 9 Reports USB Protocol Suite User Manual Step 5 Click Calculate in the left side to display the Bus Utilization Time Usage and Bandwidth Bus Utilization is e Full Speed e Global 3 0 A Host RX e Global 3 0 A Host TX e Global USB 2 e Global USB 3 e High Speed e Low Speed e Super Speed e Transactions Classic Speed with Idle e Transactions Classic Speed without Idle High Speed with Idle High Speed without Idle e Transactions OLD ON A e Transactions Timing Calculator From beginning Total Time 4999716 Packet fo oF Packet 0 Trigger Packe nanoseconds To beginning of Packet E or Markers Show Formulas Bus Utilization Bandwidth Addr Ende Dir Mo idle TU Noidle Bw with idle TU with idle Bw Date only TU Data_o
179. d u 1 d e f j i i i i i i l i H i a mt g LS 4 T i E i k ipo L b 4 a r L i 4 i i i i i 1 ott t i f i i f i i l H f A b i i l H D i rT I 1 4 1 a j 3 i i l j i 4 i l i i B n i i i i 3 i r i i j P i t d i i f A i H i f if a Measure Pt ehght Eye P2 ewdth Eye P3 eampl Eye P4 bitrate F1 P5 ampl C2 P6 ampl C3 P7 P8 P9 P10 P11 P12 value 587 1mV 144 7 ps 775 5mV 4 9955 Gbit s 434 30 mV 373 54 mV status S nd a S f vd Pass Fail Q1 True Q2 True Q3 True Q4 True Q5 True Q Q7 Q8 P1 gt 200mV P2 gt 140ps P3 gt 300mV P52100mV P6 2 100mV P6 lt 0 P7 lt 0 P8 lt 0 Q1 amp Q2 amp Q3 amp Q4 amp Q5 True Passed 114 Of 119 sweeps Typical CP2 Pattern 356 imebase 40 p Trigger 1 00 ns div Auto 40 GS s Edge c3 C 0 mV 4005 Positive LeCroy Corporation USB Protocol Suite User Manual Chapter 12 Traffic Generation 3 0 Exerciser LeCroy i l l i t rit t i 7 i rp rte ey Port ict PEJE i roi 4 Pion E amp 28 tj sja i ere a oof oa F n o sia ot i it Poo o n H a i P z l l i H i 7 sf z1 Ioi j Yije i PREE E ea ae i HA _ i i i a T H n ryt rt yt H ip 4 padio i i S E oOo o4 I Eig a i gt tor 2 ros o fd 3 Ll fis a 4 I E A E 4 r l 1 ie 4 E as 2 3 H Eia 0 4 Ho n n n n
180. d_pid or if a timeout occurs The generator re issues the host packet s after waiting either 1 10th of a frame or until after the next start of frame depending on the value set for retry_next_frame The retries continue until the expected_pid is received When a retry attempt finds its expected_pid the Exerciser automatically generates a new start of frame before continuing with the rest of the Gen File The start of frame is either an SOF packet or a keep alive signal If FALSE the Exerciser waits for a Pid before proceeding There is no timeout If a Pid is received which does not match the expected_pid the Exerciser continues to wait for the correct Pid to appear If the user stops the generation a message states that the generator was waiting patiently for the expected_pid and it never showed up The user must examine the problem by viewing the trace file This statement can also be used in conjunction with any pid xxx statement in the utg file This can be done to override the configured or default retry behavior Syntax example retry TRUE LeCroy Corporation USB Protocol Suite User Manual Chapter 11 Traffic Generation 2 0 Key Code Format Description SSS retry_next_frame ping_on_retry LeCroy Corporation Host Generation Only Determines when a retry will be attempted after a failed match of an expected_pid This statement only applies if a retry TRUE statement also exists If TRUE the
181. der in the Spreadsheet View drag the header to a column divider in the Spreadsheet View LeCroy Corporation 221 Chapter 9 Reports USB Protocol Suite User Manual 9 10 Spec View 3 0 The Spec View shows packet header information To obtain the Spec View select Report gt Spec View or click the al Spec View toolbar icon Spec View Fields For packet 0 H lt gt Bin He Update only on request ADDR Route String Type Rer r 0x02 000000 One Ox0 Data Len 5 Reserved ENDP Dir EoB A SegH 04001 F Ox0 One 0 Oo 60 0x00 Reserved F Stream ID Ready Pod o e 3 The toolbar allows you to Save go to Previous or Next display Hexadecimal or Binary and Update only on request Update on click or Update on scroll H lt gt En ae Update only on request 222 LeCroy Corporation USB Protocol Suite User Manual Chapter 9 Reports 9 11 USB3 Link State Timing View The Link State Timing View graphically shows how much time the link spends in each link state ITE Click to display the USB3 Link State Timing View Compliance 5 Disabled 55 Inactive Hot Reset Loopback Recoweny Polling Rix Detect Unknown Time The States are U3 U2 U1 Compliance SS Disabled SS Inactive Hot Reset Loopback Recovery Polling Rx Detect and Unknown Time is displayed along the bottom in microseconds LeCroy Corporation 223 Chapter 9 Reports 224 USB Protocol Suite Us
182. dialog box to close the dialog A counter button should appear just below your selected event 277 LeCroy Corporation Chapter 10 Recording Options USB Protocol Suite User Manual 278 Changing a Counter Value To change the counter value Step 1 Click the small blue dot in the upper left corner of the counter button A menu appears Step 2 Select Change Counter Value Step 3 Enter anew value in the pop up dialog box This causes the new value to appear in the counter button 10 6 9 Using a Single State Sequence As described previously a Sequence can be single state or multi state A single state sequence is a simple combination of events and actions You cannot create looping or branching conditions with this type of sequence A multi state sequence allows you to branch successively to advance to lower states in the sequence or to loop to the front of the sequence restart the sequence 10 6 10 Using a Multi State Sequences Multi state sequences allow you to create conditions that branch down to successive states or loop back to the beginning of the sequence They are more complex than single state sequences but very powerful 10 6 11 Using Independent Sequences You can use up to two independent sequences By default they are labeled Sequence 0 and Sequence 1 The two sequences operate in parallel and have no effect on each other with the following exception Either of the two sequences can contain the action Restart
183. dialog box to close the dialog A counter button should appear just below your selected event Changing a Counter Value To change the counter value Step 1 Click the small blue dot in the upper left corner of the counter button to display a menu Step 2 Select Change Counter Value Step 3 Enter a new value in the pop up dialog box The new value appears in the counter button LeCroy Corporation 287 Chapter 10 Recording Options USB Protocol Suite User Manual 10 7 10 Configuration Validity The USB Protocol Suite Software monitors the current trigger and filter configuration to ascertain whether or not it is valid The configuration may not be valid because of any of the following reasons e More resources are configured than exist in the hardware e Conflicts occur between shared hardware resources e Configurations may be incomplete such as choosing an event like SCSI Command but not selecting a specific command If Config is not valid red you must fix the problem so that the green Config is Valid shows in the status area If this is not done the configuration will not be applied to the current Recording Rules and the trigger or filter will not function General Misc USB 2 0 Misc USB 3 0 USB 2 0 Rec Rules USB 3 0 Rec Rules am Newevent m 43 gq a Er Config is valid Available Events Ai es 10 8 Saving Recording Options To complete your Recording Options settings use the features at the bottom of th
184. e Aa You can change the Format of the cell s value to Hex Decimal Binary or ASCII You can change the Color of the field header You can Hide ALL instances of the field in the trace which you can also do in the Display Options dialog see Color Format Hiding Display Options on page 162 To unhide ALL instances of a field select View gt Unhide cells and select the field from the list of hidden fields or right click in the trace background select Unhide cells and select the field to unhide from the list You can also use the Display Options dialog see Color Format Hiding Display Options on page 162 5 7 1 Hide Show Field when Packet Section is Collapsed A caret gt a in the upper left of a field shows whether the field is collapsible and expandable see Expanding and Collapsing Data Fields on page 116 When a field is collapsible expandable you can choose whether the field is shown or hidden when its set of fields is in the collapsed state Thus you can determine which fields are more critical to view in these two modes Do NOT confuse this with Hide Fields see Format Color Hide Fields above which hides the field everywhere without regard to collapse expand state jani Move right within header Show Spec View Fields Collapse LCW Header Expand All LCW Header Fields USB 2 0 1 Collapse All LCW Header Fields LeCroy Corporation USB Protocol Suite User Manual Chapter 5 Reading
185. e File Setup Record Generate View Help Display Options Ctrl Shift D Recording Options Update Device Launch CrossSync Control Panel Analyzer Network i All Connected Devices USB 3 0 Device Host Signal parameters Figure 4 1 Launching CrossSync from the USB Protocol Suite Application For more information refer to the CrossSync Control Panel User Manual Note If you are using CrossSync USB Compliance Suite or any application that uses the Automation Interface to the USB Protocol Suite and the system prompts you that it cannot write a trace file to disk 1 Make sure that the trace file destination folder has write create permissions For example the target directory might be the netwrok file system which typically does not have write create permissions 2 Make sure that the Windows or other Firewall Settings for USB Protocol Suite are set to Public 90 LeCroy Corporation USB Protocol Suite User Manual Chapter 4 Software Overview 4 9 Mouse and Keyboard Shortcuts To display the navigation common search decode levels and miscellaneous mouse and keyboard shortcuts select Help gt Shortcut List to display the Shortcuts List window En xi Navigation Desired Function Select Item Position Select Item Position move it to Anchor Point scroll Up Down Scroll Up Down scroll to First Last Position Scroll Up Down move selection Scroll Up Down One Page Scroll Up Down One P
186. e For the first recording you can leave these settings unchanged Under Recording Channels select 2 0 to record USB 2 0 traffic Recording Options oyager X General misc USB 2 0 Misc USB 3 0 Product Voyager Advisor T3 USB Tracer Trainer Advisor Mobile Recording Channels Options Mame lv USB 2 0 Default Trace Filename amp Path Change Default Location C Program Files Lecroy Installation data usb Recording Type i Snapshot Manual Trigger T Use 3 0 Event Trigger Recording Scope Note For large recordings the application will segment the data into multiple Si2ME trace files Yous Power Conventional Single Buffer Recording Buffer Size Trigger Position Keep Bus power on after Generation Exerciser completes WwW Oe Capture M3i Power Measurements volkage and Current Mot used with snapshot lt Debug Support gt Spooled Recording Max Disk Usage 5 GB C Capture Raw Trace Data during Upload Caution Can use up to 466 of disk space For each trace Recording Size Limits Record For ODayls 12 34 56 Record 120000 mg Until Triggered plus ODapls 12 34 56 Until Triggered plus 120000 mg E mince Save Save 45 Default Load Note Items not supported on your hardware are grayed out or not shown Step 4 Click OK to activate the recording options you selected Step 5 Turn on the USB devices
187. e Recording Options screen These features remain the same no matter which of the three Recording Options screens you are working in e Click Save to save the currently specified Recording Options for use in future recording sessions Any file name can be specified though use of the rec is recommended if no extension is specified rec is added by default e Click Load to load a previously saved rec file thus restoring a previous set of Recording Options e The Save as Default function is equivalent to the Save function specifying the file name default rec Whenever you start up the Analyzer it automatically loads the default rec file if one exists e Click OK to apply any changes and close this dialog box e Click Cancel to cancel any immediate changes you have made and exit the Recording Options menu 288 LeCroy Corporation USB Protocol Suite User Manual Chapter 10 Recording Options 10 9 Recording Bus Data To start recording USB traffic once the appropriate Recording Options have been set perform the following steps Note If you have inserted any event triggers be sure to select Event Trigger under the General tab in the Recording Options dialog box Step 1 Select Start under Record on the Menu Bar OR Click Record on the Tool Bar Your recording session can continue until it has finished naturally or you may need to stop manually by clicking MM onthe Tool Bar depending on how you set the Recording Options To ma
188. e if the new active device is in another protocol UAS or BOT the software will try to convert all information to the selected protocol based on the active device and sometimes information may be lost SCSI Command Settings Auto Tag Assignment You can choose Auto Tag Assignment for SCSI Commands Then the tag will be assigned automatically for SCSI Commands starts with 1 and continually increments If you deselect this feature you must check the tag value of all SCSI Commands in the project and make them unique in each run General Settings The middle pane has General Settings Tx Scramble Rx Descramble Port Configuration Ack Tx Invert Polarity and Rx Invert Polarity checkboxes You can set Logical Block Size Packet Delay Random Seed Skip Timer and Maximum Loop Iteration Count Link Delay Settings The middle pane has Link Delay Settings Delay for LGOOD LGOOD Count LBAD LBAD Count LCRD and LCRD Count Link Power Management Settings The right pane has Link Power Management Settings You can disable LPMA and PMLC Timeout You can set Power State Accept and PMLC Timeout LFPS Settings The right pane has LFPS Settings You can set Exit TBurst for U1 U2 and U3 Link Configuration Settings The right pane has Link Configuration Settings You can disable LUP LDN and LUP LDN Timeout You can set LUP LDN Interval and Detect Timeout You can select a Custom Flow Control such as Automatic Link Flow Control No
189. e 08h SCSI Bulk Protocol Mass Storage 08h O6h 50h MassStorageClass MS_BulkOnly_Requests dec SCSI Bulk MassStorageClass MS_BulkOnlySCSIInEndpoint dec MassStorageClass MS_BulkOnlySCS lOutEndpoint dec MassStorageClass MS_BulkOnlySCS lOutEndpoint dec UFI floppy CBI Protocol MassStrg Class 08h 04h 00h MassStorageClass MS_UFI_CBI_Requests dec UFI CBI MassStorageClass MS_UFI_CBI_BulklnEndp dec MassStorageClass MS_UFI_CBI_BulkOutEndp dec MassStorageClass MS_UFI_CBI_InterruptEndp dec Hub support Hub Class 09h HubClass HubClassRequests dec HubClass HubClassStatusEndpoint dec 172 LeCroy Corporation USB Protocol Suite User Manual USB Decode USB Decoder Name Chapter 8 Decode Requests USB IF Codes Base Sub Class Class Proto col ID Picture Transfer Protocol PTP PTP Photographic and Imaging Manufacturers Still Image Association PIMA 15740 and ISO 15740 Stilll mageClass PTPStilllmageBulkIn dec StilllmageClass PTPStilllmageBulkOut dec Stilll mageClass PTPStilllmageRequests dec StilllmageClass PTPStilllnterrupt dec Extension Communications Device Class CDC Data CDC Communications CDCDataBulkIn_wCTE dec Communications CDCDataBulkIn_wPW dec Communications CDCDataBulkIn_wPW_wCTE dec Communications CDCDataBulkOut_wCTE dec Communications CDCDataBulkOut_wPW dec Communications CDCDataBulkOut_wPW_wCTE dec Communications CDCDatalsochIn_wCTE dec Communications CDCDatalsochIn_wPW dec Communications CDCDatalsochIn_w
190. e DUT provides its own Tx clock you can connect the DUT clock to Clock In Note 1 LeCroy recommends using a LVPECL clock driver which can drive a 50 ohm load with a minimum peak to peak voltage swing of 200 mV Maximum peak to peak voltage swing should not exceed 1700 mV Note that these voltages are single ended because only one of the differential signals is connected using the coaxial cable 259 Chapter 10 Recording Options USB Protocol Suite User Manual 260 Note 2 On Voyager M3i only there is an option to use the Internal 10 Mbps clock as a clock source The Voyager 5 MHz clock is on both the Clock A Out and Clock B Out connectors However LeCroy does not recommend using the Voyager clock Voyager clock input is AC coupled and has no requirement for common mode voltage For Host emulation connect Clock Out A to Clock In A You can use Clock Out B as the clock source for the DUT e For Device emulation connect Clock Out B to Clock In B You can use Clock Out A as the clock source for the DUT IMPORTANT If you switch from Very Slow Clock back to Gigabit data rates you must save the recording options and then power cycle the Voyager External Clock Input Specifications The external clock input is 3 3 volt LVPECL and operates on the USB 3 0 differential signals only not USB 2 0 signals Device setup should be AC coupled at the clock input with a 10 uF ceramic capacitor When enabled the external slow clock option a
191. e License see Updating the Software License on page 368 e Connect to display the Connection Properties dialog in which you can set the system to Automatically connect to the device Ask to connect to the device Take no action e Add Device to display the Add Ethernet Attached Device dialog in which you can enter an IP Address e IP Settings to use a DHCP or Static IP address To refresh the list of devices click Refresh Device List Before starting recording select the Analyzer you want to use for recording LeCroy Corporation 57 Chapter 3 Installation USB Protocol Suite User Manual 3 5 3 IP Settings Voyager only If connected to a device you can change the IP settings e DHCP automatically assigns an IP address DHCP is the default e Static IP prompts you to enter a specific IP address To change from DHCP to Static IP while connected to a device Step 1 Select Setup gt All Connected Devices from the menu bar to display the Analyzer Devices dialog Analyzer Devices Device Location Status About Voyager SN 501 Local machine Ready Update Device Update License Lonnect Add Device IF Settings Select analyzer devices You want to participate in the recording a arial Note If you are not connected to a device the IP Settings command is grayed out 58 LeCroy Corporation USB Protocol Suite User Manual Chapter 3 Installation Step 2 Select the device to use in the recording then
192. e Post Trigger pane 218 predefined values 329 Printer dec file 172 probing 32 36 Process USB3 LTSSM 160 product description 12 40 features 17 products 247 program startup 69 Properties option 271 Properties dialog box 235 Properties options actions 272 events 272 protocol analyzer 12 violations 2 protocol for mixed file 158 Protocols of Traffic 218 protocol specific fields decode 130 prototype rework area 39 46 PTP 132 PTP dec file 173 PTP Object 132 PTP Session 133 PTP Transaction 132 pull down menus 70 326 Pulse High format 272 Purchased column 367 PWR indicator 41 PWR LED 34 R range delimiters 219 raw bits 115 viewing 115 Raw Bits View 115 Readme txt file 19 361 Real Time Statistics buttons 234 Real time Statistics pop up menu 235 window 233 384 USB Protocol Suite User Manual Rear Panel 41 REC indicator 41 REC LED 34 Recently Used Ranges 217 Recipient field 175 Reconnect command 61 Record menu 71 recording activity 87 bus data 289 channels 18 first 65 LED 34 memory 44 options 8 15 23 progress 85 rules 3 snapshot 247 status 86 type 247 Recording LED 44 recording LED 41 Recording Options 18 command 237 dialog box 237 General 247 loading 251 Misc USB 2 0 page 253 Misc USB 3 0 page 256 261 name 251 options name 251 recording 289 saving 288 Recording Options Summary tab 292 Recording Ports section 256 261 Recording Rules 273 page 264 267 p
193. e Spooled Recording Enter Maximum Disk Usage as an integer in gigabytes The spooled recording mode automatically stops the recording when the size of the capture meets the Maximum Disk Usage value The analyzer begins recording data to the analyzer memory when the record button is pressed The entire analyzer memory 2 GB or 4 GB is used to buffer data while simultaneously uploading the trace file to an attached storage device Set Recording Size Limits If you use Snapshot you can optionally use Record for an elapsed time or Record a number of megabytes If you use Manual Trigger or Event Trigger you can optionally use the Until Triggered plus options to enter post trigger limits by megabytes or elapsed time These options allow you to specify a trigger event to start the recording When these options are used the trigger position slider is not active The trigger event is within the first 100 packets The balance of the memory captures traffic occurring post trigger Note You can use Snapshot Manual Trigger or Event Trigger recording type with either Recording Scope Conventional Single Buffer Recording or Spooled Recording Note When capturing SuperSpeed traffic with Spooled Recording the traffic rate may overflow the system s ability to upload data to disk In the event of overflow the analyzer stops the recording automatically even if the trigger event has not yet occurred The analyzer does not drop data or leave gaps in the rec
194. e always assumed to be hexadecimal and should not be prefixed by Ox 11 10 1 Script control of Intelliframe vs Bitstream modes To force the utg file to run in IntelliFrame mode add the following text string to the FIRST LINE of the utg file intelliframe ON To force the utg file to run in Bitstream mode add the following text string to the FIRST LINE of the utg file sintelliframe OFF These commands are useful if an automated interface such as USB Compliance Suite is running a script If you run the script manually to allow selection of IntelliFrame or Bitstream mode from the toolbar make sure the utg file has no such Intelliframe command line LeCroy Corporation USB Protocol Suite User Manual Chapter 11 Traffic Generation 2 0 Table 1 Support Keys for Defining Fields within a Packet Key Code Format s s Description S O Code Description File Control Keys 22 File Control Keys Econo as A _type UPAS This must be included at the beginning of the file to CHIEF determine the speed of packets to be generated Value must be file_type UPAS to allow for High speed traffic IntelliFrame operation expected_pid and device_pid key support Full and Low speed traffic and Bitstream operation are supported on all file_type values If this statement does not appear in the file the default is file_type CHIEF allowing backward compatibility with older USB Chief usb files file_ version integer This must be
195. e class decoding and user defined protocol decoding Refer to Readme txt on your installation CD for the latest information on features 19 Chapter 1 Overview USB Protocol Suite User Manual 1 5 Advisor T3 The LeCroy USB Advisor T3 USB 3 0 Protocol Analyzer is a verification system for USB development and testing It supports both USB 2 0 and USB 3 0 It can record USB traffic and graphically present the logical transactions and events It connects to a laptop or desktop PC through its USB port Advisor 7 USB 2 0 3 0 Power Status Figure 1 8 Advisor T3 The system can monitor traffic between USB 2 0 links using standard high speed compliant cables If configured for USB 3 0 testing the system supports monitoring between SuperSpeed links using USB 3 0 cables Please see the Readme file on the installation CD for the latest information on PC requirements and supported operating systems 20 LeCroy Corporation USB Protocol Suite User Manual Chapter 1 Overview LeCroy Corporation 1 5 1 Advisor T3 General Description The Analyzer connects to a portable or desktop PC through its USB port The PC configures and controls the Analyzer The CATC Trace user interface is an industry standard for documenting the performance of high speed serial protocols The USB protocol Analyzer provides traffic capture and analysis Hardware triggering allows capture of real time events Hardware filtering allows filtering di
196. e same file for both Advisor T3 and Voyager M3i 3 5 6 USB 3 0 Cabling and Signal Integrity The Analyzer requires two connector discontinuities In addition bus powered devices are susceptible to voltage drops on VBus To maintain the best possible signal integrity for all devices under test use high quality cabling and use the shortest possible cable lengths Do not stress the system by using long or low quality cabling that might result in signal degradation If you suspect signal integrity problems in capture situations you should first try using shorter and higher quality cables to see if this rectifies the problem 64 LeCroy Corporation USB Protocol Suite User Manual Chapter 3 Installation 3 6 Your First USB Recording After installing and launching the software you can test the system by performing the following steps Step 1 Connect a USB cable to each of the two connectors on the Analyzer module then connect the other ends to the USB device under test and USB host system Note Whenever you do connect disconnect testing always plug unplug the B connector on the Analyzer to insure that the Host detects the event properly In some cases using the A port for this purpose can cause the Host to misinterpret the terminations Step 2 Select Setup gt Recording Options on the Menu Bar Step 3 Select the General tab to display a dialog box showing factory default settings such as Snapshot and 4 MB buffer siz
197. e toolbar The Trace View screen is re drawn to display Transactions SaLi Bieelx T To R bRequest wValue WIRdEX wLenagth oxB4 0 0 0 D gt H S D 0x06 0x0100 0x0000 Time Stamp 0 546 803 300 Frame Mees Pet Cen Time Time Stamp Transaction A 8 966 us 3 Transaction IN ADDR Time Time Stamp 1 g o9s o o 10 500 ps 0 546 832 632 Time Time Stamp 94 150 us 0 546 843 132 Transaction M ADDR T Data 2 g oe 0 0 Hy H Frame OROS Pki Len Time Time Stamp I oxas 1196 1 0x03 12 I 3139ms 0 546 937 282 Chirp K Time Time Stamp i 16 985 ms 0 550 075 832 ll H Frame OROS PktLen Time Time Stamp I oxas 1216 oaa 12 I 19790ms 0 567 060 816 Note This menu selection displays a check next to Transaction Level when you have selected it When you want to switch back to Packet View mode right click anywhere in the trace window and then left click Transaction Level Note This view also shows Extension Transactions such as the Link Power Management LPM transaction defined by the USB 2 0 LPM specification as shown below ner Sher i N ESN E A SN A AN aln Frame ORGS Pkt Len Time Stamp i S H EXT LPM ADDR HIRD Link State Rem Wake Time Stamp 2 BS w w a O oO Transaction CRC5 Pkt Len WE Time Stamp i LPM HIRD Link State Rem Wake Rsvd CRCS Pkt Len H Pkt Len D c Idle Time Stamp Idle Time
198. e x LeCroy USB Protocol Suite USB Protocol Analyzer Ap eee Software Version 3 30 Build 545 No remote nodes in analyzer network 2009 LeCroy Corporation Voyager Serial Number 61495 0x00F037 Firmware Version 1 05 Build Number 42 BusEngine Version 1 04 Build Number 226 Serdes BusEngine Version 1 03 Build Number 38 CPU Board ID 0x41 Rev 0x3 FPGA Board ID 0x12 Rev 0x4 PHY Board ID 0x18 Rev 0x3 About details revisions of the following software and hardware e Software Version e Unit Serial Number e Firmware Version e BusEngine Version e Serdes BusEngine Version Note When contacting LeCroy for technical support please have available the revisions reported in the About window LeCroy Corporation 361 Chapter 13 Updates USB Protocol Suite User Manual 13 2 Software Updates 362 You can check for software updates manually or the application can automatically check for updates at startup Note To check for software updates and to download available updates you need an open internet connection 13 2 1 Manual Check for Software Updates In the application you can check for software updates Step 1 Select Help gt Check for Updates to display the Software Update window If no update is available the window is LeCroy USB Protocol Suite Software Update ffO There are no new updates available for USB Protocol Suite a r Check for updates at application start up The latest s
199. eCroy Corporation USB Protocol Suite User Manual Chapter 11 Traffic Generation 2 0 Key Code Format____ Description Endpoint Configuration begin_config HERE Defines the beginning of the region in the file used to configure the endpoint types The configuration is necessary to determine the default behavior of the NAK retry mechanism during IntelliFrame operation Between the begin_config HERE and the end_config HERE statements is a series of config_endpoint xxx statements which define each endpoint s type and default retry behavior The config region must precede any actual packet or bus condition statements For Device Emulation the config region is mandatory It provides the mapping of the endpoints into their corresponding segments of Analyzer memory which contain the traffic for those endpoints When exporting to a utg file from a trace file these sections are created automatically Syntax example begin_config HERE end_contig HERE Terminates the region in the file used for configuring the endpoints See begin_config Syntax example end_config HERE config_endpoint CONTROL Begins a statement that defines a particular INTERRUPT endpoint s type default retry behavior ISOCHRONOUS Host Generation only and memory segment BULK Device Emulation only Usage example config_endpoint BULK addr 1 endp 3 direction OUT retry TRUE retry_next_frame FALSE endp_mem_seg Device Emulation
200. ecific decoding Step 7 Repeat the previous steps for any additional endpoints you would like to map Step 8 To retain a mapping from trace to trace DURING an application session select the Keep Across Recordings checkbox Step 9 Click OK LeCroy Corporation 181 Chapter 8 Decode Requests USB Protocol Suite User Manual 182 8 2 3 Mapping Request RPipe to Class Vendor Decoding Before mapping Request RPipes to Class Vendor Decoding you must first assign the following endpoint decoders e Wire Adapter Data Out e Wire Adapter Data In e Wire Adapter Notif To assign a decoding group to a Request RPipe Step 1 Click the Apply Decoding Scripts button on the Toolbar OR Right click the Control Transfer field to display the USB Device Request menu Step 2 Select Map RPipe to Class Vendor Decoding to display the Request Recipient and Endpoints dialog box Step 3 Click the Request RPipes tab to display the Request RPipes dialog box Request Recipients and Endpoints lt gt Class Yendor Decoding j X Request Recipients Endpoints Request hPipes E ndpoint RPipes Request D4 RPipes Endpoint Ota RPipes Class Vendor Decoding I 64 OF Class Port tandard A 5 Standard Aeq ClassVendor Decoding Groups standard Requests Keep Across Recordings K Cancel Apply Help 2 The Recipient field shows all Class and Vendor Request recipients found in the trace file The RPipe f
201. ecording Options USB Protocol Suite User Manual 10 3 Recording Options Misc USB 3 0 for Voyager The Misc USB 3 0 tab presents options for setting Recording Ports Descrambling Polarity Inversion Spread Spectrum Clock Recording Generating Simple Filters and Truncate Data Fields Simple Triggers Clock Speed Selection and M3i Connector Termination RxDetect Recording Options V General Misc USB 2 0 Misc USB 3 0 Recording Ports Recording Generating Simple Triggers Downstream Upstream Trigger Logical Idle Logical Idle i SHP SHP C Geto DSUSB30 i jo BE Aae Custom US USB 3 0 SLC SLC EPF EPF f USB 3 0 Connectors f Analyzer nly f MMCX Analyzer Ports a Pi END END ED EDB COM a 5SKP SKF Kode Kode Symbol Error Symbol Error RD Error RD Error f Auto Very Slow extemal 700 Kbps 25 Mbps CRC Eror Triggers Simple Filters I Filter Out Logical Idles amp SKPs 1 d T v Transmit Exerciser Filter Out LUP LDN e z ae CRC16 CRC16 ae eas Fiter Out ITP pia Eh betel See lash crcsicw crcesicw Off Normal Mode me C 30ppm f 300ppm Truncate Data Fields Bytes i 49 35Gbps 5 0015 Gbps Downstream Upstream Trigger T CRCSLC CRCSLC Extemal Trigger Out with Simple Triggers For Recording Ports select USB 3 0 Connectors MMCX or Custom DS USB 3 0 US USB 3 0 The custom option allows you to change the record
202. ecreases the size of the displayed el elements Show USB 2 Traffic Displays only USB 2 0 traffic Only Show USB 3 Traffic Displays only USB 3 0 traffic Only LeCroy Corporation 73 Chapter 4 Software Overview USB Protocol Suite User Manual Hiding USB 2 Traffic Hides e SOF s Start of Frames e NAK s NAK ed Transactions e Devices Packets belonging to specified devices by address and endpoint e Chirps Chirp K and Chirp J Bus conditions these are recorded only Hiding USB 3 Traffic Hides e Link Commands Flow Control e Link Training Sequences TS1 TS2 TSEQ e Logical Idle Packets Upstream Packets Downstream Packets Skip Sequences ISO Time Stamp Packets Inter Packet Symbols Link Commands Other than Flow Control LMP Packets Electrical Idles LFPS Packets e LTSSM Transition Indicators View Layers Mode Display All Layers Application Layers or Lower USB Layers Stacking View Puts a group of packets in one row to shorten display Apply Decoding Decoding scripts set the values of the display and recording options Scripts for optimum views of trace information from specific vendors or classes of data This menu option allows you to select the vendor or class of data for the request recipients and endpoints listed in the Request Recipients and Endpoints menu You can keep the settings across recordings See Decode Requests on page 171 WA Group HWA Segment Level displays Host Wire Adapter Segments
203. egments in the generator Up to eight memory segments can be created for the various endpoints In the case of Endpoint 0 or any Control endpoints a single memory segment is created Each memory segment can be thought of as a queue of the commands and responses for a particular endpoint that occur in the generation file Commands are stored sequentially within each memory segment as they occur in the generation file For example if a generation file has a sequence of command X and Y for the Endpoint 1 the commands are extracted in this order and placed in the Endpoint 1 memory segment When the host calls for a particular device endpoint response the first command listed in that endpoint memory segment is then executed With each subsequent call to the same endpoint commands are executed sequentially down the list as they occur in the memory segments For example if three calls were made to Endpoint 0 IN then the first three commands in that endpoint s memory segment would then execute Note Each ofthe endpoint memory segments execute independently there are no behavioral interactions between the individual endpoints 309 Chapter 11 Traffic Generation 2 0 USB Protocol Suite User Manual 11 10 Format of Traffic Generation Files 310 Whether you create a traffic generation from scratch or use the Export command there are a few rules about the format of the generation file that you should review These are presented in this sect
204. en you most recently viewed the report LeCroy Corporation USB Protocol Suite User Manual Chapter 9 Reports 9 1 File Information To display a File Information report select File Information under Report in the Menu Bar or click Ez in the Tool Bar to display the File Information screen File name BERT USB3 0 2 usb Trace File Creation Date amp Time Thursday January 15 2009 17 22 35 Number of packets 218452 Trigger packet number 0 Recorded with USBTracer analyzer version 3 30 Build 543 Analyzer Serial Number 65468 Firmware version 1 05 ROM 1 00 Blade 0x2104 Rev 0xD4 CPU Board 0x41 Rev 0x02 IO Board 0x12 Rev 0x02 PHY Board 0x103 Rev 0x26 null version 0 12B721 The name of the application run by user UsbSuite exe Number of markers 1 Recording Options Options Name Default Recording Mode Event trigger Buffer Size 16 000 MB Post trigger position 50 Base filename amp path C Users Public Documents LeCroy USB Protocol Suite data65468_usb Save External Signals No Auto Merge No Truncate Data No USB 2 0 Capture Enabled No USB 3 0 Capture Enabled Yes M3i only VBus Power Capture Off USB 3 0 Idle SKP Filtering Yes USB 3 0 Capture Ports MMCX USB 3 0 Bit Rate 5 0 Gbps USB 3 0 Descrambling Mode Downstream Off Upstream Off USB 3 0 Polarity Inversion Mode Downstream Off Upstream Off USB 3 0 Generation Mode Off Analyzer Only M3i only USB 3 0 Analyzer RxDetect
205. endpoints requests to decoding types that was done on a previous trace If the endpoints of the new trace are the same as the last one mapped the mappings are applied to the current trace This saves the user from having to constantly apply the mapping to a new trace every time the application is restarted and a new trace created The ability to retain the mapping from trace to trace DURING an application session already exists the Keep Across Recordings button in the endpoint map dialog This new feature simplifies the process when the application has been re started Note You can also change the format color and hidden status of fields using the same methods as in Display Options See Chapter 6 Display Options 186 LeCroy Corporation USB Protocol Suite User Manual Chapter 8 Decode Requests 8 3 2 Decoding Standard Requests To decode a standard request Step 1 From the USB Device Request menu select Decode Standard Request to display the View Fields for Standard Request text box iew Fields for Standard Requests 0 REQUEST SUMMARY Setup Data 80 06 00 01 00 00 40 00 Direction Host to device Type Standard Recipient Device bRequest GET_DESCRIPTOR wValue DEVICE windex 0x0000 wLength 0x0040 DECODING INFORMATION Field ap a Decoded bRequest 8 8 GET_DESCRIPTOR value 16 16 DEVICE type windex 16 32 0x0000 DEVICE Descriptor Field e a Decoded bLength 5 0 0x12 bD
206. ents of a Marker 103 Viewing Level 161 Views toolbar 332 Voyager M3 M3i 4 W Warnings 329 warranty coverage 371 limited 371 period 371 provisions 373 service 372 transfer 373 website 371 weight 35 44 Window menu 75 327 Wire Adapter dec file 174 Wire Adapter Multifunction Peripheral programming interface 174 Wireless Controller dec file 174 Wireless Handset Control Model 171 Wrap command 89 Wrap option 160 wrap here line 307 wrapping lines 160 LeCroy Corporation Index X XFER button 339 Y Y Scale Type option 235 yellow LED 41 yellow range delimiters 219 yellow square 329 Z zoom 210 Zoom in command 89 Zoom label 115 Zoom Level option 160 Zoom out command 89 389 Index USB Protocol Suite User Manual 390 LeCroy Corporation
207. ep WaitDPole 34 35 Call Setadddress EndpointMum DeviceNumber 256 WaitTPSleep WaitDPaleep 36 37 Call GetDescriptor EndpointNum DeviceNumber CONFIGURATION DESC 0x00 0x00 0x0900 Wai 368 39 Call GetDescriptor EndpointNum DewiceMumber CONFIGURATION DESC 0x00 0x00 0x2700 Wai 40 4 r Alar mc 101 ose Tess soe ose E a l as aoe Tae Tee rs oe Tassel ee SUT TAT Te ee Oe ee I Tee Step 12 optional You can use the Text Snippets on the left Text Snippets panel to add commands and their parameters Step 13Click the Compile button or select Build gt Compile to check the file for errors The application lists any errors in the Errors tab Step 14Click the Save button or select File gt Save to save the file Note Saving the file automatically compiles it LeCroy Corporation USB Protocol Suite User Manual Chapter 12 Traffic Generation 3 0 Exerciser 12 8 Graphical Scenario Editor Graphic Scenario 3 The Graphical Scenario Editor allows you to create Host Emulator scenarios only using high level constructs and graphical elements After inserting an item you can modify these elements through simple edit boxes and pull down selections by clicking on elements You can insert the following items e High Level SCSI Commands SPC 3 SBC 2 SMC 2 SSC 2 MMC 5 SCC 2 and SES 2 e High Level Task Management Functions e Bus Enumeration Control Requests e Settings e Mass Storage Transfer Packets
208. epends on the formats supported by the installed playback engine Click the record icon and speak into the microphone to record an audio file Note This functionality is disabled if a microphone is not installed 101 Chapter 5 Reading a Trace USB Protocol Suite User Manual 102 5 2 6 Video Files supported The user can attach video clips to the trace file add to the marker The playback of the Video clips is limited to the formats that are supported by the video codecs installed in the system 5 2 7 Attachment Types and Visualization The markers are represented graphically by a yellow triangle at the top right of the marked item and a red vertical bar at the left most cell of a packet as shown below Buk E END Marked Cell A marker may comprise any number of attachments of any types 5 2 8 Embedded Attachments to a Marker Embedded files are attached to the item marked and transported with the trace You can embed the following types of files to a marker e Audio Files e Video Files e Image Files e YouTube Files e Web Pages e Text Attachments e Other Attachments Attachments are embedded in the marker and saved in the trace file Once attachments are placed in a marker the marker can then be presented to a user in a story structured form On opening the marker the window resembles the marker editing dialog LeCroy Corporation USB Protocol Suite User Manual Chapter 5 Reading a Trace 5 2
209. equest following a specified eight byte bulk data pattern match from this scanner and do not capture any start of frame SOF packets You can set the size of the recording memory specify the pre trigger to post trigger capture ratio and truncate large data packets up to 256 bytes 1 1 6 Advanced Event Counting and Sequencing The count and sequence options define rules for data recording sessions These options configure and control the order of events selected for triggering or filtering Using this feature you can specify a sequence of up to seven events that must occur before the Analyzer triggers and finishes capturing data allowing you to specify event types for recording Without this feature you may have to scroll through megabytes of recorded data to locate an occurrence of a sequence 1 1 7 BusEngine Technology The Analyzer uses LeCroy BusEngine Technology The BusEngine core uses Electrically Programmable Logic Device EPLD technology and incorporates both a real time recording engine and configurable building blocks that implement data state error detection triggering capture filtering external signal monitoring and event counting and sequencing Like the flash memory based firmware that controls its operation all BusEngine logic is fully field upgradeable using configuration files Chapter 1 Overview USB Protocol Suite User Manual 1 2 Voyager M3 M3i Analyzer The LeCroy Voyager M3 M3i Analyzer and Exerciser
210. er The connections differ for Host Emulation and Device Emulation Full Soeed and Low Speed connections are the same Hi Speed connections differ from Full Soeed Low Speed connections 11 1 1 1 Full Low Speed Host Emulation For Host Emulation Full Speed or Low Speed connect to the USB Tracer Trainer according to the following diagram Channel 0 Channel 1 High Speed Classic Speeds Your Device 293 Chapter 11 Traffic Generation 2 0 USB Protocol Suite User Manual 11 1 1 2 Hi Speed Host Emulation For Host Emulation Hi Speed connect to the USB Tracer Trainer according to the following diagram Channel 0 Channel 1 High Speed Classic Speeds O O Device Host Device 294 LeCroy Corporation USB Protocol Suite User Manual Chapter 11 Traffic Generation 2 0 11 1 1 3 Full Low Speed Device Emulation For Device Emulation Full Soeed or Low Speed connect to the USB Tracer Trainer according to the following diagram Channel Channel 1 High Speed Classic Speeds U Host Device Host Derice Host under Test LeCroy Corporation 295 Chapter 11 Traffic Generation 2 0 USB Protocol Suite User Manual 11 1 1 4 Hi Speed Device Emulation For Device Emulation Hi Speed connect to the USB Tracer Trainer according to the following diagram Channel 0 Channel 1 High Speed Classic Speeds Host Device Host under Test 296 LeCroy Corporation USB Protocol Suite User Manual Chapter 11 Traffic Generatio
211. er 1 Overview 1 6 USBMobile T2 The LeCroy USBMobile T2 is a portable hardware based USB 2 0 protocol analyzer that debugs tests and verifies low full and high speed USB devices The USBMobile T2 fits into a single PCMCIA slot in a laptop computer The USBMobile T2 uses the standard CATC Trace display Figure 1 9 USBMobile T2 The USBMobile T2 is available in three configurations that can be upgraded to add the advanced functionality shown USB obs fe USEM obile USEM obile PDO Standard Advanced USB 2 07 USB 1 1 7 0TG Recording Memory VWiew Packet Layer Bus Conditions View Transaction Layer Wiew Transter Application Layers Triggering PID Type PID Address Triggering Payload amp Dev Requests Max Sequential Events per Triggering Sequence Wax Number of Triggering Sequences na soendoob i Seeeeer at Fitter PIDs Truncate Data payload ee N Upgradeable via software 4 LeCroy Corporation 25 Chapter 1 Overview 1 6 1 Features Features USB Protocol Suite User Manual Benefits Low power 16 bit Type II PC Card Design Personal analyzer Portable operation with any notebook PC CATC Trace software display Speeds interpretation and debug of USB traffic Compatible with LeCroy USBMobile Inspector Chief Advisor and USB Tracer Trainer OTG On The Go Support Records and analyzes HNP and SRP includ
212. er Manual 9 11 1 USB3 Link State Timing View Toolbar e EG H EA R a 2 Sy The buttons have the following functions E Vertical zoom in Vertical zoom out Zoom by Selection Zoom by Horizontal Drag Full Screen Show Downstream port link states YY z Pointer Mode Hand Panning Insert Time markers After clicking click in the display to make a red vertical line Select and drag the line to indicate a time interval between two lines Monitor Sync by Time Synchronize the USB3 Link State Timing States View and the Trace View Show Upstream port link states LeCroy Corporation USB Protocol Suite User Manual Chapter 9 Reports 9 12 USB3 LTSSM View The LTSSM View displays the LTSSM diagram depicted in the USB 3 0 specification Click a _to display the USB3 LTSSM View USES LTSSM view ee AS activa oe Complian gt Yj A 7 ree N pi A Fi va a C Disa X A L A E ei ey Rx Detect SONN 5 E a Loopback 1 aai y gt _ al Hot Reset 7 a i l J S j l I i j j P i Ee i f 3 Recovery a ee r i p a a Click 4 to synchronize the LTSSM View and Trace View Click the left arrow to go to previous link state Click the right arrow p to go to next link state Click the down arrow e to show Downstream port link states Click the up arrow t to show Upstream port link states
213. eral tab Recording Options USB Advisor E xX General Product Voyager Advisor T3 USB Tracer Trainer Advisor Mobile Recording Type f Snapshot Options Beep When Trigger Occurs Auto Merge 2 Channel Trace Files Save External InterFace Signals Trigger Filter Channel High Speed C Manual Trigger Event Trigger Trigger Position Buffer Size 1 000 ME Mot used with snapshot WEO OW W p Options Mame Trace Filename amp Path Defaut Change Default Location lt Debug Support gt C Capture Raw Trace Data during Upload l Caution Can use up to 466 of disk space For each trace Switch to Advanced Mode Save Save Os Default Load LeCroy Corporation 243 Chapter 10 Recording Options USB Protocol Suite User Manual In Advanced Mode the Recording Options dialog box for USB Advisor has the General tab and USB 2 0 Recording Rules tab with no Misc USB 2 0 tab Recording Options USB Advisor xX General USE 2 0 Rec Rules High Speed Channel Product Voyager Advisor T3 USB Tracer Trainer Advisor Mobile Recording Type Options f Snapshot Beep When Trigger Occurs Manual Trigger Auto Merge 2 Channel Trace Files Save External InterFace Signals C event ch speed z Eemi uiecet Trigger Filter Channel High Speed id Buffer Size Trigger Position 1 000 ME Mot used with snapshot
214. erous packets and transactions under a single transfer while quickly decoding all essential information e Decodes split transactions upstream and downstream of a transaction translator with a special hierarchical view e Has reports summarizing key statistics and conditions of interest with the ability to jump to the selected item in the trace display e Has a Trace Viewer backward compatible with USB Advisor USB Chief USB Inspector and USB Detective trace files which are converted upon loading e Indicates trigger position by different pre trigger and post trigger colors e Sets markers to assist with navigation and time calculations e Hides start of frame SOF packets and any packet or transaction from a device address and endpoint e Searches for a specific PID e Detects and alerts you to every potential bus error and protocol violation and their combinations e Has high resolution accurate time stamping of bus packets and timing measurement and analysis functions e Has search and packet hiding capabilities e Allows comprehensive device class decoding and user defined protocol decoding e Has a Data View 2 0 and 3 0 e Uses Link Tracker to view symbols of traffic 3 0 e Has a Spec View to show packets in the same format as the USB 3 0 specification 3 0 e Uses Quick Timing Markers to immediately show time deltas and bandwidth use 24 LeCroy Corporation USB Protocol Suite User Manual Chapt
215. es connected to the computers You can click Add to display the Add Analyzer Network Node dialog in which you can select a computer on the network Add Analyzer Network Node h x Computer Name or IF Address 5SC C14 Computer Comment o ooo OA ee ee ee E ee To Cancel A You can also Remove a selected computer or Reconnect a selected computer LeCroy Corporation 61 Chapter 3 Installation USB Protocol Suite User Manual 3 5 5 USB 3 0 Device Host Signal Parameters For USB to add remove edit load from a comma delimited csv file or save as a comma delimited csv file USB 3 0 devices and to calibrate USB 3 0 connections select Setup gt USB 3 0 Device Host Signal Parameters to display the USB3 Device gt Analyzer gt Host Signal Profiles dialog Remove edit Load save Double click on profile entry or press Ins key to edit profile USBS Deyvice gt Analyzer gt Host Signal Profiles Device Mame Device Cable Host Hame Host Cable Profile Signal settings apply to Device gt 4nalyzer custom signal settings Host gt 4nalyzer custom signal settings Selected profile Mone pply Close The dialog lists the Device Name Device Cable Host Name Host Cable and to what the Profile Signal Settings apply It also shows Device to Analyzer and Host to Analyzer custom signal settings 62 LeCroy Corporation USB Protocol Suite User Manual Chapter 3
216. escriptorType 8 8 0x01 bedUSB 16 16 0x0200 bDeviceClass 8 a2 OxEF bDeviceSubClass 8 40 0x02 bDeviceProtocol 8 48 0x02 b laxPacketSize0 8 56 0x40 idvendor 16 64 0x1461 idProduct 16 60 0x0400 bedDevice 16 96 0x0100 iManufacturer 8 112 0x01 iProduct 8 120 0x02 iSerialNumber 8 128 0x00 bNumConfigurations 6 136 0x01 save As A Find P Layout Hex Value 0x06 0x0100 Ox0000 Hex Value 0x12 0x01 0x0200 OxEF 0x02 0x02 0x40 0x1461 0x0400 0x0100 0x01 0x02 0x00 0x01 O x A Description bRequest Hexal Ox0006 Type of Descriptor index info Description Descriptor size is 18 bytes DEVICE Descriptor Type Device compliant to the USB specificationversion 2 00 The devicebelongs to theMiscellaneous Device Class The devicebelongs to theCormmon Class Subclass The device uses theVVire Adapter Multifunction Peripheral Protocol Maximum packet size forendpoint zero is 64 Vendor ID is 5217 Staccato Communications Product ID is 1024 The device releasenumber is 1 00 The manufacturerstring descriptorindex is 1 The productstring descriptorindex is 2 The device doesnt havethe string descriptordescribing the serial number The device has 1possible configurations aw Previous Next jer cee Step 2 To find a word in the text box click the Find button Enter the word in the Find What field To use a case sensitive search check Match Case To find only the exact word check Match Whole Word Only You ca
217. ete piece of information or data added to a marker for example a text description or file an attachment of a trace file by a predefined order video or audio files URL links or any other files 5 2 2 Functionality of Markers The markers functionality allows you to add markers to e Whole packets or frames e Specific Cells e Specific values within a cell Bytes words etc You can add attachments to markers Right click on any cell of a packet and select Set Marker from the menu as shown below 2 LDN Time Time Stamp 7 SLC SLC SLE EPF DOO 4 013 1 DOO 4 D13 1 363 000 ns 8 660 122 080 z LIJF Time Time Stamp F SLE SLC SLE EPF DO0 0 D20 5 DOO 0 D20 5 50 160 ps 8 B60 122 445 bites ranci Time Time Stamp 11 360 ps 8 660 172 608 Time Time Stamp me 480 000 ns 8 560 183 968 Color Time Time Stamp Hide E SLC SL 00 5 000 0 020 5 373 544 ps o 860 1854 445 The Create Marker dialog displays LeCroy Corporation 99 Chapter 5 Reading a Trace 100 Create Marker for Transfer 1 ENDP Rem Drag amp Drop files here to add attachments 4 New Url Export x Delete Nothing Selected Attachment Preview USB Protocol Suite User Manual iis OK Cancel As shown above you can Add icon Click on this icon to add any file See Adding an S Attachment on page 101 Record icon Click on this icon to record audio See Recording an Audio File on page 101 New
218. ets SCSI Fields Ho colors available tor selected item Expand All Collapse All Restore Factory Presets Save Save As Default Load coed __ 162 LeCroy Corporation USB Protocol Suite User Manual Chapter 7 Display Options 7 2 1 Color Display Options The program uses a default set of colors for each type of data in each group of data The colors and color combinations are appropriate for most graphic systems You can alter any color To specify a color for an information type in the Color Format Hiding tab select a row such as Data in the Group and Color column and expand it Select a data type such as Data Length in the Group then select a color in the Color section using Standard or Custom colors Use a bright color for each important field x Display Options General Color Format Hiding USB2 Packet Hiding USB3 Packet Hiding Data Dat Group and Color Po Bit Order wf f Hexadecimal f MSE to LSB te Eee MEDIO ce n SO E RAT ACE ES OTE EERE a OIA c ee ae r LSB to HSB 5 Data Length Dec a External Data Bin Binary Hiding Packets C ASCII I Hidden Time Other v Color Speed Pkt Begin End Standard Custom Transaction Fields Split Trans Fields Transter Fields PTF Fields LPM Fields USB 2 0 Packets USB 3 0 Packets SCSI Fields Colors Expand All Collapse All Restore Factory Presets Save Save As Default Load cat __
219. etween 80 and 100 ohms 90 ohms 10 2 4 4 Switches Power On off 2 4 5 Recording Memory Size 1 GB or 4 GB for traffic data capture timing state and other data 32 LeCroy Corporation USB Protocol Suite User Manual Chapter 2 General Description 2 5 USBTracer Trainer System Components e One stand alone USB Tracer Analyzer module e Five USB cables e USB Tracer software program installation diskettes e Product documentation 2 6 USBTracer Trainer Analyzer PC Requirements Please refer to the USBProtocolSuite_Readme html file on the installation CD for the most current PC and operating system requirements 2 The Installed USB Tracer Unit LeCroy Corporation USB Tracer is a module that inserts into the left slot on the LeCroy Universal Protocol Analyzer System UPAS Once installed the USB Tracer Analyzer activates the user accessible controls and LEDs on the front and rear panels of the UPAS Untversal Protocol Analyzer System CAT MODELUSOOSMA USB Analyzer AA Channel 0 orc Channel 1 r ae eG ef Figure 2 2 USBTracer Front Panel FUSE 2 5A 250V Data Output Ext In Ext Out C gt Figure 2 3 USBTracer Rear Panel 100 240V 120W 33 Chapter 2 General Description USB Protocol Suite User Manual 2 1 LED and Button Descriptions This section describes the LEDs buttons and connectors on the module and UPAS LEDs on the Far Left Side of the UPAS e Green PWR Power indicato
220. evice class decoding and user defined protocol decoding 15 Chapter 1 Overview USB Protocol Suite User Manual 1 3 3 Traffic Generation Traffic generation capability is available as an add on module USB Trainer for the Universal Protocol Analyzer System 1 3 4 Hi Speed Slow Clock The ability to trace and generate Hi Speed traffic at fractional slow clock rate is available on both USB Tracer platforms 2500 and 2500H You can purchase this feature with a License Key Contact LeCroy for more information 16 LeCroy Corporation USB Protocol Suite User Manual Chapter 1 Overview 1 4 Advisor The LeCroy Advisor USB 2 0 Bus amp Protocol Analyzer is a LeCroy fourth generation product for USB development and testing The Advisor interfaces with standard USB cables and connections to capture and display Hi Speed and Classic Speed USB 2 0 bus traffic esmen C m T on maor nh nea ge paz CATC Advisor Manual Detach i High S k Trigger Device pood Classic Speeds PWR REC TRG uPLD ZJ al a ee Figure 1 7 Advisor 1 4 1 Advisor Features General e Fully complies with USB 2 0 specification e Supports Link Power Management extension to USB 2 0 specification e Has reconfigurable hardware for future enhancements e Supports all USB speeds High Speed Full Speed and Low Speed e Displays bus traffic using color and graphics in the CATC Trace interface e Has free non recording view only Trace Viewe
221. ew for that packet x SYNC Pid Frame CRCS Ma a a a a a aa a a play a a rl a aa A A a a a a aA Sa U UL mj Facket Stutt Bit Stutt Bit Error Zoom lt Prev yen l Show Stuff Bits Prev Hert j Prev ext j l Done Along the top of the Raw Bits View is a linear strip of the logical bit values with corresponding field demarcations Bit stuffing is in color Below the logical bit values is a representation of the D D signaling complete with NRZ encoding A scroll bar assists in navigation of larger packets Use the two buttons under the label Packet to view previous or next packets Two buttons under the label Zoom allow you to zoom in or out on packets LeCroy Corporation 115 Chapter 5 Reading a Trace USB Protocol Suite User Manual 5 6 Expanding and Collapsing Data Fields 116 You can expand a Data field to view it in greater detail or collapse it when you want a more compact view 5 6 1 Using the Expand Collapse Data Field Arrows To expand or collapse a Data Field click the small triangular arrow on the left side of the data field F hita 5 6 2 Double Clicking to Expand Collapse Data Fields You can expand or collapse Data fields by double clicking anywhere in the data field 5 6 3 Expanding or Collapsing All Data Fields Expand or collapse all data fields by holding down the button for more than a second LeCroy Corporation USB Protocol Suite User Manual Chap
222. f errors and triggers in a trace narrow the range of traffic on display and jump to any point in the trace See Using the Trace Navigator on page 214 laa View Displays details of selected packet See Detail View on page 221 gt View Shows packet header information and other items in a view that matches the USB 3 0 specification See Spec View 3 0 on page 222 USB3 Link State Graphically shows how much time the link spends in each link Timing View state See USB3 Link State Timing View on page 223 USB3 LTSSM view Displays the LTSSM diagram depicted in the USB 3 0 specification See USB3 LTSSM View on page 225 Power Tracker Displays voltage current and power See Power Tracker on page 226 Run Verification Opens a window to allow you to run verification scripts over the Scripts open trace See Running Verification Scripts on page 228 LeCroy Corporation USB Protocol Suite User Manual Chapter 4 Software Overview Function Search see Searching Traces on page 141 Go to Trigger Positions the display to show the first packet that follows the trigger event Go to Packet Positions the display to the packet transaction transfer number Transaction Transfer selected in the Go to Packet Transaction Transfer menu Go to Marker Positions the display to the selected marked packet Go to USB2 0 Positions the display to the selected event condition value or type Go
223. f the Voyager hardware platform LeCroy offers customization option USB AC06 V01 X to remove capacitors on the SMA inputs only This allows users to configure input frequencies at rates lower than 800 Hz for both protocol traffic generation and analysis The table below outlines Voyager options for slow clock Model Number Clock Frequency os USB TZP3 V02 X 2 50 GHz 5 00 Gbps Voyager M3i Voyager M3i Pro Analyzer Exerciser System 1 25 GHz 2 50 Gbps 625 MHz 1 25 Gbps USB AC01 V01 X 12 5 MHz to 350 kHz Voyager M3i USB 3 0 Slow Clock kit includes 4 MMCX to SMA adapter cables and software license to support external clock input for Voyager M3 USB 3 0 analyzer and exerciser platform USB AC06 V01 A Below 350 kHz G Voyager USB 3 0 Custom MMCX Slow Clock custom MMCX SMA port for ultra slow clock operation USB FE03 V01 X NA G Voyager M3 USB 3 0 SMA probe kit includes eight 8 MMCX to SMA cables and license key for SMA differential input tap 258 LeCroy Corporation USB Protocol Suite User Manual Chapter 10 Recording Options erciser Ex B 5 A N _ LeCroy Corporation Analyzer mode but not Exerciser mode requires a clock to both the Clock A In connector and the Clock B In connector on the front panel The Clock A Out connector outputs the identical signal that was supplied to the Clock A In connector The Clock B Out connector outputs the identical signal that was supplied to the Clock B In
224. f unchecked USB Tracer creates only two files one for Classic Speed traffic and another for Hi Speed traffic e Save External Interface Signals Causes USB Tracer to save signals from a Breakout Board pins Data7 Data0 as fields in the trace e Trigger Filter Channel Select 0 or 1 The selection tells USB Tracer what channel it should use to perform its triggers filters If you want to set triggers filters on both channels then you must select a channel assign trigger filter events and actions then select the other channel and assign trigger filter events and actions to it In other words you must set your events and actions twice once for each channel The channel to which you are currently applying the triggers filters is shown in the Dialog Title Bar 10 1 4 Recording Channels Voyager and Advisor T3 Voyager You can select USB 2 0 and or USB 3 0 as the recording channel Both can be captured simultaneously Advisor T3 You can select USB 2 0 or USB 3 0 as the recording channel Only one of these can be captured at a time LeCroy Corporation USB Protocol Suite User Manual Chapter 10 Recording Options 10 1 5 Recording Scope Voyager and Advisor T3 Select either e Conventional Single Buffer Recording Select Buffer Size see below The analyzer limits the data amount captured to the selected buffer size Use the Trigger Position slider See below to control the data amounts captured pre trigger and post trigger
225. f you do not want any specific decoding Step 6 Repeat the previous steps for additional recipients Step 7 To retain a mapping from trace to trace DURING an application session select the Keep Across Recordings checkbox Step 8 Click OK LeCroy Corporation 177 Chapter 8 Decode Requests USB Protocol Suite User Manual 8 2 2 Mapping Endpoint to Class Vendor Decoding To assign a Class Vendor Endpoint decoding Step 1 Click the Apply Decoding Scripts button on the Toolbar OR Right click the Bulk Int Transfer field to display the USB Device Request menu Step 2 Select Map Endpoint to Class Vendor Decoding to display the Request Recipients and Endpoints dialog box Step 3 Click the Endpoints tab to display the Endpoints dialog box Request Recipients and Endpoints lt gt Class Yendor Decoding xj Request Recipients Endpoints Request RPipes Endpoint AFipes Request 44 APipes Endpoint OWA AFipes Dtg Host ding E ET fer Dut Erdp ar zf j Keep cross Recordings ox Cancel Apply Help 2 The Endpoint field Endp shows all Endpoints found in the trace file The displays shows the Host Address and Direction for the recipient On the right are the names of Class Vendor Endpoint Decoding groups currently assigned to endpoints If blank no decoding is assigned for a recipient Step 4 Select an endpoint 178 LeCroy Corporation USB Protocol Suite User Manual Chapter 8 Decode Requests LeCroy
226. faults are based on Hi Speed traffic since this is the most prevalent speed today If you change the recording speed AFTER you have defined error events the Babble clocks and Time out or Turnaround violation values are NOT updated so you can get a false trigger or a missed error Therefore after you change the recording speed in the 2 0 Misc tab delete any error events and create new ones The new error events are then based on the current selected speed LeCroy Corporation USB Protocol Suite User Manual Chapter 10 Recording Options Data Pattern Mask and Match If you select Data Pattern as the Event you can set Data Pattern event properties in the Event Properties dialog Event Properties Data Pattern Act Data Pattern Actions Property Value Data Pattern Mask Match Hex 0 of 16 bytes specified n h Bute O Hex Bute 1 Hex Data Pattern Byte 2 Hen Byte 3 Hex Bite 4 Hex Bute amp Hex E P Byte 6 Hes E Byte 7 Hex Bite 8 Hex Byte 9 Herl xl Label Desc Any occurence on channel O of the specihed Data Fatter Click the button at the right of the first line to display the Data Pattern dialog Data Pattern k g Mask Match a OAs eeo XXXXXXXX oo ool aya Buc etel XXXXXXXX loo oo E eez XXXXXXXX loo oo Eo etea XXXXXXXX loo oo Byte 4 Her etet XXXXXXXX oo oo eee etes XXXXXXXx oo fool E wes XXXXXXxx foo fool OE Byte 7
227. ffects both the SuperSpeed analyzer record and the exerciser transmit frequencies The clock source must be able to drive a 50 ohm load with a minimum peak to peak voltage swing of 200 mV Maximum peak to peak voltage swing should not exceed 1700 mV Note that these voltages are single ended as only one of the differential signals is connected via the coaxial cable When operating at 1 25 Gbps to 5 Gbps modes the data lines are directly connected to Rocket I O ports The very slow external clock mode will bypass the high speed Rocket I O logic and use a SERDES implemented in the FPGA fabric The low end of clock speed is limited by the value of the AC coupling caps on the inputs and the trace impedance The SMA inputs use a 0 1 uf capacitor with a nominal trace impedance of 50 ohms This mandates the 350 kHz slow clock limit over the Voyager SMA inputs Some software based emulation environments require rates as low as 10 Hz For this application LeCroy offers a one time customization of the Voyager hardware platform by removing the 0 1 uf capacitor on the Voyager SMA inputs allowing the clock inputs to track externally supplied clock frequencies below 350 kHz Although removal of this capacitor will render the SMA input ports non compliant with 5 Gbps signaling the native USB 3 0 connectors will continue to operate within the USB 3 0 electrical specification LeCroy Corporation USB Protocol Suite User Manual Chapter 10 Recording Options
228. fferent packet types in or out of the recording Filtering also allows you to preserve recording memory for extended recording time The trace viewer application displays recorded data in colored graphics The application has advanced search and viewing capabilities that allow you to quickly locate specific data errors and other conditions The system functions with any personal computer having the Microsoft Windows XP Windows Vista 32 Windows Vista 64 or Windows 7 32 or 64 operating system and a functional USB interface The system provides on the fly detection of and triggering on such events as Tokens and Errors Whether recording manually or with a specified trigger condition the system continuously records the link data in a wrap around fashion until manually stopped or until the system detects the Trigger Event and records the specified post trigger amount of link data Upon detection of a triggering event the Analyzer continues to record data up to a point specified by you You can individually enable or disable real time event detection to allow triggering on events as they happen including predefined exception or error conditions and user defined sets of trigger events An externally supplied signal can trigger the Analyzer You can use search functions to investigate particular events In addition to immediate analysis you can print any part of the data You can save the data on disk for later viewing You can ge
229. for USB 2 81 4 3 8 View Level 2 0 0 eee 81 4 3 9 Trace VIEWS iicas nde oS Ge Sees SY RS LS 82 4 3 10 USB 2 USB 3 Show 0 0 0 0 cee 82 4 3 11 USB 2 0 Display Hide 0 00000 c eee 82 4 3 12 USB 3 0 Display Hide 0000005 82 AA TOOMPG eka Ghai ate a ee Pa eg Es Rs ee ER a eae wee 83 4 5 View Options 0 0 ee eee 83 4 5 1 Resetting the Toolbar 0 000 eee eee 83 AO SAU SiON zres a hoa ied Sete See BA he eS SAE 85 4 6 1 Recording Progress 0 000 ee eee 85 4 6 2 Recording Status 0 0 0 0 ccc ee 86 4 6 3 Recording ACUIVILY 5 34 ocidan 842 boo oe ei ede bee had 87 4 6 4 Search Status 0 0 es 87 4 6 5 SuperSpeed Termination Status 4 87 46 6 Link StatUS 3 es sauts dangai do aa Salta Ab a a a 88 4 7 Navigation IOGIS iere has bint ees Sh bon eee a aa a 89 AT ZOOM Ws x3 thes oh oi SMES a Oe OER ERS WI OS 89 A122 ZOOMWOUN 2 t4c2 duo dees Sake SEE a EO N 89 AA NAD enti oer a Sk See laren he Sd eke byw ae eee ee ete Ske 89 4 8 CrossSync Control Panel 0 0 0 0 ee eee 90 4 8 1 Launching the CrossSync Control Panel 90 4 9 Mouse and Keyboard Shortcuts 000000e 91 Reading a MWaCC occ wee ca cee ewe eased 97 5 1 Trace View Features 0 0 eee 97 LET WoO 3 0 PaCKGlSs caoca ti wt kat boa a sehen ee 98 5 1 2 Packet Direction 0 00 00 cece 98 vii USB Pr
230. ftware net2010 AnalyzerSwiC GR p Software net2010 AnalyzerSwi DG cp _4 Software net2010 AnalyzerSwiC PGR p Software net2010 AnalyzerSw The dialog shows the Device Name Type Current Version Required Version Status and File Name Note Updating the CATCSync Bus Engine can take up to 40 minutes For that reason it is recommended that you do not update it when its current status is OK To update the Firmware BusEngine and or Serdes BusEngine first select its check box Click Update Selected or click Update All to update all three The most current files were copied to your LeCroy USB Protocol Suite directory when you installed the program Step 4 Power cycle the Analyzer Re initialization takes a couple of minutes 366 LeCroy Corporation USB Protocol Suite User Manual 13 4 License Information Chapter 13 Updates You can view license information by selecting Display License Information from the Help menu The License Information window provides a list of the named features supported by the current software version License Information Available Features Feature Title Hi Speed Slow Clock Exerciser USB 2 0 Device Emulation Hi Speed Tracing on UPAS 2500H Capturing USB 2 0 Capturing USB 3 0 Memory Size 512MB Memory Size 166 Memory Size 2GB Memory Size 4GB Trig Filt Limited Trig Filt Limited Il Trig Filt Limited III Trig Filt Advanced External Trigger In Out
231. g OR Select No Decoding if you do not want any specific decoding Repeat the previous steps for any additional RPipes you would like to map To retain a mapping from trace to trace DURING an application session select the Keep Across Recordings checkbox Click OK 185 Chapter 8 Decode Requests USB Protocol Suite User Manual 8 3 General Options Commands are transferred on USB using special control transfers called USB Device Requests The Analyzer can decode Device Requests as they are defined in the USB specifications and various Device Class and Vendor specifications Each USB Device Request is sent using a Control Transfer Each Control Transfer starts with a SETUP transaction 8 3 1 Decoding USB Device Requests To decode a USB Device Request Step 1 Right click the Control Transfer field or the SETUP field of the USB Device Request to display the USB Device Request menu USB Device Request Decode Standard Request Poe Map Request Recipients to Class Vendor Decoding Load most recent decoding mapping Refresh Decoding For this Trace File Format d Color Hide Note The menus shown in this section are context sensitive You may see slightly different menus Step 2 To refresh decoding click Refresh Decoding for this Trace File Use this option to reanalyze all transactions Step 3 To use the previous decoding click Load most recent decoding mapping This option loads the most recent mapping of
232. g Options that you use on a recurrent basis For example if you use two or three different Recording Options configurations you can save these configurations and load them the next time they are needed Because Options Names are descriptive labels and not file names you can enter in any text you like into the box Your labels can be very descriptive such as Trigger on High Speed traffic when CRC errors occur To create a new Recording Options name Step 1 Enter a comment for the new file in the Options Name field Step 2 Click Save to display the Save As window Step 3 Specify a filename rec Step 4 Click Save To load a Recording Options name Step 1 Click Load to display the Open window Step 2 From the list of rec files select the one that represents your Options Name The options settings for that name then display 251 LeCroy Corporation Chapter 10 Recording Options USB Protocol Suite User Manual 252 10 1 9 Trace File Name amp Path Trace File Name amp Path is the location for saving your trace file The default recording file name is data usb for Low Full and High Speed recordings If you are recording on both channels then the system creates two files data_0 usb for Channel 0 and data_1 usb for Channel 1 e Click Trace File Name amp Path Click Change Default Location to display a Save As window in which to enter the recording file name usb for all subsequent recordings Note Due to restri
233. ge transfer items in BOT or UAS based on Active Device See Initiator Emulator Setting e Command e Task Management Instruction items e Start Loop e End Loop e Delay e Stop Delete Selected Item s Selected item s are marked by horizontal arrow s on left bar Note There are different ways to select items e Click item for single selection e Use Ctrl Shift or Ctrl A or drag mouse around item s for multiple selections LeCroy Corporation 339 Chapter 12 Traffic Generation 3 0 Exerciser Initiator Setting Initiator Setting The Initiator Settings button displays the Initiator Settings dialog Initiator Setting Device Information Selected iter will be Active Device SAR Lucid Port Interface 0 UAS Protocol WASP Address 1 InterfaceMo 1 AlkernateSetting 1 Configurationta 1 Endpoint Informations Lucid Port Interface 0 BOT A5Media Interface 0 BOT BUFFALO InterFace 0 BOT E SCSI Command Settings uto Tag Assignment General Settings Tx Scramble Tx Invert Polarity Rx Descramble Rx Invert Polarity Logical Block Size al Packet Delay nano sec Random Seed E Max Loop Itr Count 2000 Link Delay Settings Delay LGQOD nano sec Delay LGOOD Cnt Delay LEAL nano sec Delay LB amp 0 Cnt Delay LORD Delay LORD Cnt TT i Device Information The left pane shows Device Information as expected from e
234. gered e Counter Value Number of repeats required when Count Randomly is set to No The default value is 1 LeCroy Corporation USB Protocol Suite User Manual Chapter 10 Recording Options Within actions counters determine how many times the system calls the action before it acts Action counters typically have two properties e Random Can be set to Yes or No default value is No If set to Yes the action triggers a number of occurrences before the action takes place That number ranges randomly between 1 and the value set in the property At least every Nth occurrence which replaces the property Every Nth occurrence when Yes is selected e Every Nth occurrence Number of times the system calls the action before it acts Note that there is some overlap in the way these counters can be used For example in the simple case of a single event leading to a single action it makes no difference whether you specify the event to require five repeats before triggering the action or the action to require five occurrences before it acts However in the case of combined events and or actions the separate counters provide flexibility in designing test cases For example consider the case where Event_1 OR Event_2 leads to Action If Event_1 has a counter of 5 then the Action triggers either when Event_1 has repeated five times or when Event_2 happens the first time whichever occurs first But if the even
235. ghlighting All known commands and parameters are highlighted in blue All predefined values and command modifiers are highlighted in brown Comments are in green Errors are in red 12 6 2 Text Editing Commands The Script Editor supports standard editor commands using toolbar buttons and Edit menu commands e Cut Copy Paste Also available by right clicking a command to display a menu e Undo Redo e Find Replace Find Next e Bookmarks Show Hide Previous Next and Clear All 12 6 3 Help Right click a command to display a menu from which you can choose Help 12 6 4 Properties Window The Properties window lists all parameters and their values for the selected script command Parameters values can be changed by entering text into the text boxes or by selecting items from pull down menus 12 6 5 File Tabs At the top of the Script Editor window is a tab with the name of the open generation file lf there are Include statements in the generation file that link it to other generation files these files automatically open and display as tabs at the top of the window You can click the tabs to toggle between the open generation files 12 6 6 Errors When you compile a script and have an error the error appears in the Error tab at the bottom of the application window Each error has a file name line number and description Double clicking the error jumps to the line number A red square appears next to the line number that cont
236. gs for VSE 230 LeCroy Corporation USB Protocol Suite User Manual Chapter 9 Reports LeCroy Corporation Step 4 After choosing Settings from the drop down list or the button the settings dialog appears a E x Choose Editor application and editing settings f Notepad by default C Other Fath to the editor ETOWE P Edit all selected scripts in one process Open all included files Launch editor application in full screen Path to the template file for a new script C Program Files s LeLlroynstallationsS cripte sy Browse Display settings M Show the full path for the trace file in dialog caption Restore don t maximize dialog at start M Load last output from saved log files when possible M Activate dialog after script s stop running W Remember dialog layout Ignore possible run time errors and warnings Saving settings F Save log files to the folder which is relative to the trace file path Path to the folder where to save output log files C Program Files LeCroy Installation Browse M Save logs automatically after scripts stopped running OF Cancel You can Choose the editor application Notepad or other Edit all selected scripts in one process If the editor supports multiple documents you can edit all scripts in the editor Open all included files You can edit included files as well as the main script Launch editor application in full screen Y
237. gth Split Extern Data7 Data0 In UPAS 2500 For Advisor the supported events for USB 2 0 are Packet Identifier Token Pattern SOF Pattern Device Request Data Pattern Bus Condition Errors Transaction Data Length Split 273 Chapter 10 Recording Options USB Protocol Suite User Manual 274 For Mobile the supported events for USB 2 0 are Packet Identifier Token Pattern SOF Pattern Device Request Data Pattern Bus Condition Errors Transaction Data Length Split Notes on External Trigger In Input threshold value for Voyager and Advisor T3 is 0 8 V Input threshold values for USB Tracer Trainer are between 0 8 V and 2 V TTL Levels The minimum value of the external input signal which can be input to Voyager Advisor T3 and USB Tracer Trainer is 0 V The maximum value is 5 V Event Properties of the Error Event Event Properties k E re Errors Actions ors Property Value Bit Stuf E Frame Ler Disable CRC Disable Pid Disable EOF Disable Short Bite Disable Time out or Turm around Violation 1 1023 T Count Ez Excessive Empty Frame Detection 1 127 Babble Yiolation Bad Data Toggle El Desc Any occurence on channel 0 of the specihed Errors The dialog lists the Properties and their Values Note The default values of Babble clocks and Time out or Turnaround violation are based on the recording speed selected in the 2 0 Misc tab If the selected speed is Auto Detect the de
238. he CATC Trace Compressed view selecting Export gt Transactions to CSV exports the 2 0 transactions to a csv file in a pre configured format The first row of that csv file shows what each column represents 4 2 1 2 Export Spreadsheet View to CSV When viewing 2 0 Packets in either the Black and White or Colored Spreadsheet Views Trace view selecting Export gt Spreadsheet to CSV exports the contents of the spreadsheet to a csv file in a pre configured format The columns match the columns as you have defined them in your Spreadsheet view LeCroy Corporation USB Protocol Suite User Manual Chapter 4 Software Overview 4 2 2 Exporting to USB 2 0 Generation Files utg files Before exporting to a utg file first make sure the usb file contains traffic for only one device Step 1 Hide all other device addresses in the trace leaving only the address of your device and the Address 0 the default enumeration address Addo 9 iin Zout All TH NATAN ala Step 2 Save to a new file using the All and Do not save hidden Packets Transactions Transfers selections 4 File Save As CE Savein USB Protocol Suite e FB t Name m Date modified Type Size l ag di Automation 97 29 2010 10 56 AM File folder m Generation 12 16 2010 4 59PM File folder _ SampleFiles 9 29 2010 10 56 AM File folder d Scripts 11 17 2010 9 09 AM File folder d Scripts4 10 957 10 15 201012 12 File folder OEF data62045_00000 usb 12
239. he Trace Navigator on page 214 Show USB3 Link State Timing View see USB3 Link State Timing View on page 223 Run Verification Scripts See Running Verification Scripts on page 228 4 3 5 Recording x Status On Record m jm H H E e p ee USB Protocol Suite User Manual Error Report See Error Summary on page 195 Traffic Summary See Traffic Summary on page 200 Bus Utilization See Bus Utilization on page 202 Spec View See Spec View 3 0 on page 222 Detail View See Detail View on page 221 Show USB3 LTSSM View See USB3 LTSSM View on page 225 Show Power Tracker Power captures are supported only on Voyager M3i See Power Tracker on page 226 Superspeed USB 3 0 receiver terminations of Analyzer M3i If both Analyzer ports are set to Auto in Recording Options this button is dimmed If either port is set to Manual this button can apply or remove USB 3 0 termination M3 This button is always enabled and Auto mode is not supported Start Recording aes Stop Recording Manual Trigger Repeat Upload Momentary VBus Disconnect Voyager M3i Only Causes the VBus power between the Host and the Device connected through the Analyzer A and B USB ports to be broken for 1 second simulating a unplug plugin cycle This is the recommended method of creating plug in scenarios Note When Disconnect is done dur
240. he button to the Main Display area and drop it in the appropriate cell a cell is a grayed out rectangle with a dashed line around it You can think of each cell as a target for drag and drop of an Event button There are two types of cell that might appear Sequence cell and State cell In the Main Display area they are labelled as follows e Sequence cell Drag an event here to add a new sequence e State cell Drag an event here to add another state Note Recording Rules for USB 3 0 currently do not support more than two independent states ae Newevent om QQ eB S amp S Available Events Sequence 0 State 1 Errors TRIGGER Sequence 1 State 1 Trans Any TRIGGER Save Save As Default Load Cancel If there currently are no events in the Main Display area a single sequence cell appears at the top of the area To drag and drop the Event button see Dragging a Button to the Main Display Area on page 269 LeCroy Corporation 281 Chapter 10 Recording Options USB Protocol Suite User Manual 282 10 7 5 Assigning an Action After you have dropped the Event button in a cell in the Main Display area you can assign an action to the event Note If you do not assign an action to an Event button the analyzer ignores the event To assign an action to an Event button see Assigning an Action on page 270 Note You can also set actions within the Properties dialog for each event Double click
241. he format of the displayed data and for exporting data aos E3 Es The buttons have the following functions aA Save As Saves Real Time graphs as bitmap files bmp Email Creates an email with a bmp file attachment of the graphs Print Full Screen View Settings opens a sub menu with options for formatting the display See 9 6 2 View Settings Menu below Horizontal Zoom in Horizontal Zoom out Reset graphs QAM A 2M gt s amp Vertical zoom in Vertical Zoom out Click and Drag zoom Click diagonally to select and zoom in on part of the graph Sync and Graph areas If two or more graphs are displayed this button synchronizes the graphs to one another Once synchronized the positioning slider of one graph moves the other graphs Graph Areas Presents options for displaying additional graphs of data lengths packet lengths and percentage of bus utilized Start Starts the Real Time Monitor Stop Real Time Monitoring To clear the counters in the Statistics Accumulation area click the Restart button To save a snapshot Microsoft Excel csv file of the data before clearing the values click the Save and Restart button The file is in the same folder where Trace files are saved The naming convention of the file is RTS Capture YYYY MM DD_HH MM SS csv Note 1 Because file writing must happen immediately there is no file naming dialog Note 2
242. he raw_data statement Normally every bit of the array defined in a raw_data xx yy type of statement would be sent However particularly in the case where bit_stuff off you need more control over the number of bits to be output on the bus By adding the statement raw_data_bits 11 only the first 11 bits of the defined bytes are sent For the following case raw_data 8F F0 raw_data_bits 13 the output bitstream would be 1111 0001 0000 1 Each byte is described in MSB to LSB format but is output on the wire in LSB to MSB format LeCroy Corporation 321 Chapter 11 Traffic Generation 2 0 Key Code raw_data_bits bit stuff sync retry ping on_retry ping _on_nak retry _next_frame OFF ON integer 1 40 TRUE FALSE Keys for Class Decoding USB Protocol Suite User Manual Use to send a non modulo 8 number of bits in a classic speed raw_data packet It is only valid in conjunction with the raw_data statement Normally every bit of the array defined in a raw_data xx yy type of statement would be sent However particularly in the case where bit_stuff off you need more control over the number of bits to be output on the bus By adding the statement raw_data_bits 11 only the first 11 bits of the defined bytes are sent For the following case raw_data 8F F0 raw_data_bits 13 the output bitstream would be 1111 0001 0000 1 Each byte is described in MSB to LSB fo
243. hes 32 36 44 synchronize the LTSSM View and Trace View 225 Synchronize Trace View 212 system components 33 40 setup 43 system components 29 T tabs 329 file 304 Task commands 338 technical support 371 Telephone Control Model dec file 171 Termination RxDetect 256 261 Text Snippets window 331 text editing commands 329 Tile Horizontally option 205 Tile Vertically option 205 Time Stamp menu 114 timer 2 timestamp 114 Timestamp At The Beginning option 160 Timestamp field 160 timestamps 2 Timing Calculations report 196 Timing Calculator 196 To Frame field 345 toggle reset 167 Toggle Outlining option 330 toggle value 167 Tool tip Display 211 Toolbar 83 button descriptions 78 command 83 icons 78 Recording Rules 264 resetting 83 tab 84 Tools menu 192 Tooltip option 205 tooltips 83 120 160 303 304 330 333 trace first recording 65 67 reading 97 set marker in 114 shortcuts 94 view features 67 97 viewing level 161 LeCroy Corporation Index Trace File Name amp Path button 252 trace files edit comment 139 filename 252 merging 290 Trace Viewer 69 Trace Viewer mode 67 Trace Viewing Level option 161 traffic analyzing 191 display 1 generation 16 summary 200 Traffic Generation 293 traffic generation file format 310 modes 307 344 options 308 repeating 307 running 309 starting 307 344 stopping 307 344 Traffic Generation Start Stop button 307 Traffic Summary report 200 Traffic Type pane 218 Trainer
244. ication session select the Keep Across Recordings checkbox Click OK 8 2 6 Mapping Endpoint DWA RPipes to Class Vendor Decoding To assign a Class Vendor Endpoint DWA RPipes decoding Step 1 Step 2 Step 3 Step 4 Step 5 Step 6 Step 7 Step 8 Step 9 Click the Apply Decoding Scripts button on the Toolbar OR Right click the Bulk Int Transfer field to display the USB WUSB Device Request menu Select Map Endpoint RPipe to Class Vendor Decoding to display the Request Recipients and Endpoints dialog box Click the Endpoint RPipes tab to display the Endpoint RPipes dialog box Request Recipients and Endpoints lt gt Class Yendor Decoding X Request Recipients Endpoints Request RPipes Endpoint RPipes Request DA APipes Endpoint DwA APipes Otg Host HwA RPipe Dir Class Vendor Endpoint Decoding ClassVendor Endpoint Decoding Mo Decoding Keep Actoss Recordings ox Cancel Apply Help 2 The RPipe field shows all RPipes found in the trace file The displays shows the Otg Host HWA address and Direction for the recipient On the right are the names of Class Vendor Endpoint Decoding groups currently assigned to endpoints If blank no decoding is assigned for a recipient Select an endpoint DWA RPipe Display the Class Vendor Endpoint Decoding drop down menu The Class Vendor Endpoint Decoding options are the same as for Endpoints Select the type of decodin
245. ice Emulation is not supported in USB Protocol Suite release 3 50 LeCroy Corporation 253 Chapter 10 Recording Options USB Protocol Suite User Manual 10 2 1 Analyzer Speed This option sets the speed of the traffic recorded by the Analyzer The default setting is Auto detect This setting tells the Analyzer to discover what speed traffic is running and to label packets accordingly If you are having problems with your recordings you might try setting the traffic speed to one of the fixed values Low Full and Hi speed These settings are used when you want to manually set the traffic speed In some rare cases auto detection circuitry causes Full Speed devices to fail to enumerate on plug in Changing the Analyzer speed to Full Soeed can sometimes solve this problem Setting the speed to one of the fixed values is sometimes useful for debugging purposes For example if a device that is producing numerous errors at a particular speed you may wish to set the recording to that speed in order to ensure that the Analyzer does not misread the error packets and label them the wrong speed While it is unlikely that the Analyzer will mislabel packets in this way manually setting the recording speed guarantees that the Analyzer always records packets at the correct speed Notes on Hi Speed Recordings Erroneous chirp blocks can be recorded on an idle bus when the Device has its FS terminations on while the Host has HS terminations connected Th
246. ide for Setup transactions and data packets e Triggering on new High Speed PIDs and split transaction special tokens ERR SPLIT PING NYET DATA2 and MDATA e CATC Trace display and enumeration of High Speed Micro Frames e Three forms of triggering Snapshot Manual and Event e Transaction sequencer Allows triggering on a token qualified by a data pattern and or specific handshake or can filter transactions such as NAK d transactions e Advanced triggering with event counting and sequencing e Triggering on multiple error conditions PID bad bit stuffing bad CRC bad end of packet bad babble activity loss frame length violation time out or turn around violation data toggle violation Token Bus Conditions Data Length and excessive empty frames e Real time traffic capture filtering and data packet truncation variable up to 256 bytes e Adjustable buffer size from 0 4 MB to 64 MB Display Options e Uses the CATC Trace graphical display of bus packets transactions split transactions and transfers e Groups numerous packets and transactions under a single transfer while quickly decoding all essential information e Decodes split transactions upstream and downstream of a transaction translator with a special hierarchical view e Has reports summarizing key statistics and conditions of interest with the ability to jump to the selected item in the trace display e Records flexible input signaling with the CATC Trace
247. iding SOF 120 packet starting keys 317 searching for IDs 144 view 67 Packets to CSV option 70 Packets to Device Emulation Traffic Generation Text File option 70 Packets to Host Traffic Generator Text File option 70 LeCroy Corporation Index Packets to Text Generator Text File Format com mand 301 Packets to Text option 70 Packets to USB3 Exerciser Script usb3g 70 Packing List 33 40 packing list 29 pane checkbox 219 parameters 329 Partial Upload 86 Partial Upload button 86 percentages post triggering 250 Photographic and Imaging Manufacturers Associa tion 173 Physical dec file 172 physical components 7 14 18 22 26 Physical Interface dec file 172 physical memory 250 Picture Transfer Protocol 132 Picture Transfer Protocol dec file 173 PID shortcuts 94 PIMA 173 pin signaling 45 pin out descriptions 46 pin outs 39 descriptions 39 pins 38 45 Playback Window 112 Playlist Functionality 111 Playlist Playback Control 113 Point of Sale Devices dec file 172 Polarity Inversion 256 261 pop up menu Script Editor 304 333 pop up menus data field 117 Recording Rules 265 pop up tool tips 120 ports 41 position of trigger 250 post process analysis 228 post triggering percentages 250 power indicator 34 indicator LED 41 on off switch 34 42 requirements 44 socket 34 42 switch 34 Power dec file 172 power connector 31 383 Index Power LED 44 power requirements 32 35 Power Switch 29 Power Tracker 226 Pr
248. ield shows all Class and Vendor Request RPipes found in the trace file The displays shows the Otg Host HWA address and Type Class or Vendor for the recipient On the right are the names of Class Vendor Decoding groups currently assigned to recipients If blank no decoding is assigned for a recipient Step 4 Select a recipient Step 5 Display the Class Vendor Decoding Groups drop down menu The Class Vendor Decoding Groups are the same as for Request Recipients Step 6 Select a decoding group OR select No Decoding if you do not want any specific decoding Step 7 Repeat the previous steps for additional recipients Step 8 To retain a mapping from trace to trace DURING an application session select the Keep Across Recordings checkbox Step 9 Click OK LeCroy Corporation USB Protocol Suite User Manual Chapter 8 Decode Requests LeCroy Corporation 8 2 4 Mapping Endpoint RPipe to Class Vendor Decoding To assign a Class Vendor Endpoint RPipes decoding Step 1 Step 2 Step 3 Step 4 Step 5 Step 6 Step 7 Step 8 Step 9 Click the Apply Decoding Scripts button on the Toolbar OR Right click the Bulk Int Transfer field to display the USB Device Request menu Select Map Endpoint RPipe to Class Vendor Decoding to display the Request Recipients and Endpoints dialog box Click the Endpoint RPipes tab to display the Endpoint RPipes dialog box Request Recipients and Endpoints lt gt Class Yendor Decoding l x
249. iew PTP transactions switch to the PTP Transaction trace viewing level e Click TRA on the toolbar OR e Select View gt PTP Transaction Level OR e Select Setup gt Display Options to display the Display Options window check PTP Transaction and then click OK 5 39 Switch to PTP Object Transfers A logical object on a device has a unique 32 bit identifier object handle The object handle is also unique for the session defined below An object transfer contains all the transactions for an object handle In PTP all of an object handle s PTP Transactions are a single PTP Object Transfer A PTP Object Transfer can include both PTP Transactions that involve an Initiator initiated action for example GetObject DeleteObject and GetObjectinfo transactions and PTP Transactions that involve a single Asynchronous Event sent through the interrupt pipe The PTP Object Transfer trace viewing level is the middle PTP level To view PTP object transfers switch to the PTP Object Transfer trace viewing level e Click DEY on the toolbar OR e Select View gt PTP Object Level OR e Select Setup gt Display Options to display the Display Options window check PTP Object and then click OK 132 LeCroy Corporation USB Protocol Suite User Manual Chapter 5 Reading a Trace 5 40 Switch to PTP Sessions A session is a state of persisting communication between a device and a host during which the connection is continuous
250. igger e After the trigger occurs the field to the right of the Trigger Position fills with the after trigger color specified in the Display Options e When recording is complete the upper half of the progress indicator fills with white indicating the progress of the data upload to the host computer You should be aware of two exceptional conditions e Ifa Trigger Event occurs during the before trigger recording the before trigger color changes to the after trigger color to indicate that not all the expected data was recorded pre trigger e When you click Stop before or after a Trigger Event the Status Bar adjusts accordingly to begin uploading the most recently recorded data The indicator fills with color in proportion to the specified size and actual rate at which the hardware is writing and reading the recording memory However the indicator is normalized to fill the space within the Status Bar LeCroy Corporation 85 Chapter 4 Software Overview USB Protocol Suite User Manual 86 4 6 2 Recording Status During recording the current Recording Status is in a segment When you activate the Record function this segment flashes a message depending on the selected Recording Options such as Triggered or Uploading After recording stops e The flashing message changes to Uploading data x done x indicates the percentage completion of the data uploading process e The traffic data copies to disk overwriting any previou
251. igin is O or near the minimum measurement value The horizontal axis shows time in milliseconds You can navigate with the slider The slider sets the left vertical line The distance to the right dashed vertical line represents the sampling interval You can use time markers to measure times in this view To delete markers right click the marker and select Remove Marker s You can show hide minimum and maximum values for Power Voltage and Current by right clicking and choosing Show Min Max Values from the popup menu You can go to the time at which Minimum or Maximum values of Power Voltage or Current occur by right clicking and choosing Go To from the popup menu and then choosing a submenu item The Power Tracker samples are acquired from the start of the recording to the finish Since packet traffic or other Bus Condition events can start long after the recording starts or finish long before the recording ends many power samples in these end ranges can map to the first packet or last packet in a trace For all events when synchronizing between the Power Tracker view and other views the items associated in the other views are the ones closest in time to the timestamp of the Power Tracker sample 226 LeCroy Corporation USB Protocol Suite User Manual Chapter 9 Reports Note Power measurement accuracy for Current is 10 mA Power measurement accuracy for Voltage is 50 mV Power measurement accuracy for Power is 50
252. ime Stamp T51 Link Config Reset Loopback Off Scrambling On 0 000 000 368 S Time Time Stamp ai TS2 Link Config Normal Loopback On Scrambling On 60 000 ns O 000 000 410 IPS Cnt IPS Smbl Time Time Stamp Aa 7 COM D320 0 D30 0 D30 0 COM D26 0 D15 0 114 000ns 0 000 000470 PS IPS Cnt IPS Smbl Time Time Stamp W 6 SKP COM D30 0 SHP D30 0 D14 1 22 000 ns O 000 000 584 q d SP oa IPSCnt IPS Smbl Time St i m iE i COM D02 0 D30 0 D27 4 COM D30 0 D30 0 D30 0 COM D26 0 D15 0 0 000 OC Bw QtickTimingmarkersmotset ooo Ol Hide Any Chirp J s or Chirp K s df Figure 1 1 Trace Viewer Chapter 1 Overview USB Protocol Suite User Manual 1 1 2 Accurate Time Measurement Voyager Advisor T3 The internal counter timer circuitry enables reliable accurate 2 ns resolution time stamping of recorded bus traffic Traces and measurement and analysis functions display this timing information Time fields are time stamps idle times bit times or time deltas in either decimal or hexadecimal format You can add any number of markers to denote specific packets you can make further timing measurements from one marker to another or from marker to trigger An essential feature of time management is that idle traffic does not consume Analyzer memory Because of this unique technology the system can make accurate timing calculations while still preserving valuable recording memory for important bus traffic The o
253. indow Step 2 Check Transfer Step 3 Click OK LeCroy Corporation 127 Chapter 5 Reading a Trace USB Protocol Suite User Manual 5 32 View Decoded Transfers 128 After you set Display Options the Trace View screen is re drawn to display decoded transfers in the colors and format you selected Control ADDF bRequest wh alue windes Descriptors GET_DESCRIPTOR CONFIGURATION type 0x0000 23 descriptors Transaction SETUP ADDR aT bRequest wh alue Windex wLength SP oes Pt o o gt n 5 0 ceT_pesorpror conriGuRATIONype x0000 171 I 0 SETUP ADDF CRCS FktLen Idle Time Stamp 00002 0675 1688 Data CRCI FktLen Idle Time Starnp J oxcs 80 06 00 02 00 00 AB OOfoxEB26 16 233ns 00002 06751708 Time Time Starnp 7 187 ps OO007 06751738 T Data Time 64 bytes 7 600 ws IN ADDR TRAE Time Foxe 1 o 0l64 bytes 7 500 ws IN ADDR Tr Data Time Aveo _o_ ifas nrees _ote_ tu OUT LREN Time Ox4e 525 027 ms O27 525 027 ms iUe St talue winde Descriptors Time T MIRIPTOR DEVICE type 0x0000 DEVICE descriptor 1 224 sec D Request why windex GET DESCRIPTOR STRIMG type Index 1 Language ID 0001B8 levee When you instruct the Analyzer to display USB transfers the components of each transfer are collected from the current recording and are grouped below each decoded transfer Each transfer row shows a transfer with a unique numeration a label and color coded decoding of important data Note If CR
254. ing capture of VBus pulses Trace Navigator Defines areas of interest and shrinks the viewable Trace to areas of most importance Advanced Triggering Isolates important traffic specific errors or data patterns Hardware Filtering Removes non essential fields from the trace for faster analysis Intelligent Reporting Quickly identifies and tracks error rates and abnormal bus or timing conditions Sophisticated Viewing Displays Packet Transaction and Transfer layers of the USB protocol Downloadable Trace Viewer Software General Shares and annotates trace recordings within a development team e Fully complies with USB 2 0 specification e Supports Link Power Management extension to USB 2 0 specification e Supports Full Speed Low Speed and Hi Speed USB e Displays bus traffic using color and graphics in the CATC Trace interface e Has free non recording view only Trace Viewer software e Has a 12 month warranty and hot line customer support Physical Components e PC Card form Personal analyzer Low power portable operation with any notebook PC e Two Mini AB USB ports and cables Designed to reduce bulk and maintain portability and compact size e 64 MB of physical data recording memory LeCroy Corporation USB Protocol Suite User Manual Chapter 1 Overview Recording Options e Versatile triggering bit wise value and mask data patterns up to sixteen bytes w
255. ing channels to use a mix of MMCX and USB 3 0 connectors For Descrambling Downstream and or Upstream select On Off or Auto For Polarity Inversion Downstream and or Upstream select On Off or Auto For Spread Spectrum Clock select Transmit Exerciser to apply Spread Spectrum Clocking to the transmitter To adjust the receivers to be more tolerant to Spread Spectrum Clocking select Receive Note The Transmitter and Receive commands are independent of each other 256 LeCroy Corporation USB Protocol Suite User Manual Chapter 10 Recording Options For Recording Generating select Analyzer Only Host Emulation or Device Emulation For Simple Filters you can Filter Out Logical Idles and SKPs Filter Out LUP LDN or Filter Out ITP For Simple Triggers for Downstream and Upstream triggers you can select Logical Idle SHP SDP SLC EPF END EDB COM SKP K Code For CRC Error Triggers for Downstream and Upstream triggers CRC32 CRC16 CRC5 LCW and or CRC5 LC For Framing Error Triggers for Downstream and Upstream triggers SLC SDP SHP EPF For Low Power States for Downstream and Upstream triggers U1 U2 and or U3 Note If you trigger on a CRC error type the traffic in the trace file at or near the trigger may display as IPS Inter packet symbols because the software might not detect proper framing symbols Consequently searches for CRC errors may not find the CRC trigger location To cause a trigger signal t
256. ing for software updates does not download install or update the application It only notifies you that an update is available After receiving notification you must use the Software Update window to download and install the latest version of the application During Software Installation During software installation a window asks if you would like to receive automatic notification when software updates are available Select the checkbox to enable automatic checking for software updates LeCroy USB Protocol Suite Version 3 01 Build 484 LeCroy Software can automatically notify you when software updates are available Please select if you want to enable this feature for USB Protocol Suite on this machine If you choose this option You must accept the terns of the LeCroy Pryvacy Policy Agreement fou may also change the setting later in the application Open Privacy Policy Installriet When you enable automatic notification of software updates you accept the LeCroy Privacy Policy Agreement Click the Open Privacy Policy button to view the agreement 363 Chapter 13 Updates USB Protocol Suite User Manual In the Application In the application you can set the software to automatically check for software updates Step 1 Select Help gt Check for Updates to display the Software Update window If no update is available the window is LeCroy USB Protocol Suite Software Update ffS There are no new updates available for US
257. ing recording it may cause capturing of IPS undecodable symbols and false triggering of CRC triggers because packets will be abruptly stopped in the middle of a symbol stream 80 LeCroy Corporation USB Protocol Suite User Manual LeCroy Corporation Chapter 4 Software Overview 4 3 6 Generator Traffic Generation for USB 3 See Traffic Generation 3 0 Exerciser on page 323 Go to USB 3 0 Exerciser rt eae USE 3 0 Exerciser window Display Export to Script dialog st oa Manual Trigger Repeat Upload 4 3 7 Generator Traffic Generation for USB 2 See Traffic Generation 2 0 on page 293 E24 Start or Stop Traffic Generation available if you have the Traffic Generation module 4 3 8 View Level BT Bitstream and Intelliframe modes Repeat Mode This button becomes active when a traffic generation file utg is open See Switch to Transactions View on page 123 and following Display Packets PKT See Trace View Features on page 97 Display Transactions pi See Switch to Transactions View on page 123 Display Split Transactions See Switch to Split Transaction View on page 127 Display Transfers See Switch to Transfer View on page 127 Display Host Wire Adapter see Segments l See Switch to Host Wire Adapter Segment View on page 130 ae Display Host Wire Adapter Transfers ao See Switch to Host
258. ink Command Types e LMP Subtypes e Object Counts e Object Handler e Object Format Type e On the Go Protocol e Operation Code e Packet Identifiers e Packet Types Header PHY Event Transaction e Result Status e SCSI Command e Split e Task Management e Task Management Response e Transaction Packet Types e Transfer Lengths 155 Chapter 6 Searching Traces USB Protocol Suite User Manual Step 5 Select one of the following options e Union Find all packets matching ANY of the specified events S e intersection Find packets matching ALL of the specified events e Exclusion Exclude packets matching any of the specified events Exclusion works with the other two options select Union AND Exclusion Exclude packets with ANY of the following fields or Intersection AND Exclusion Exclude packets with ALL of the following fields Step 6 Optionally set the search Direction and Origin Step 7 Optionally check to Search in Hidden This option looks for the selected items even if you have currently hidden them Step 8 Optionally check to Find All This option opens a new Trace View window that contains ONLY the items for which you are searching Subsequent searches or actions cannot modify this window so it never contains any other packets Use this option only when you want to check how many packets a specific search criterion puts in the Main Trace View Step 9 Click OK After the search finishes the
259. io Eia to text scenario LeCroy Corporation 343 Chapter 12 Traffic Generation 3 0 Exerciser USB Protocol Suite User Manual 12 9 Loading and Running the Generation File 344 The USB 3 0 Traffic Generation files are scripts that instruct the Analyzer how to generate USB 3 0 traffic A traffic generation file contains text in special format and is named with a usb3g extension There are several examples of Traffic Generation files included with the installation of the software To load a generation file Step 1 Select File gt Open from the menu to display the Open dialog box Step 2 Select Usb3Script Files usb3g from the drop down menu marked Files of Type to display a list of USB 3 0 Traffic Generation files Step 3 Select a Traffic Generation file usb3g Step 4 Click Open 12 9 1 Starting Traffic Generation Run To start traffic generation click on the Tool Bar Click the Trace Preview button to check the file 12 9 2 Stop Traffic Generation To instruct the Analyzer to halt traffic generation click on the Tool Bar LeCroy Corporation USB Protocol Suite User Manual Chapter 12 Traffic Generation 3 0 Exerciser 12 10 Exporting a Trace to a Traffic Generation File A simple way to create a script file is to open a trace and then to export the trace data to a generation file To export Step 1 Open a usb file Step 2 Click the Export to Script y Dialog Export option
260. ion Traffic is generated from a text file named utg Within the text file e The data format for data fields such as Pids and Raw bits is hex e Each packet definition consists of this set of assignments key value e White space is permitted around the equal sign e There are no restrictions on dividing packet definition to lines nor is it necessary to define each packet in a separate line although it is recommended e The maximum number of characters in a line is 250 e The characters and indicate end of line comments i e the rest of the line is ignored e Comments are not allowed within brackets e No keys or values are case sensitive Each packet definition starts with one of these assignments e pid N where N is a string representing a valid packet identifier or an eight bit value e OR e frame N where N is an eleven bit value of the frame number or the strings auto and keep_alive A bus condition definition starts with one of these assignments e reset N where N is a positive integer or string e suspend N where N is a positive integer e resume N where N is a positive integer e chirp here Subsequent assignments after a packet s starting assignment define the values of particular fields within the packet If a field is not defined it is assumed to be 0 Values are assumed to be decimal unless they are prefixed with 0x and then are interpreted as hexadecimal Values within a data block assignment ar
261. ion 2 9 9 Recording Memory Size 512 MB DRAM for traffic data capture timing state and other data Power Cord Set Cord Manufacturer and Models e 180 0005 00 Quail 5000 079 UL CSA e 180 0013 00 Quail 8500 098 VDE KEMA CEBERC NEMDO DEMDO SETI OVE SEV e 180 0014 00 Quail 9650 098 ASTA USB Tracer on the UPAS 2500H Platform UPAS 2500H USB Tracer is a USB 2 0 Certified Hi Speed Device To upload at Hi Speed you must have a USB 2 0 Certified Host Controller and be running the Microsoft Windows XP Windows Vista 32 or Windows Vista 64 operating system The UPAS 2500H ships in one of two configurations Classic and Hi Speed The Classic version can trace and generate traffic at Low and Full Speeds The Hi Speed version can trace and generate traffic at All speeds Low Full and Hi The Classic model may be upgraded to a Hi Speed model by purchasing a License Key from LeCroy Contact your LeCroy representative for more information Note The UPAS 2500 and UPAS 2500H products include internal 1 1 and 2 0 Hubs You might see the drivers for these generic hubs being installed upon initial plug in 37 Chapter 2 General Description USB Protocol Suite User Manual 2 10 USBTracer Trainer External Interface Breakout Board The External Interface Breakout Board is an accessory that allows convenient access to several potentially useful standard LV TTL output and input signals It also offers a simple way to connect logic analy
262. ion 2 0 USB Protocol Suite User Manual Key Code Format Description SSSSS S l D 312 Causes a region in the utg file to be ignored as if commented out Can be used multiple times in the file Must be used in conjunction with skip_end HERE Example skip HERE frame auto makes this statement be ignored skip_end HERE Causes a region in the utg file to be ignored as if commented out See above in skip HERE If you want to run only some first portion of the beginning of a utg file insert this statement where you want generation to halt This saves having to edit a file into smaller files when testing a portion of traffic The usage of the keyword is stop HERE Host Generation Only Enables you to generate up to a point in the utg file then wait for input before continuing in the file During the breakpoint time the traffic signal icon in the toolbar flashes yellow indicating that a breakpoint was hit When you click the traffic light icon generation resumes If you want to stop rather than continue select Stop from the Generation menu or hit the Start Stop button on the front of the generator module Start of frames are issued automatically during the breakpoint duration When you resume running traffic begins after another start of frame is issued The break HERE statement must be inserted between frame xxx statements Syntax example frame AUTO break HERE frame AUTO L
263. ion Transfer to display the Go to Packet Transaction Transfer window Go to Packet Transaction Transfer X Goto Packet E or Packet 0 Trigger Cancel Step 2 Select the desired viewing level packet transaction etc from the drop down menu next to the words Go to Step 3 Enter the number of the packet you want to display Step 4 Click OK The Trace View is repositioned with the selected packet at the top of your screen The resulting item will be shown as selected in the view 6 3 Go to Marker To instruct the Analyzer to display a marked packet Step 1 Select Go to Marker under Search on the Menu Bar You see a drop down menu listing the marked packets in that Trace View Search View Window Help 0 to Trigger 60 to Packet Transaction Transfer Go bo Marker Packet 4 Marker 1 Packet 18 Marker All Markers Step 2 Select the desired packet from the displayed list The Trace View is repositioned with the selected packet at the top of your screen The resulting item will be shown as selected in the view Note The Go to Marker feature functions in conjunction with the Set Marker feature The comments within the parentheses following each marked packet are added or edited with the Set Marker feature Please refer to Markers on page 99 You can use Ctrl M to go immediately to the All Markers dialog Packet Selection works with Go to Marker 142 LeCroy Corporation U
264. ion USB Protocol Suite User Manual To remove an expansion card follow these steps Step 1 Unplug the system from AC power and turn the system so the expansion port is facing you Note the two retaining screws and the holes for the extraction tool that are located on the panel of the expansion card o at a pee Note The example shows a different expansion card but the removal method is the same Step 2 Insert the extraction tool prongs into the holes in the expansion card panel Note If the prongs do not slip easily into the holes use a small nail file or similar device to remove paint from the prongs Step 3 Rotate the extraction tool to a horizontal position to lock the prongs into place and make a handle 54 LeCroy Corporation USB Protocol Suite User Manual Chapter 3 Installation Step 4 Using the screwdriver loosen both retaining screws by rotating counter clockwise approximately two full turns until feeling slight resistance Do not force the retaining screws after two turns Step 5 Using the extraction tool as a handle gently wriggle the expansion card forward about 1 8 Step 6 Repeat steps 4 and 5 approximately three times until the card is free from the retaining screws and you can remove the card from the system 29 LeCroy Corporation 55 Chapter 3 Installation USB Protocol Suite User Manual 3 5 Application Startup 56 To start the application launch the LeCroy USB Pro
265. is causes a small differential voltage tiny J on the USB bus that causes false Chirp detection This condition occurs during speed negotiation e Ona HS bus the condition is momentary just before the device chirps e OnaCsS bus the condition occurs both before and after the device chirp until the end of Reset The user is discouraged from using Speed HIGH to record signals on a classic speed bus e The Analyzer stops recording anything for 2 5 milliseconds following aFS_K state which is at least 2 microseconds long This is to avoid presenting garbage which is a by product of the high speed probe settling down 10 2 2 Generator Analyzer Clocking Overrides Generator Analyzer Clocking Overrides allows changes to be made to the Analyzer generator clocking Select Slow Clock then enter a value in the box on the right The value that is entered tells the Analyzer how much to divide the base clock by For example entering a 4 causes Full Speed traffic to be generated at a 3 megabit rate as opposed to the standard 12 megabit rate You can use the slow clock selection to slow down the base clock during generation This also changes the Analyzer s clock base to match Step 1 In the Misc USB 2 0 tab make sure you are out of Auto Detect mode Step 2 Select the Slow Clock checkbox Step 3 In the Divide By field enter a value Step 4 Click OK 254 LeCroy Corporation USB Protocol Suite User Manual Chapter 10 Recording Opti
266. iser USB Protocol Suite User Manual Step 7 Press the Start button Loopback entry and pattern generation occurs immediately after the link partners complete training SSC is enabled within the transmitted loopback pattern If the analyzer is used to record the exchange the loopback traffic should appear in both upstream and downstream directions with individual BERT ordered sets In the image below the Voyager initiates loopback testing on a host upstream port Uncheck the Hide Logical Idle Packets option on the toolbar or View menu Then use the Link Tracker to verify that the pattern is transmitted as shown below F LeCroy USB Protocol Suite C Program Files LeCroy USB Protocol Suite data61989_O00000 usb feed Fle Setup Record Generate Report Search View Window Help BP WME Tuo Mode Record m PF EO ts O a eaS Raa y lim i 2 Beli gt OME ONLY 19686 Blaa mis 55 Tx Idle Symbol Count inte Sta lt lt d 31 T52 Link Config Normal Loopback On Scramblin pF i Time Stamp E7 17 180 605 864 mF 34 02 peelings 40 5 flde symbol Count Time Time Starr A D ao a oe S 668 000ns 17 180 605 A E 34 Se Sal Sec ence oi Skip Data oOo l FE fe fe ss 2 SKP SKP SKP SKP 6 F2 9O OC BD 2 D 4 EA S J idle Symbol Count Time Time Starr 5 7 3 lA i 26 2 92 000 ns 17 180 606 a ogo e BCC Hz Pins sers E
267. ist Values Ctrl Alk T Toggle Outlining e Cut e Copy e Paste e Position Trace View on Packet xxx e List Values e Toggle Outlining The List Values option displays the types of values that can be entered for a parameter in a line To see the types of values select the current parameter then choose Show Values from the pop up menu 11 4 3 File Tabs At the bottom of the window is a tab that shows the name of the utg file If your utg file has an Include statement in it the supporting Include files automatically open when the utg file is first opened Tabs for the opened Include files appear at the bottom of this window H H gt FS_Enum_Break_Vvrap_ Sample utg 4 11 4 4 Error Log Whenever you create a scripting error a log opens at the bottom of the application window When the error is corrected the window automatically closes 11 4 5 Tooltips The Script Editor window includes extensive tooltips for each keyword To see a tooltip hold the mouse pointer over a keyword 304 LeCroy Corporation USB Protocol Suite User Manual Chapter 11 Traffic Generation 2 0 11 5 Loading the Generation File LeCroy Corporation The USB Traffic Generation files are scripts that instruct the Analyzer how to generate USB traffic A traffic generation file contains text in special format and is named with a utg extension These files can be created by any text editor or using the File gt Export gt Packets to Text Gener
268. ite User Manual 1 2 1 Voyager M3 M3i General Description The Analyzer connects to a portable or desktop PC through the USB port The PC configures and controls the Analyzer The CATC Trace user interface is an industry standard for documenting the performance of high speed serial protocols The USB protocol Analyzer provides traffic capture and analysis Hardware triggering allows capture of real time events Hardware filtering allows filtering different packet types in or out of the recording Filtering also allows you to preserve recording memory for extended recording time The trace viewer application displays recorded data in colored graphics The application has advanced search and viewing capabilities that allow you to quickly locate specific data errors and other conditions The system functions with any personal computer having the Microsoft Windows XP Windows Vista 32 Windows Vista 64 or Windows 7 32 or 64 operating system and a functional USB interface or Ethernet port The system provides on the fly detection of and triggering on such events as Tokens and Errors Whether recording manually or with a specified trigger condition the system continuously records the link data in a wrap around fashion until manually stopped or until the system detects the Trigger Event and records the specified post trigger amount of link data Upon detection of a triggering event the Analyzer continues to record data up t
269. ive occurrences of EITHER Event_1 or Event 2 Number of Analyzer Counters and Timers The Analyzer includes one event counter and one time counter timer If you try to assign more you get a warning LeCroy Corporation USB Protocol Suite User Manual Chapter 10 Recording Options Packets You must assign a packet event or logical expression to a counter and or timer Using a Counter To use a counter Step 1 Click an event to display an arrow Step 2 Click a counter This causes the counter to attach itself to the bottom of the event An arrow automatically connects the counter to the Trigger button Note For Timers do NOT use a timer as the first event in a sequence since this first event will be the start of recording and this is not a precise or predictable point in time from which to start timing Use timers only AFTER the first event Setting a Counter To set a counter Step 1 Open the Recording Rules page select an event and drag it to the Global State or Sequence cell Step 2 Counts can only be set on a per channel basis so press the Up or Down channel buttons to select the channel on which the count is performed Step 3 Right click the selected event and select Add Counter from the menu to open the Properties dialog Step 4 In the text box to the right of the label Count enter a value Make sure the checkbox to the left of the word Count is checked Step 5 Click the X in the top right corner of the
270. j Request Recipients Endpoints Request APipes Endpoint RPipes Request 44 RFipes Endpoint OWA AFipes crates i Ree oka endor E erer E o Keep Across Recordings x Cancel Apply Help 2 The RPipe field shows all RPipes found in the trace file The displays shows the Otg Host HWA address and Direction for the recipient On the right are the names of Class Vendor Endpoint Decoding groups currently assigned to endpoints If blank no decoding is assigned for a recipient Select an endpoint RPipe Display the Class Vendor Endpoint Decoding drop down menu The Class Vendor Endpoint Decoding options are the same as for Endpoints Select the type of decoding OR Select No Decoding if you do not want any specific decoding Repeat the previous steps for any additional RPipes you would like to map To retain a mapping from trace to trace DURING an application session select the Keep Across Recordings checkbox Click OK 183 Chapter 8 Decode Requests USB Protocol Suite User Manual 184 8 2 5 Mapping Request DWA RPipe to Class Vendor Decoding Before mapping Request DWA RPipes to Class Vendor Decoding you must first assign the following endpoint decoders e Wire Adapter Data Out e Wire Adapter Data In e Wire Adapter Notif To assign a decoding group to a Request RPipe Step 1 Click the Apply Decoding Scripts button on the Toolbar OR Right click the Control Transfer field to display the USB Devi
271. loopback pattern The Voyager automatically monitors the received traffic for bit errors Full compliance testing requires the addition of jitter tolerance measurements to the loopback stream Specialized equipment such as LeCroy s PERT Receiver Tolerance Test system should be used to introduce jitter and perform the full electrical layer compliance testing process Loopback Mode test procedure Step 1 Connect the DUT to the Exerciser port For Device Loopback Attach DUT to Port A For Host Loopback Attach DUT to Port B Step 2 Set recording options For Device DUT Loopback Set Voyager as Host Emulator For Host DUT Loopback Set Voyager as Device Emulator Step 3 In the Misc USB 3 0 tab uncheck the Filter Out Logical Idles amp SKPs option Filter Out Logical Idles amp SKPs Initiating loopback mode requires that the DUT successfully link trains with the Voyager exerciser Verify that the link reaches UO by pressing the Record button and looking at traffic for LUP LDN link commands Te LDN Time Time Stamp 305217 E SLC SLC SLC EPF DO7 7 D27 1 D30 7 D087 9 664 us 26 820 229 464 om LC LUP Time Time Stamp 305218 3 jee SLC SLC SLC EPF D25 5D11 6 DO8 2 D00 0 360 000 ns 26 820 239 128 rae Ic LDN Idle Time Stamp 305219 Ma SLC SLC SLC EPF D05 2 D14 0 D31 0 D01 7 10 024 Us 26 820 239 488 sP LC LDN Time Time Stamp 305220 S T SLC SLC SLC EPF D064 D03 1 D22 6 D18 1 1 600 us 26 820 249 528 LeCroy Corporation USB
272. lt 6 O88 ml USBAnalyzerAutomationManual pdf 2 Open LeCroy Corporation 107 Chapter 5 Reading a Trace USB Protocol Suite User Manual 5 2 10 Edit Marker To edit a marker right click on the marked item and select Edit marker from the menu The Edit Marker dialog displays This Edit Marker window can be used to edit one marker at a time You can do the following in the Edit Marker dialog 1 Edit text attachment 2 Record audio attachment 3 Add URL link attachment 4 Add a file attachment Click on File and click the Open button or drag and drop the file 5 Preview audio video image URL YouTube attachment or open other files with system default application 6 Save an attachment to a file 7 Remove attachment oe rite wu New Url 4 i http www lecroy cam Export x Delet Products Oscilloscopes Protocol Analyzers Beyond the WaveRunner 6 The WaveRunner 6 Zi in an oscilloscope The Ultimate Deb F OK Cancel 108 LeCroy Corporation USB Protocol Suite User Manual Chapter 5 Reading a Trace 5 2 11 All Markers Window This following figure displays a list of all the markers in the file The window uses a tree structure to show packets fields and markers The features of the Markers window are e All Markers are displayed e All attachments within the marker are displayed e You can collapse or expand the item marked to view the attachments e The Time and size of
273. ltering is Off 5 19 Hide Link Commands non Flow Control 3 0 Click the Ez button to Hide Link Commands other than Flow Control 5 20 Hide Upstream Packets 3 0 Click the t button to Hide Upstream Packets 5 21 Hide LMP Packets 3 0 Click the button to Hide LMP Packets 5 22 Hide Downstream Packets 3 0 Click the button to Hide Downstream Packets 5 23 Hide Electrical Idles 3 0 Click the a4 to Hide Electrical Idles 5 24 Hide Skip Sequences 3 0 Click the Skip to Hide Skip Sequences LeCroy Corporation 121 Chapter 5 Reading a Trace USB Protocol Suite User Manual 5 25 Hide LFPS Packets 3 0 Click the button to Hide LFPS Packets 5 26 Display 2 Only Click the button to display only USB 2 0 traffic GHEY 5 27 Display 3 Only Click the B button to display only USB 3 0 traffic 122 LeCroy Corporation USB Protocol Suite User Manual Chapter 5 Reading a Trace 5 28 Switch to Transactions View LeCroy Corporation A Transaction is defined in the USB specification as the delivery of service to an endpoint This consists of a token packet an optional data packet and an optional handshake packet The specific packets that make up the transaction vary based upon the transaction type The program default display mode is Packet View Before you can view decoded transactions you must switch from Packet View to Transactions View To select Transactions View Step 1 Click TE on th
274. lue 02200 windex 0x0000 wLength 0x001C si save s 4 Find P gt Layout ww Previous Next h es 8 3 4 Decoding Vendor Requests To decode a vendor request e From the USB Device Request menu select Decode Request to display the View Fields for Vendor Requests text box An example of a vendor request is Command Set 8 3 5 Decoding Undefined USB WUSB Device Requests A Decoding Request may not belong to any of the defined decoding groups Standard Class or Vendor LeCroy Corporation USB Protocol Suite User Manual Chapter 8 Decode Requests LeCroy Corporation 8 3 6 Decoding using Endpoint Information To decode using the endpoint information Step 1 Right click the Bulk Int Transfer field to display the Bulk Int Transfer IN OUT transaction with data menu Step 2 Select Decode as Endp to open a View Fields for Endp text box The following figure shows a Wire Adapter Data Transfer Out Endp decoding iol xi Transfer Request CONTROL Field Length bits Offset bits Decoded Hex Value Description Length 24 0x18 Request Type 0x80 0x80 Transfer Type 0x80 REQUEST_TYPE_CONTROL RPipe 0 Ox0000 RPipe this transfer is targeted to Transfer ID Ox00000000 Ox00000000 Host assigned ID for this transfer Transfer Length 64 0x00000040 Amount of data following for an transfer Last Seg 1 0x1 Last Segment Seg Num 0 0x00 Segment number RESERVED 0 0x00 Reserved should be set
275. m USB Tracer Plug in 4 5 x 6 7 x 1 3 inches 11 3 x 17 0 x 3 2 cm 2 9 2 Connectors UPAS AC power connection External trigger connection Host connection USB type B 2 9 3 Weight UPAS 7 5 Ib 3 4 kg USB Tracer Plug in 1 0 Ib 0 5 kg 2 9 4 Power Requirements 90 to 254 VAC 47 to 63 Hz universal input 100 W maximum LeCroy Corporation 35 Chapter 2 General Description USB Protocol Suite User Manual 36 2 9 5 Environmental Conditions Operating Temperature 0 to 55 C 32 to 131 F Storage Range 20 to 80 C 4 to 176 F Operating Humidity 10 to 90 non condensing Operating Altitude Up to 6560 feet 2000 meters 2 9 6 Probing Characteristics Connection High Speed USB Connectors Standard cables 2 9 7 Switches Power On off Manual Trigger When pressed forces a trigger event 2 9 8 Indicators LEDs UPAS Power PWR Illuminated when the Analyzer is powered on Status STATUS Illuminated solid during self test blinking during failure off when the Analyzer is functioning properly Recording REC Illuminated when the Analyzer is actively recording traffic data Triggered TRG Illuminated during power on testing and when the Analyzer has detected a valid trigger condition Uploading UPLD Illuminated when the Analyzer is uploading its recording memory to the Host PC to display the CATC Trace LeCroy Corporation USB Protocol Suite User Manual Chapter 2 General Description LeCroy Corporat
276. mW The sampling period of the current and voltage is once every 20 microseconds or 50 KHz 9 13 1 Power Tracker Toolbar EL cN aa ii N Ee Dy j xy tet Power voltage Current The buttons have the following functions EN Zoom in Pointer Mode c Zoom out k Hand Panning Insert Time markers aa Zoom by Selection fer After clicking click in the display to make a red vertical line Select and drag the line to indicate a time interval between two lines Zoom by Horizontal Drag il Monitor during capture Show Hide Power Tracker Types Power Voltage and or Current pag LAA i Zoom by Vertical Drag Change Power Tracker graph type Bar Line and or Point Sync by Time Synchronize the USB3 Link State Timing States View and the Trace View Full Screen W amp LeCroy Corporation 227 Chapter 9 Reports USB Protocol Suite User Manual 9 14 Running Verification Scripts You can perform custom post process analysis of the open trace by running a verification script over the trace A verification script instructs the application to send trace and analysis information to the script A verification script also contains script code written using LeCroy Script Language used to process trace data and output that data in different formats Note You may write your own verification scripts to perform custom verification and analysis For information on how to write a verification script see the Verificatio
277. me Stamp e Place the Zero Time Stamp at the first packet e Place the Zero Time Stamp at the trigger packet Note You cannot place the Zero Time Stamp at a packet when in Calendar You can also go to the Time After in seconds or the Time Before in seconds Note Time stamps are corrected to match our more accurate 2 5 ppm clock After the error due to calculating via 2 ns nominal timing of symbols reaches 8 nsec the system will correct the next time stamp by using the value obtained from the 2 5 ppm time stamp clock This can result in jumps either forward or backward by this amount of time in captures and may result in blank locations in the Link Tracker view These should not be construed as mistakes in the traffic but as a modification necessary for us to provide the most accurate time stamps over the range of a trace 114 LeCroy Corporation USB Protocol Suite User Manual Chapter 5 Reading a Trace 5 5 View Raw Bits 2 0 You can expand a specific packet to view the raw bits in detail To view raw bits Step 1 Right click Packet for the packet to view to display the Packet menu Facket 5 Set marker Frame CRCS EOF ps O 008 FF FF FF FF FE Frame CRCS Frame CRCS 247 EOF z o 008 FF FF FF FF FE 124 7 ooo MEAE a Frame CRCS EOP Format Peas o ote FF FF FF FF FE 24 7 Color Frame CRCS id Step 2 Select Show Raw Bits to display the Raw Bits Vi
278. mmand The trace serves as a blueprint for the traffic generation file The example below shows several commented lines followed by some instructions File C Documents and Settings Administrator Desktop enummeration High Hub Sample usb Packets 0 to 24328 Device Side Packets were filter out during Export WNAK ed transactions were filtered out during Export Saved from Channel 6 File type UPAS File version 2 File speed HIGH chirp here This needs to be added by hand since the Export function does not export it Frame auto idle TO_EOF idle TO_ EOF idle TO EOF idle TO EOF idle TO EOF idle TO EOF idle TO_EOF idle TO EOF This generation file causes the system to simulate a hub and to generate 24 320 packets See Section 11 9 Device Emulation on page 308 for details about the format of traffic generation files 299 Chapter 11 Traffic Generation 2 0 USB Protocol Suite User Manual 11 3 Creating Traffic Generation Files 300 If you choose to write a script with a text editor a good way to start is to edit an example generation file such as FS_Enum_Break_Wrap_Sample utg HS_Hub_Sample utg or SampleDeviceEmulationThumbDriveFS utg in the directory C Program Files LeCroy USB Protocol Suite SampleFiles 2 0 Trainer You can open a generation file with Notepad or other editor and then add or remove text as needed 11 3 1 Creating a Traffic Generation File with the Export Command The Export command offers a
279. modifiers 329 Command Properties window 329 commands 329 comments 329 editing 139 Communication Device Subclass EEM dec file 171 Communications and CDC Control dec file 171 Communications Device Class CDC Data 173 Communications Device Class CDC Data dec file 173 Compare Endpoint Data command 70 LeCroy Corporation USB Protocol Suite User Manual Compile command 336 components 40 physical 7 14 18 22 26 system 33 Compressed CATC Trace 134 Config Status Indicator 264 Configuration Name option 161 connect Trainer 323 connecting cables 51 52 65 Trainer 293 Connection Properties dialog 57 connections cable 45 connector pin out 46 to a PC 46 connector cable 38 Data In Out 38 DB 25 13 34 DB 9 42 descriptions 39 module 34 connectors 35 42 44 45 contents of package 40 Continuous Time Scale 212 Control Transfer 186 Control Transfer field 186 Conventional Single Buffer Recording 249 convert usb file 69 Copy Event to option 272 copying events 272 counter 2 counters 272 counting 3 creating generation file 308 CrossSync Control Panel User Manual 90 current position indicator 219 Customize command 83 dialog box 83 D Data Block viewing 119 Data Block dialog box 119 data connectors pin descriptions 39 LeCroy Corporation Index data fields collapse 116 expand 116 pop up menus 117 Data In Out connector 38 45 data length 150 search for 146 Data option 70 161 Data Packet Count op
280. n 2 0 11 1 2 Connecting to Voyager The connections differ for Host Emulation and Device Emulation Full Speed Low Speed and Hi Speed connections are the same 11 1 2 1 Hi Full Low Speed Host Emulation For Host Emulation Hi Full or Low Speed connect to the Voyager according to the following diagram Analyzer Exerciser 297 LeCroy Corporation Chapter 11 Traffic Generation 2 0 USB Protocol Suite User Manual 11 1 2 2 Hi Full Low Speed Device Emulation For Device Emulation Hi Full or Low Speed connect to the Voyager according to the following diagram Analyzer Exerciser Fost under Test L 298 LeCroy Corporation USB Protocol Suite User Manual Chapter 11 Traffic Generation 2 0 11 2 Traffic Generation Files LeCroy Corporation The system generates USB 2 0 traffic from traffic generation files utg which are text based script files that instruct the Generator how to generate USB 2 0 traffic These script files can be edited with either a simple text editor such as Notepad or with the Script Editor utility provided by the application The Script Editor utility has several aids to simplify the process of writing and editing scripts tool tips drop down menus and colored fields The script example below shows the beginning of a traffic generation file created through the Export command This command provides an easy way to create a generation file you open a trace file then run the Export co
281. n Script Engine Reference Manual To run a verification script over a trace Step 1 Select the main menu item Report gt Run verification scripts or click the Run verification scripts button Er on the main tool bar The Run verification scripts dialog opens from which you choose then run one or several verification scripts Test USBTracer YSE event sending capabilities Result viel 2Exarnplet hie zE xarmpleS plitT ra hie zE sample ra hie zUsb3_Exarnple G Run scripts zE sample Ef Expand Log a Save Output ae Settings Done 228 LeCroy Corporation USB Protocol Suite User Manual Chapter 9 Reports To expand log click the Expand Log button es Expand L To find a view related to the verified trace and place the window under it click E To find a view related to the verified trace and place the window to the right click Hd To save output click the Save Output button Step 2 Push the button Run scripts after you select scripts to run VSE starts running the selected verification scripts shows script report information in the output windows and presents the results of verifications in the script list Test USB Tracer YSE event sending capabilities Verification script Ie zE samplet hie zE xampleS plitT ra hie zE xampleT ra hie 2Usb_ Example DONE Descripl This wir provide D Run scripts zE sample USB z Bus Condition CHIRP J duration ne T
282. n easy alternative method of creating a generator file This command converts the trace to a utg file removes all device traffic and leaves only the traffic from the host device You can then use this file to emulate the host and determine whether the device under test is generating the correct traffic When creating a utg file through the Export Packets to Text Generator Text File Format menu selection it is suggested that you use the default values presented Adding NAK transactions clutters the utg file and including the device side packets creates a utg file which does not work with a real device attached To use the Export command Step 1 Start the application Step 2 Open a trace that has the pattern of traffic that you would like to generate Step 3 Select File gt Export from the menu bar to display the File Export menu Export h a Packets to Text Packet view Formak Merge Trace Files Packets to CS Comma Separated Values For Excel etc E ates Packets to Host Traffic Generator Text File tutgi Packets to Device Emulation Traffic Generator Text File Import F ap Packets to Usb 3 Excerciser Script usb3g 1 Fresco_Logic_xHCI_Host_Dey_Bulk_Transfer_Sample usb Data LeCroy Corporation USB Protocol Suite User Manual Chapter 11 Traffic Generation 2 0 Step 4 Select Packets to Host Traffic Generator Text File from the Export drop down menu You see the Export to Generator Text window
283. n search Up or Down To search click Find Next Step 3 To save the View Fields text box as an HTML file click the Save As button enter a file name in the Save As dialog box then click Save Step 4 To view the previous or next Transfer Control field request of the same request type click Previous or Next The View Fields for Standard Request dialog box displays field definitions and values of the Standard Request LeCroy Corporation 187 Chapter 8 Decode Requests USB Protocol Suite User Manual 188 For field definitions please refer to the Universal Serial Bus Specification version 2 0 The USB specification is available from the USB Implementers Forum USB IF at USB Implementers Forum Tel 1 503 296 9892 1730 SW Skyline Blvd Fax 1 503 297 1090 Suite 203 Web http www usb org Portland OR 97221 8 3 3 Decoding Class Requests Examples of a class request are Mass Strg Class UFI CBI Requests PTP Still Image Class Requests Video Class Requests and Wire Adapter Class Requests To decode a class request Step 1 From the USB Device Request menu select Decode Request to display the View Fields for Class Requests text box The following figure shows a Wire Adapter Class Requests decoding iew Fields for Wire Adapter Class Requests 47606 Oj x REQUEST SUMMARY Setup Data 25 07 00 22 00 00 1C 00 Direction Device to host Type Class Recipient RPipe bRequest SET_DESCRIPTOR wVa
284. naa aaa 10 1 2 5 Notes on LFPS Signals anaana anaana aaa 11 1 3 USBTracer Trainer 0 0 00 eee 12 1 3 1 USBTracer Trainer General Description 12 1 3 2 USBTracer Trainer Features 00000 08 14 1 3 0 Prattic Generation 20244266624 daodiee vues ett eeea een 16 1 3 4 Hi Speed Slow Clock 0 0000 16 TAAS O garas is ot cued ho ee ee ee ee Res ela eae Fee 17 1 4 1 Advisor Features 2 0 aaa ec ee 17 TOAS UO saani rrene dons ot alah eee dere aay wast 20 1 5 1 Advisor T3 General Description 21 1 5 2 Advisor T3 Features 0 0000 cee 22 U6 USBMO IIE TZ 2 2 6 55t0ate dec eae eo ad eee a ae 25 LO TFI onenarena ee oan ha eae baa ha tase 26 le UUSBMODIIG HS 0 i c sa vette au debe eee eed ee oboe ae as 28 General Description 29 2 1 Voyager M3 M3i System Components Packing List 29 2 2 Voyager M3 M3i PC Requirements 0005 29 2 3 Voyager M3 M3i Analyzer 0 2 0 0 0 0 eee 29 2 4 Voyager M3 M3i Specifications 0 0 0 0 00 eee 32 2 4 1 Power Requirements 0 000 cece ene eee 32 2 4 2 Environmental Conditions 0 0000000 32 2 4 3 Probing Characteristics 0 0 00 0 c eee ees 32 ZA A SWINGS rda Sadia Sard ected et Se See ee ee ee ee 32 2 4 5 Recording Memory Size naana ee 32 2 0 USBTracer Trainer System Components 33 2 6 USBTracer Trainer
285. nd Collapsed Transactions You can expand a specific transaction to view its parts which are grouped and indented below the transaction To expand a transaction Step 1 Right click the transaction number you wish to view to display the Expand Transaction menu TS Src ae 1 h Transaction 1 Time Expand This Transaction T Data Time 0 bytes 20 546 ms TR bRequest wu aloe mindes wlength f gt d s D SET_ADDRESS New address 1 00000 0 r Transa Expand All Transactions Transae Time 7 560 ps Time 7 450 ps Collapse All Transactions m Data Set marker 0 bytes Transai Format feo TR bRequest wif alue wwinidess wlLength 5 olor D gt H 3 0 GET_DeScRIPTOR DEVICE peloto 1E T Transat Hide Time Step 2 Select Expand This Transaction The screen displays the selected transaction in expanded format Note The Expand Collapse transaction feature operates as a toggle when one format is active the other appears as an option on the Expand Collapse drop down menu To collapse a transaction perform the same operation and select Collapse This Transaction Note that you can choose to expand or collapse e Only the selected Transaction OR e All Transactions It is not necessary to use the Expand Collapse Transactions menu to shift between expanded and collapsed views of a transaction You can double click the Transaction number field to toggle back and for
286. ndicator A button that indicates if the rule is valid or invalid If a trigger or filter rule is configured correctly the button is green and indicates Config is Valid If a rule is not configured correctly the button is red and indicates Config is Invalid 264 LeCroy Corporation USB Protocol Suite User Manual Chapter 10 Recording Options Pop Up Menus When you right click a button or area in the Recording Rules page a context sensitive pop up menu appears that lets you do operations that relate to that button or area Add Counter Move Event To Copy Event Ta i Delete This Event Properties Properties Dialogs When you click the Show Hide Properties Dialog button for an event action or state a dialog allows you to perform the same operations as in the pop up menus 265 LeCroy Corporation Chapter 10 Recording Options 266 USB Protocol Suite User Manual 10 6 1 Recording Rules Toolbar The Recording Rules toolbar buttons control the Recording Rules page ia New event a 2 c le s Figure 10 1 Recording Rules Toolbar ia New event iz m Note Table 10 1 Recording Rules Buttons New Event Creates a new event in the Available Events area Delete Event Deletes the selected event Undo Undoes the change made to Recording Rules page The Undo buffer has unlimited size Redo Restores changes done to the Recording Rules page Zoom In Enlarges the
287. ndow automatically closes 12 6 16 Tooltips The Script Editor window includes extensive tooltips for each keyword To see a tooltip hold the mouse pointer over a keyword 333 Chapter 12 Traffic Generation 3 0 Exerciser USB Protocol Suite User Manual 12 7 Creating a Script using the Script Editor Before creating a script read the Voyager USB 3 0 Exerciser Generation Script Language Reference Manual to become familiar with all parts of a script and their order learn about the commands and their parameters and see an example script To create a script do the following in the USB 3 0 Protocol Exerciser window Step 1 Click the New Generation Scenario button or select File gt New Generation Scenario to display a blank script E LeCroy USE 3 0 Protocol Exerciser Script Scenario 2 E File Edit Build View Generation Window Help Be amp eS EGE e By Buse Po a ek Se ma asl E Text Snippets x Script Scenario 2 drop Send LHHHHHHHHHRHHHHRHRRHRHRRHR RRR RRR RRR RRR E E E code 3 2i FILE INFORMATION drop SendFile 38 code 4 FILE tdrop TxSleep 5 DESCRIPTION code 6 REVISION HISTORY a Set Link State AAFAA EAE FEEFEE EEEE EEEE EEEE EEEE EEE EEEE EEEE EEEE EEEE EE code gi drop Loop 5 INCLUDE FILES code 10 include Generation Include USBgeneration Ginc i drop Start Recording 14 12 CONSTANTS a top Eesen 13 DATA PATTERNS 2 148 FRAME TEMPLATES o
288. nerate timing information and data analysis reports Please refer to the Universal Serial Bus Specification for details on the protocol The USB specification is available from the USB Implementers Forum USB IF at USB Implementers Forum Tel 1 503 296 9892 1730 SW Skyline Blvd Fax 1 503 297 1090 Suite 203 Web http www usb org Portland OR 97221 21 Chapter 1 Overview 22 USB Protocol Suite User Manual 1 5 2 Advisor T3 Features General Fully complies with USB specification revisions Has field upgradeable firmware Supports all USB speeds 5 GB s 480 MB s 12 MB s and 1 5 MB s Displays bus traffic using color and graphics in the CATC Trace interface Has free non recording view only Trace Viewer software Comes with online manual Self diagnoses at power on Has a 36 month warranty and hot line customer support Allows remote control of USB analyzers in a network Flexible 3 0 Calibration Each link can be calibrated with respect to received equalization and gain Physical Components Desktop or portable Microsoft Windows XP Windows Vista 32 Windows Vista 64 or Windows 7 32 or 64 computer with USB capability Plug and Play USB installation 2 GB of physical data recording memory USB 2 0 Hi Speed connection to desktop or portable host PC DC power supply Expansion port for optional External Trigger In Out cable as well as multi box synchronized recording USB 3 0 connectors for SuperSpeed
289. ng 269 LeCroy Corporation USB Protocol Suite User Manual Event pop up menu 272 Event Properties dialog 272 Event Trigger recording 247 events 3 actions 270 273 buttons 268 copying 272 deleting 272 moving 272 events for USB 2 0 273 274 Events Group box 155 events USB 3 0 283 Exclusion search 156 Exerciser LEDs 30 Exerciser menus 326 Exerciser Ports 30 expand 330 Expand Packet Data 160 Expand Script Decodes 160 Expand This USB Transfer command 129 Expand Transaction menu 126 Export command 70 299 Export dialog 345 Export to Generator Text window 301 Export to Script button 345 exporting Trace to a Traffic Generation File 345 exporting to a utg file 77 external clock 30 External Interface Breakout Board 38 45 external interface connector 34 42 External Trigger Out with Simple Triggers checkbox 257 External Trigger Pulse HIGH option 272 F fax 371 features 7 14 22 named 367 product 17 trace 67 97 fields expanding 116 Fields option 161 file generation format 310 File Control Keys 311 File Export menu 300 File Information report 193 LeCroy Corporation Index File menu 70 326 File Tabs 329 files dec 171 utg 299 325 editing comment for trace 139 File Control Keys 311 file information 193 generation loading 305 344 information 193 loading generation 305 344 script 171 tabs 304 trace filename 252 Files of Type field 305 344 Filter In action 271 option 271 Filter Out action 271 option
290. nly_Bw Full Speed 0 293 0 035 Mb s o o Both 0 000 0 000 Mb s 0 000 0 000 Mbs 0 000 So 0 000 Mbs Global 3 0 A Host Rx o 000 0 000 Mb s 2 o Both 0 000 0 000 Mb s 0 000 0 000 Mbs 0 000 So 0 000 Mbss Global 3 0 A Host Tx 0 000 0 000 Mb s Global USE 2 0 293 0 035 Mb s Global USB 3 0 000 0 000 Mbys High Speed 0 000 0 000 Mbs Low Speed 0 000 0 000 Mb s Super Speed 0 000 0 000 Mb s Transactions Classic Speed with idle O 000 0 000 Mb s Transactions Classic Speed without idle 0 000 0 000 Mb s Transactions High Speed with idle O 000 0 000 Mbjs Transactions High Speed without idle 0 000 0 000 Mb s Calculate Acknowledged Calculate Total Time is in the Total Time field Step 6 Click Calculate in the right side to display e Address e Endpoint e Direction e No Idle Time Usage e No Idle Bandwidth e With Idle Time Usage e With Idle Bandwidth e Data only Time USage e Data only Bandwidth You can also click the Acknowledged checkbox 198 LeCroy Corporation USB Protocol Suite User Manual Chapter 9 Reports 9 4 Data View The Data View window shows packet information To obtain the Data View window select Report gt Data View od or click the st toolbar icon Packet 0 0 dwords lt gt Hex Mst Lsp mel Format DWORDs Columns 4 Update only on reguesk E Wi ik OFFset Hexadecimal sr Ready Search Fwd The Data View toolbar buttons allow
291. nually stop recording Step 1 Select Stop under Record on the Menu Bar OR Click W on the Tool Bar Click W again during the uploading to upload only a portion of the recorded memory Note The manual Stop Recording feature is primarily of use when recording low speed traffic which can take a long time to fill the recording buffer When the recording session is finished the bus traffic is saved to the hard drive as a file named data usb or whatever name you assign as the default filename To save a current recording for future reference Step 1 Select Save As under File on the Menu Bar OR Click T on the Tool Bar You see the standard Save As screen Step 2 Give the recording a unique name and save it to the appropriate directory LeCroy Corporation 289 Chapter 10 Recording Options USB Protocol Suite User Manual 10 10 Merging Trace Files It is possible to merge a Classic Speed trace file with a Hi Speed trace file using the Merge Trace File command under the File menu This option only works with files that were created simultaneously through a single recording session If the files were recorded during separate recording sessions the system generates an error message and prevents the merge from completing Note The system can merging High Speed and Classic Speeds traffic into a single merged file if the Auto Merge 2 Channel Trace Files option is checked in the Recording Options dialog box To merge two trace files Step
292. numeration so this pane shows general device information from a pre configure file The Device Information Devicelnfo cfg file is in the Generation directory under the users directory You can edit this file USB Protocol Suite User Manual Link Power Mom Settings DisableLPMA DisablePMLCTimeout Power State Accept AU Auto lt PMLE Timeout Auto LFPS Settings E LFPS U1 Exit TBurst AED LFPS U Exit TBurst AE i LFPS U3 Exit TBurst Auto Link Configuration Settings Disable LUP LON Disable LUP LDN Timeout ae LUF LON Interval Auto LUF LOM Detect Timeout Auto Custom Flow Control Automatic link Flow ce Put 4294967295 OxFFFFFFFF as Infinite or Auto For each device the following information is in the Devicelnfo cfg file e Name e Protocol UASP or BOT e Address e InterfaceNo e AlternateSetting e ConfigurationNo e Endpoint Information 340 EndpointNo Direction IN or OUT Max Burst Size PipeUsageld Endpoint Type only for UAS protocol LeCroy Corporation USB Protocol Suite User Manual Chapter 12 Traffic Generation 3 0 Exerciser Note You can only select one device from the Device List as the active device Required information for the project is defined by the active device The active protocol in the project is defined by the active device Note If you have already inserted some items in the project and then you change the active devic
293. numeration sequence in a recorded file If the enumeration sequence is not captured or if software assigns an incorrect decoder you may manually select a decoder You can permanently assign a class or vendor decoding for an address and or endpoint or interface in a trace file Once assigned the decoding occurs automatically when you display transactions 8 2 1 Mapping Request Recipient to Class Vendor Decoding To assign a decoding group to a request recipient Step 1 Click the Apply Decoding Scripts button on the Toolbar OR Right click the Control Transfer field to display the USB Device Request menu Step 2 Select Map Request Recipients to Class Vendor Decoding to display the Request Recipient and Endpoints dialog box Request Recipients and Endpoints lt gt Class Yendor Decoding X Request Recipients Endpoints Request RPipes Endpoint AFipes Request 4 AFipes Endpoint OWA APipes Class Aendor Decoding L In ClassVendor Decoding Groups Wire Adapter Class Requests Keep Across Recordings x Cancel Apply Help 2 The Recipient field shows all Class and Vendor Request Recipients found in the trace file The display shows the Host Address and Type Class or Vendor for the recipient On the right are the names of Class Vendor Decoding groups currently assigned to recipients If blank no decoding is assigned for a recipient Step 3 Select a recipient LeCroy Corporation 175
294. ny occurence on channel 0 of the speciied Errors You can set Internal Triggering External Triggering Sequencing and Filtering Note Due to analyzer limitations in USB 3 0 capturing some items cannot be filtered when they occur back to back in the capture stream These items include small packets such as LMP packets When these items occur back to back it can cause filtering not to work In some cases it can cause unexpected symbols to be captured as Inter Packet Symbols IPS which cannot be decoded to real USB 3 0 packets by the analyzer software 263 Chapter 10 Recording Options USB Protocol Suite User Manual 10 6 Recording Rules USB 2 0 Use the Recording Rules to set triggers and filters for USB 2 0 Recording Options Yoyager 5 x General Misc USB 2 0 Misc USB 3 0 USB 2 0 Rec Rules Ch 0 USB 3 0 Rec Rules Toolbar Newevent 2 C B Config Status Indicator Available Events Area Main Display Area Save Save As Defaut Load The page has the following areas e Toolbar Contains buttons that control the Recording Rules page e Available Events Area Area where you can park Event buttons that you intend to use in the Main Display area e Main Display Area Area where you configure trigger and filter rules You configure rules by dragging Event buttons from the Available Events area and then assigning actions to those buttons e Config Status I
295. o several potentially useful standard fast TTL output and input signals It also offers a simple way to connect logic Analyzers or other tools to the Analyzer unit Four ground pins and one 5 volt pin are provided CATS AHALTEOE CREAKILT MARD Pre 2h0 Ce yl AE 14 Pad 20 107 0 Hi GREP RRSP REPRE PAE EER Figure 2 9 External Interface Breakout Board The Breakout Board connects by cable to the Data In Out connector located on the rear of the Analyzer box Each signaling pin is isolated by a 100 Q series resistor and a buffer inside the Analyzer box Figure 2 10 Data In Out Connector on cable 45 Chapter 2 General Description USB Protocol Suite User Manual 2 17 1 Pin Outs for the Data In Out Connector Table 2 lists the pin out and signal descriptions for the Data In Out connector on a cable that connects to the Breakout Board Table 2 Data In Out Connector Pin Out Pin Signal Name Signa Name Signal Description 5 Volts 250mA DC source mA 2 TRG IN Trigger Input GP IN General Purpose Input 4 Eg TRG OUT u Output C e e efo fom Note Pins 2 and 3 have the same function they allow external signals to be used to cause triggering or recording Pins 4 and 5 are used to transmit output signals 2 17 2 Prototype Rework Area The Breakout Board contains a prototype rework area for making custom circuits for rapid development The area consists of plated through holes 20 columns wide by
296. o a point specified by you You can individually enable or disable real time event detection to allow triggering on events as they happen including predefined exception or error conditions and user defined sets of trigger events An externally supplied signal can trigger the Analyzer You can use search functions to investigate particular events In addition to immediate analysis you can print any part of the data You can save the data on disk for later viewing You can generate timing information and data analysis reports Please refer to the Universal Serial Bus Specification for details on the protocol The USB specification is available from the USB Implementers Forum USB IF at USB Implementers Forum Tel 1 503 296 9892 1730 SW Skyline Blvd Fax 1 503 297 1090 Suite 203 Web http www usb org Portland OR 97221 6 LeCroy Corporation USB Protocol Suite User Manual Chapter 1 Overview LeCroy Corporation 1 2 2 Voyager M3 M3i Features General Fully complies with USB specification revisions Supports the Link Power Management extension Uses field upgradeable firmware and recording engine Supports all USB speeds 5 Gb s 480 Mb s 12 Mb s and 1 5 Mb s Displays bus traffic using color and graphics in the user friendly CATC Trace interface Has free non recording view only Trace Viewer software Comes with online manual Self diagnoses at power on Has a 36 month warranty and hot line customer support Uses
297. o appear on the External Trigger Out facility when the simple trigger s occur select the External Trigger Out with Simple Triggers checkbox For Clock Speed Selection select Gigabit as 5 0 2 5 or 1 25 Gbps For Voyager the Very Slow option allows you to customize the clocking frequency the Analyzer uses when capturing data You can select External or Internal see Very Slow Clock Usage section below For Termination RxDetect Voyager M3i USB connectors only you can select Auto or Manual for Analyzer Ports and Enable RxDetect for Exerciser Ports For Analyzer Ports if you select the Manual mode the Term button in the toolbar is enabled For more information about the Recording buttons see Recording on page 80 Note The Auto RxDetect mode has been designed to recognize 3 0 hosts and devices and present 3 0 terminations to them when they are plugged in However some cases have timing that can cause the Host and Device not to connect or to go into USB 2 0 mode If either of these timing cases occurs click the Momentary Disconnect button on the toolbar to cause a Disconnect Reconnect cycle of the VBus If cycling does not work disable and then re enable the xHCI Host controller driver in the Windows 7 Device Manager of your PDK Truncate Data Fields Truncate the data fields in a Data Payload packet to the length specified in the pull down selection The actual amount captured is at LEAST the amount selected and may be
298. ocedure such as the following example Main Place your generations instructions here SetLinkState LinkState UO Call GetDescriptor EndpointNum 0 DEVICE_DESC 0x00 0x00 0x1200 WaitTPSleep WaitDPSleep Call SetAddress EndpointNum DeviceNumber 256 WaitTPSleep WaitDPSleep Note You can use the Text Snippets on the left Text Snippets panel to add commands and their parameters LeCroy Corporation 335 Chapter 12 Traffic Generation 3 0 Exerciser 336 USB Protocol Suite User Manual Step 11 Add other generation procedures For how to set up other generation procedures see Appendix A of the Voyager USB 3 0 Exerciser Generation Script Language Reference Manual Script Scenario 3 MassStorageEnumeration USB3g J b X LASHHHHRRHR RHR R RRR R RRR RRR a 2i FILE INFORMATION 3i 4 FILE 5 DESCRIPTION 6 REVISION HISTORY 7 HHHHHHHHHHHHHHRRRHHHHHHHHHH MBH H ARR RHHHRHRHHHH RRMA RRR a g INCLUDE FILES 10 11 ine lude rinclude FrameworkLib ginc 12 CONSTANTS 13i DATA PATTERNS 14 FRAME TEMPLATES 154 GLOBAL VARIABLES i6 GENERATION SETTINGS 17 SCRIPT CODE 18 19 const EndpointNum 1 20 const DevyiceNumber 1 21 22iconst WaitTPSleep 200 23iconst WaitDPSleep 200 24 25 3et Mode HOST 26 27 Main 2a 29 Place your generations instructions here 30 31 setLinkState LinkState UO azi 33 Call GetDescriptor EndpointNum O DEVICE DESC 0x00 0x00 0x1200 WaitTPole
299. oding language 175 Script Edit Window 329 Script Editor buttons 303 328 332 333 343 pop up menu 304 333 toolbar 303 tooltips 330 utility 302 window 302 script files 171 script list 229 Script toolbar 333 Scripts directory 171 SCSI commands 338 SCSI Operations 133 SCSI Bulk Protocol dec file 172 SEO Bus conditions 167 search complex 154 Direction 156 direction 158 Exclusion 156 feature 141 Intersection 156 menu 73 141 Origin 156 status 87 Union 156 select a SCSI command from a trace file to use in an Exerciser scenario 343 Select License Key File dialog box 368 Select Range dialog 201 Sequence cells 269 sequences independent 278 restarting 272 sequencing 3 Serdes BusEngine Version 361 serial number 361 385 Index Session Request Protocol 148 sessions 133 set marker in trace 114 SET button 339 Set Marker command 211 Set Range Near Packet xxx 217 Set Range to Whole Trace 217 setting generation options 308 settings Resume 308 Settings command 230 231 Settings dialog 231 SETUP field 186 transaction 186 setup 51 52 system 43 Setup menu 71 326 shortcuts 91 Show Description window command 230 show Downstream port link states 225 Show Grid command 230 Show Line Numbers command 303 Show Line Numbers option 330 Show Markers option 205 Show Output command 230 Show Plumb Line option 205 Show Protocol 161 Show Raw Bits command 115 Show Tooltips command 303 Show Tooltips option 330 show Upstream p
300. of packets in one row to shorten display Stacking conserves space in the trace view by displaying repeating items or item groups as one item along with the number of repeats For USB 2 0 stacking items or item groups can be SOF Chirp merges J s and Ks into one stacked display unit or NAK ed split Transaction For USB 3 0 stacking items or item groups can be TSEQ TS1 with same Link Functionality TS2 with same Link Functionality LFPS with same Type LUP LDN or NAK ed Transaction Note Items are grouped regardless of any intervening Skip Sequence Electrical Idle or Logical Idle symbols If any of these occur during a stream of the repeating stacking item they are not displayed Std Reqs amp Descriptors Scripts Use dynamically loaded DEC files rather than REQ and DSC files for decoding Class and Vendor requests or endpoints Default Bulk Int Xfer type to Bulk on Select FS and or HS In most cases the USB Protocol Suite can determine whether an endpoint is an Interrupt or Bulk endpoint and apply the proper decoding However in some cases the USB Protocol Suite cannot distinguish traffic from these two Transfer Types and defaults to Interrupt endpoint For FS and or HS you can set the software to default to Bulk endpoint typically when you know that captured traffic is Bulk not Interrupt Note In the Trace view you can change the Transfer Type by right clicking the INT or BULK field and selecting the appropri
301. oftware downloads can always be Found at http iiiv lecroy contro LibrarysSorkware PS If an update is available the window is LeCroy USB Protocol Suite Software Update LE An update is available for USB Protocol Suite USB Protocol Suite v3 02 Check for updates at application start up The latest software downloads can always be found at http fiwww lecroy comtm Library Software PSG Go to Download Page Now gt gt To install an available update click Go to Download Page Now to go to the LeCroy web site Follow the on screen instructions to download and install the software update To install available updates later click Later to close the window and return to the application Note If you select Later when you are later ready to install again select Help gt Check for Updates then download and install the software update LeCroy Corporation USB Protocol Suite User Manual Chapter 13 Updates LeCroy Corporation 13 2 2 Automatic Check for Software Updates You can set the application to automatically check for software updates either during software installation or in the installed application After enabling automatic software update checking when you start the application the application checks for any software updates If an update is available the application notifies you Note To automatically check for software updates you need an open internet connection Note Automatic check
302. olumn Widths re enables the automatic resizing capability Reset Columns Order Return to default column sequence Docking and Undocking the Window You can undock the Link Tracker window by double clicking the blue title bar along the left side of the window Once undocked the window can be dragged anywhere in the application To redock double click again on the title bar Setting Markers Markers can be set on any event within the Link Tracker window To set a marker right click an event then select Set Marker from the pop up menu Once marked you can navigate to events with the Go to Marker command in the Search menu Markers set in the Link Tracker window display the packet number and DWORD number In contrast markers set in the Trace window just show the packet number Hiding Traffic You can hide Idles and other data from the Link Tracker window by clicking the Hide buttons on the toolbar LeCroy Corporation 211 Chapter 9 Reports USB Protocol Suite User Manual 9 7 2 Link Tracker Buttons The Link Tracker window has a row of buttons for changing the format of the displayed data and for exporting data The buttons have the following functions Full Screen Expands the Link Tracker window to fill the entire screen View Options Opens a menu with three options JE e Collapsible Idle Time Collapse Idle Bigger Than n nanoseconds Note Does not affect Collapse Idle Plus e Tooltip Display Values Scrambled Values
303. olumns to view Chapter 9 Reports 213 Chapter 9 Reports USB Protocol Suite User Manual 9 8 Using the Trace Navigator The trace Navigator is a tool for navigating within the trace It allows you to view the location of errors and triggers in a trace and to narrow the range of traffic on display It also allows you to quickly jump to any point in the trace 9 8 1 Displaying the Navigator Click E in the toolbar select Report gt Navigator or select the Navigation Bar checkbox in the Display Options General window to display the Navigator Navigator r Pre Post Trigger Types of traffic Protocols of traffic The Navigator appears on the right side of the Main window It has a two button toolbar and a vertical slider bar It also has colored panes for navigating the trace in different ways You set which panes are displayed through Navigator pop up menus The Navigator bar can be repositioned in the trace and can be oriented horizontally or vertically docked or undocked by dragging the parallel bars at the top or side of the Navigator bar By default the Navigator bar appears vertically to the right of the trace window The Navigator bar represents different types of trace information in the order of the packets The top of each bar corresponds to the first packet in the trace and the bottom corresponds to the last packet The Navigator bar is made up of three parts Pre and Post Trigger traffic Errors and Types of Tr
304. on 272 moving events 272 MTP 132 Multi Channel Control Model dec file 171 multi state sequences 267 N NAK ed transactions 167 NAKs 120 hiding 120 name of Recording Options settings 251 navigating 214 navigation shortcuts 94 tools 89 Navigation Bar checkbox 214 Navigator 214 displaying 214 legend 219 panes 215 218 range 216 217 ranges 215 slider 219 toolbar 215 Navigator Legend dialog box 219 Navigator Panes button 219 Navigator Range button 217 network 13 52 New Event button 268 option 271 pop up menu 268 New Generation Scenario button 334 New script command 230 No Decoding option 177 None option 205 number of transitions 225 LeCroy Corporation USB Protocol Suite User Manual O OBEX Model 171 object handles 132 object transfers 132 On the Go searching 148 open trace verification script 228 operating range 44 opt files 169 Option button 342 options display 9 15 24 recording 8 15 23 search 141 options file 161 Options menu 200 330 Options Name field 251 orange LED 34 Orient Horizontally option 205 Orient Vertically option 205 OTG shortcuts 95 outlining 330 output windows 229 overview 17 25 28 software 69 P package 35 package contents 40 Packet Direction field 98 packet fields keys 320 Packet label 115 packet starting keys 317 packet type 149 packet types USB 3 0 98 Packet View 123 packets defining fields 311 definition 310 display level 161 h
305. on disk for later viewing You can generate timing information and data analysis reports LeCroy Corporation 13 Chapter 1 Overview USB Protocol Suite User Manual Please refer to the Universal Serial Bus Specification version 2 0 for details on the protocol The USB specification is available from the USB Implementers Forum USB IF at USB Implementers Forum Tel 1 503 296 9892 1730 SW Skyline Blvd Fax 1 503 297 1090 Suite 203 Web http www usb org Portland OR 97221 1 3 2 USB Tracer Trainer Features General Fully complies with USB specification revision 2 0 Supports Link Power Management extension to USB 2 0 specification Allows reconfigurable hardware for future enhancements Has field upgradeable firmware and recording engine Supports all USB speeds 480 Mb s 12Mb s and 1 5 Mb s Has dual recording channels to aid development of multiple speed functions upstream and downstream of speed matching hub or transaction translator Displays bus traffic using color and graphics in the CATC Trace interface Has free non recording view only Trace Viewer software Comes with online manual Self diagnoses at power on Has a 36 month warranty and hot line customer support Works in conjunction with the LeCroy USB Trainer USB Traffic Generator hardware module to create a fully customizable USB test platform Physical Components 14 Hardware module for the LeCroy Universal Protocol Analyzer System Deskt
306. on for USB 2 0 see Traffic Generation 2 0 on page 293 12 1 Connecting to Voyager The connections differ for Host Emulation and Device Emulation Full Speed Low Speed Hi Speed and SuperSpeed connections are the same You only need to plug into the Exerciser ports because there is an internal Analyzer tap 12 1 1 Host Emulation For Host Emulation connect a cable from Device under Test to Exerciser A port Analyzer Exerciser a B a B Device under Test LeCroy Corporation 323 Chapter 12 Traffic Generation 3 0 Exerciser USB Protocol Suite User Manual 12 1 2 Device Emulation For Device Emulation connect a cable from Host under Test to Exerciser B port Analyzer Exerciser a B8 ag BP Host under Test 324 LeCroy Corporation USB Protocol Suite User Manual Chapter 12 Traffic Generation 3 0 Exerciser 12 2 Transaction Engine The Transaction Engine allows Voyager hardware to automatically handle low level protocol elements for quicker response and higher data throughput Some Transaction Engine features are e Retry Upon RX NRDY TP Exerciser automatically waits for ERDY and then retries Header TP or ACK TP e Upon RX of Data burst packets Exerciser automatically sends ACK TP with proper SEQ number for all received packets e Upon RX of DP with out of order SEQ number Exerciser sends ACK TP with missing SEQ number and Retry bit set to 1 e Upon RX of DP with Host Error bit set Exe
307. ons LeCroy Corporation 10 2 3 USB On The Go USB On The Go option sets the Analyzer to record the USB On The Go traffic This protocol lets you run two devices specify one of them as the host one of them as the device and to assign each device a name 10 2 4 Generator related Parameters You can set traffic generation parameters e Disable Generator Memory Use the whole Capture Buffer for the trace e Default to IntelliFrame Mode Rather than Bitstream Mode e Device Emulation Mode Limit tracing to Channel 0 You can check Device Resumes then set the Delay Time Before Resume in milliseconds from 1 to 65535 and Resume Time in milliseconds from 1 to 65535 You can set traffic generation parameters for the Device Address e Use Address in utg file The traffic generation file has an address e Emulated Device s Hex Address 01 3F Enter the Mask and Match for the emulated device You can also enter the Host Chirp Reset Length in milliseconds from 1 to 69 10 2 5 Data Truncation Option e Truncate Data Fields 2 0 Allows data fields to be truncated during recording in order to save Analyzer memory and allow recording of more packets Enter a minimum data length value in the Bytes box The system truncates the data to the stated value or up to 5 bytes more to optimize operation efficiency in the Analyzer hardware Note Truncation of data may cause incorrect transaction or transfer decoding 255 Chapter 10 R
308. op or portable Microsoft Windows XP Windows Vista 32 Windows Vista 64 or Windows 7 32 or 64 computer with USB capability Plug and Play USB installation High impedance tap Inserts non intrusively in any branch of a USB system 512 MB of physical data recording memory Two all speed Low Full or Hi Speed recording channels Full Speed USB connection to desktop or portable host PC Hi Speed on UPAS 2500H platform Internal wide range AC power supply Break out board to interface to external test equipment LeCroy Corporation USB Protocol Suite User Manual Chapter 1 Overview LeCroy Corporation Recording Options Versatile triggering bit wise value and mask data patterns up to sixteen bytes wide for Setup transactions and data packets Triggering on new High speed PIDs and split transaction special tokens ERR SPLIT PING NYET DATA2 and MDATA CATC Trace displays and enumerates High speed Micro Frames Three forms of triggering Snapshot Manual and Event Transaction sequencer Allows triggering on a token qualified by a data pattern and or specific handshake or can filter transactions Such as NAK d transactions Advanced triggering with event counting and sequencing Dedicated trigger for recording input and output used to interface to external test equipment Triggering on multiple error conditions PID bad bit stuffing bad CRC bad end of packet bad babble activity loss frame length violation time out or
309. op up menus 265 toolbar 264 266 Recording Type box 247 Recording Generating section 256 red errors 329 red LED 41 red square 329 refresh 186 Refresh Decoding command 75 137 Refresh Decoding for this Trace File command 186 Refresh Device List command 5 7 Register Product Online command 368 Remote NDIS 174 LeCroy Corporation USB Protocol Suite User Manual Remote Network Driver Interface Specification RNDIS 174 Repeat menu 306 mode 306 Repeating a Generation Session 307 Report menu 72 191 192 reports 191 REQ button 338 Request DWA RPipes tab 184 Request Recipient and Endpoints dialog box 175 Request RPipes 182 184 dialog box 182 184 tab 182 requests 186 requirements power 32 35 Reset All button 84 Reset Column Widths 211 resetting Toolbar 83 Restart All option 272 restart options 272 Restart the Sequence option 272 Restore Factory Presets button 161 Restore Factory Presets option 161 Resume settings 308 revisions firmware 361 software 361 rework area 39 46 right module slot 34 RPipe field 182 184 RPipes 182 184 endpoints 183 rules recording 3 restarting 272 validity 264 Run scripts command 229 Run verification script command 230 Run Verification Scripts command 228 Run verification scripts dialog 228 LeCroy Corporation Index S save Display Options 169 recording options 288 trace files 252 Save as Default command 288 script editing 329 Script Decoder files 175 Manual 175 Script Dec
310. options click Save as Default Do not delete the default opt file To apply the current Display Options values click Apply The Display Options window remains open To apply the current Display Options values and close the Display Options window click OK To cancel unsaved changes to display values and exit the Display Options window click Cancel 169 Chapter 7 Display Options USB Protocol Suite User Manual 170 LeCroy Corporation USB Protocol Suite User Manual Chapter 8 Decode Requests Chapter 8 Decode Requests 8 1 Class and Vendor Definition Files LeCroy Analyzers use script files to decode class and vendor requests The script files are read when the application is initialized After reading the Analyzer decodes class and vendor requests as instructed by the files DEC files represent the new method of decoding DEC stands for decoder and describes both Class and Vendor requests in a C like language Each dec file stores an endpoint or request decode When the application starts these files are loaded dynamically Subdirectories are supported Note The dec files listed in the following table are in the Scripts directory under the installation directory USB Decode USB USB IF Codes Decoder Proto Name Base Sub col Class Class ID Audio Class decoding 2 0 Audio 01h AudioClass Audio1 0Requests dec AudioClass Audio2 0Requests dec Communications and CDC Control Communication 02h Direct Line Cont
311. ording Instead it automatically uploads all the traffic stored in memory You must make sure that the traffic being recorded does not overrun the buffer in this mode by either adjusting the actual data transmissions between the host and device or by adding filters to the analyzer recording to reduce the quantity of data per second that the analyzer is capturing and uploading to the Analyzer PC Note In both Spooled Recording and Conventional Single Buffer Recording when large captures are made the application automatically segments large traces into 512 MB segments The spooled captures are stored in the USB Protocol Suite directory and are numbered using the analyzer serial number and a 0 to N numeric sequence LeCroy Corporation 249 Chapter 10 Recording Options USB Protocol Suite User Manual 250 10 1 6 Buffer Size You can adjust the size of the recording buffer from a very small size up to the maximum available in your product The Recording type option determines how this buffer is used Although the Analyzer has a large physical memory the efficiency of the recording is about a 2 1 ratio of physical memory to actual USB traffic Shorter USB packets yield a slightly less efficient recording The non traffic portion of physical memory is utilized for control and timing information Note The scale is not linear and affords more granularity in the smaller buffer sizes Note To make the full buffer available for recording you
312. ording 289 Bus Reset 167 Bus Usage option 236 Bus Utilization buttons 204 report 202 BusEngine 3 manual updating 366 technology 3 update 365 buttons bus utilization 204 Detach Device 41 Manual Trigger 41 real time statistics 234 Script Editor 303 328 332 333 343 tool bar descriptions 78 Bytes box 255 C cable connector 38 Cable Based Association Framework dec file 174 cables 40 connectors 45 USB 46 CAPI Control Model dec file 171 cascading 53 CATC SYNC port 53 CATC Trace 17 40 recording 67 set marker 114 CATC Trace View 134 CATC Walk Playlist 110 Cell pop up menu 271 376 USB Protocol Suite User Manual cells 269 highlight 269 types 269 Channel search 148 Channel 0 or Channel 1 packets 167 Channel field 345 channels recording 18 Check for Updates command 362 364 Check Syntax command 70 Chirp Bus conditions 167 Chirped packets 120 chirps hiding 120 class decoding keys 322 class definition files 171 Class Request decode 188 Class request decode 188 Class Vendor decoding 175 Class Vendor Decoding field 175 Class Vendor Decoding Groups menu 176 Class Vendor Endpoint Decoding field 178 menu 179 Class Vendor endpoint RPipes decoding 183 185 Classic LED 34 Classic Speed port 41 clock 30 254 rate 16 selection 254 Clock Speed Selection 256 collapse 330 Collapse Idle 212 Collapse Idle Plus 212 Collapse This USB Transfer command 129 Collapsible Idle Time 211 colors Display Options 163 command
313. ort link states 225 Show Values option 304 333 signal descriptions 39 signaling pin 45 Simple Filters section 256 Simple Triggers section 256 261 single state sequence 267 Skip Sequences 121 slot left module 34 right module 34 slow clock 258 Slow Clock checkbox 254 Slow Clock command 254 slow clock rate 9 16 Smart Card dec file 173 Smart Card Class 173 386 USB Protocol Suite User Manual Snapshot recording 247 SOF hiding 167 SOF packets hiding 120 software license 368 updating 362 364 Software Update window 362 364 Spec View 222 Spec View command 222 specific error 150 specifications 32 35 44 Specify Action option 272 speed 16 speeds 17 41 Split Transaction View 127 Spooled Recording 249 Spread Spectrum Clock 256 261 Spreadsheet View 135 SRP 148 Start Export button 345 Start of Frame packets 167 Start Recording command 289 Start Stop button 34 starting 69 software 56 69 traffic generation 307 344 Start of Frame SOF packets 120 State cells 269 states linking 271 Static IP 58 statistics monitoring 233 Statistics Accumulation option 236 status indicator 34 Status bar 85 Status LED 29 34 Status option 205 Std Reqs amp Descriptors Scripts 160 Still Imaging Class dec file 172 Stop Recording command 289 stopping traffic generation 307 344 storage range 44 summary error 195 traffic 200 support 371 support keys 311 LeCroy Corporation USB Protocol Suite User Manual switc
314. otections 68 3 1 User Data File Paths Windows Vista and Windows 7 institute a policy which prevents user data from being written into the Program Files directory folder It was common for applications written for Windows XP and earlier to use the Program Files folder to store user data LeCroy and CATC products used this folder as a default folder for storing trace files user option files default opt default rec scripts and so on The default folder for USB Protocol Suite was x Program Files Lecroy USB Protocol Suite Windows Vista and Windows 7 make such paths illegal directories for user data For Windows Vista and Windows 7 files that are accessible by different user accounts must be in the path x Users Public To preserve the ability of multiple user accounts to access all the LeCroy files that were accessible in Windows XP when using Windows Vista and Windows 7 files that were in the Program Files path in Windows XP are now in x Users Public Documents Lecroy USB Protocol Suite In some cases such as paths stored in the Recording Options rec file the application silently changes this path so that the Windows Vista and Windows 7 operating systems will accept it as valid USB Protocol Suite on Windows XP still uses the Program Files directory However if a Recording Options file that was created on a Windows 7 system is used on a Windows XP system trace files will be probably be recorded to a new
315. otocol Suite User Manual D2 MIKES he stk oe tet RAG Ried vane Rawle d pedals 99 5 2 1 Markers OvervieW 1 0 ee ees 99 5 2 2 Functionality of Markers 0 0 00 00 e eee 99 5 2 3 Attaching Markers 0 00000 cece eee ees 100 5 2 4 Adding an Attachment 0 0 0 0 cee eee 101 5 2 5 Recording an Audio File 0 0000 ce eee 101 5 2 6 Video Files supported 2 0 00 cc eee eee 102 5 2 7 Attachment Types and Visualization 102 5 2 8 Embedded Attachments to a Marker 102 5 2 9 Viewing Attachments of a Marker 103 52 10 Edt MarK ayc a wee e ee dee Bae berks ede oe VR Oe 108 5 2 11 All Markers Window 0 000 eee eee eee 109 5 0 CATC Walk Playlister inden exeet etevieatddchedurecuabes 110 5 3 1 Playlist Functionality 0 0 0 0 0 0 000 111 5 3 2 Playback Window 000 eee 112 5 3 3 Playlist Playback Controls 0000 eae 113 9 4 Time Stamp 4 taor8 ts hha eo iss bh eee Soe Gore ee eee bes 114 5 5 View Raw Bits 2 0 0 0 eee 115 5 6 Expanding and Collapsing Data Fields 116 5 6 1 Using the Expand Collapse Data Field Arrows 116 5 6 2 Double Clicking to Expand Collapse Data Fields 116 5 6 3 Expanding or Collapsing All Data Fields 116 5 6 4 Using the Data Field Pop up Menus 117 5 7 Format Color Hide FieldS 0 0 000 cee eee eee
316. ou can use whole screen Path to template file You can use a template for the script 231 Chapter 9 Reports USB Protocol Suite User Manual Display Settings can show full trace file path restore dialog at start load last output from save log files activate dialog after scripts have run remember dialog layout and ignore errors and warnings Saving Settings can save log files to relative file folder indicate output log file path and save logs automatically 232 LeCroy Corporation USB Protocol Suite User Manual Chapter 9 Reports 9 15 Real Time Monitoring The Real Time Statistics window displays a graph of real time link activity Real Time Statistics displays a summary of the traffic currently being recorded by the Analyzer To display the Real Time Statistics window click Le in the Tool Bar to open the Real Time Statistics window The display is similar to the following Real Time Statistics SN 501 Data Packet Count Ch 0 SN 501 T A USB 2 0 4 Ch 0 Ch 1 E Data Packets 00 000 000 000 N A 3 3 Data Bytes 00 000 000 000 N A Total Bytes 00 000 000 000 N A 22 USB 3 0 4 1 Endpoint Statistics Address Endpoint Direction Ro 7 2 Out amp 5 500 6 000 6 500 7 000 7 500 8 000 8 500 9 000 9 500 10 000 10 500 11 000 11 500 12 000 12 500 13 000 13 500 14 000 14 500 Time ms lt gt 376 192 MB s 716 093 MB SN 501 Data Payload Throughput Ch 0 88 B1 a 132
317. ous Power f Conventional Single Buffer Recording Buffer Size Trigger Position Keep YBus power on after Generation Exerciser completes 7 32 000 MB Mot used with snapshot Capture M3i Power Measurements voltage and Current gt lt Debug Support gt Spooled Recording Max Disk Usage 5 GE Recording Size Limits f Record For ODav s 12 34 56 Record 120000 pap f Until Triggered plus ODapls 12 34 56 Until Triggered plus 120000 g Switch to Advanced Mode E Capture Raw Trace Data during Upload Caution Can use up to 36 of disk space For each trace Save Save Os Default Load The Recording Options window always opens with the General tab showing Note Tabs available differ depending on attached analyzer type If no analyzer is attached you can select any product See Recording Option Summary Tab on page 292 LeCroy Corporation 237 Chapter 10 Recording Options USB Protocol Suite User Manual Recording Options Modes The General tab shows either the Basic or Advanced Recording Options Mode Basic mode is for simple Recording Options Advanced mode provides more sophisticated Recording Rules that enable complex filters triggers and sequencing You can switch modes by clicking the Switch to Basic Mode or Switch to Advanced Mode button In Advanced Mode the Recording Options dialog box for Voyager is Recording Options oyager x General misc USB 2 0 Misc LISE 3
318. ower Information Allow Class Decodes Allow User Defined Vendor Decodes Bus Utilization View Timing Calculator Export to CSV Excel file Filter NAKs and Pings USB Protocol Suite User Manual Save As Close The File Information report provides information about how the recording was made what the buffer settings were what the trigger options were and what version of all the Analyzer hardware was used to make the recording The File Information dialog provides a link Open Recording Options in a dialog so you can load a copy of the recording options that existed when the file was recorded 194 LeCroy Corporation USB Protocol Suite User Manual Chapter 9 Reports 9 2 Error Summary The Error Summary details all errors analyzed throughout the recording e Select Error Summary under Report in the Menu Bar OR e Click D in the Tool Bar to display the Error screen below the Trace View Traffic Summary All reports l Pet USE Reports Fl Pkt Packets l H Trs Transactions 7a Wy Transfers Efe PTPIMTP Transaction z Bre PTPMTP Object Transfe DE ETE PTP MTP Session i SE Pet USES Reports E Pkt Packets l H Trs Transactions l EEE og Mir Transfers Efe PTPJMTP Transaction Sn ae BTP PTPIMTP Object Transfe BFP PTRIMTP Session Ready LeCroy Corporation Gow fo Elof Ba Packet ttt Bad PID Bad CRCS Bad CRC16 Bad Packet Length Bad Stuff Bits
319. p Path Change Default Location C Program Files LeCroy Installation data usb use 3 0 Event Trigger Recording Scope Mote For large recordings the application will segment the data into multiple 512MB trace Files lt Debug Support gt i Conventional Single Buffer Recording E Capture Raw Trace Data during Upload Buffer Size Trigger Position Caution Can use up to 466 of disk space For each trace 16 000 MB Mot used with snapshot Spooled Recording Max Disk Usage c S6 Recording Size Limits f Record For ODapls 12 34 56 Record 120000 jap f Until Triggered plus Daplis 12 34 56 Until Triggered plus 120000 Mg Switch to Basic Mode Save Save Os Default Load Default x 240 LeCroy Corporation USB Protocol Suite User Manual Chapter 10 Recording Options In Basic Mode the Recording Options dialog box for USB Tracer Trainer is Recording Options USB Tracer Trainer X General misc USB 2 0 Product voyager Advisor T3 0 USB Tracer Trainer Advisor Mobile Recording Type Options f Snapshot E Beep When Trigger Occurs Suto Merge 2 Channel Trace Files Save External InterFace Signals Manual Trigger Event Trigger Power Keep VBus power on after Generation Exerciser completes Buffer Size Trigger Position 4 000 ME Mot used with snapshot ee W EAE
320. p ee 15 GLOBAL VARIABLES code 3 16 GENERATION SETTINGS p 17 SCRIPT CODE drop Call ir se code 13 4 drop Packet Size an Place your generations instructions here code 2 1 drop Pattern Size am code i drop Field Size code oe crop Set code File Name Line Error Description i drop Trace_B code drop Trace code drop DeviceEnumerationtnit smpt code Ready car The file name appears on the tab for the file 334 LeCroy Corporation USB Protocol Suite User Manual Chapter 12 Traffic Generation 3 0 Exerciser Step 2 Enter file information in beginning comment lines Ht Ht tH at HE a HH tH aE HE EH aE HE EH a HEE EH EH aE HEE tH a HE EH oF HE EH aE HEE HE HE EH FILE INFORMATION FILE H DESCRIPTION REVISION HISTORY Ht tt Ht tH tH a HH ot HE a HE EH aE HE EH a HEE EE EH a HE tH aE HE EH aE HE EH oF HE HE OH HE HH Step 3 Add a comment line by starting the line with INCLUDE FILES Step 4 To include main definitions and templates add an include file line S include Include FrameworkLib ginc Step 5 Add constants Const EndpointNum 1 Const DeviceNumber 1 Step 6 Add data patterns DataPattern SetAddrReg Se OO 805 0O Dio AO OO a Ou Step 7 Add frame and structure templates struct DeliveryID Sel 1 1 Stream Index Val 3 Step 8 optional Add global variables Step 9 optional Add generation settings Step 10Add the Main generation pr
321. packet types 98 USB 3 0 Protocol Exerciser window 326 USB 3 0 traffic only 122 USB connection 51 USB connector 31 USB Device Request menu 186 USB Device Requests 186 USB Implementers Forum 6 14 40 188 USB IP Setup 58 USB On The Go option 255 USB Protocol Suite program 56 USB Traffic Generation 293 323 USB type B connector 34 USB2 Hiding tab 167 USB3 Hiding tab 168 USB3 Link State Timing View 223 USB3 LTSSM View 225 USB IF 6 14 40 188 USBMobile HS 28 USBMobile T2 25 USBMobile T2 components 50 Use Address in utg file option 308 User Defined Find Events screen 154 UWB dec file 174 V vendor definition files 171 verification script 228 versions 361 Very Slow option 257 Video Class dec file 173 Video CONTROL dec file 173 Video INTERFACE COLLECTION dec file 173 Video STREAMING dec file 173 View menu 73 327 options 83 LeCroy Corporation USB Protocol Suite User Manual view data block 119 decoded transactions 125 decoded transfers 128 packet 123 raw bits 115 split transaction 127 transaction 123 transfer 127 Wire Adapter Segment 130 131 Wire Adapter Transfer 131 132 133 View Fields Dialog Layout dialog box 190 View Data Block command 119 View Fields for Class Requests text box 188 View Fields for Endp text box 189 View Fields for Standard Request text box 187 View Options 212 button 303 menu 303 View Options button 211 View Settings button 205 Viewing Attachm
322. page 159 4 3 2 Zoom and Wrap E Zoom In Zoom Out m Wrap 78 LeCroy Corporation USB Protocol Suite User Manual Chapter 4 Software Overview LeCroy Corporation 4 3 3 Miscellaneous E Display Realtime Statistics See Assign High Level Decodes Real Time Monitoring on page 233 3 See Decode Requests on page 171 Display Stacking View Stacking conserves space in the trace view by displaying repeating items or item groups as one item along with the number of repeats For USB 2 0 stacking items or item groups can be e SOF e Chirp merges J s and Ks into one stacked display unit e NAK ed split Transaction For USB 3 0 stacking items or item groups can be e TSEQ e TS1 with same Link Functionality e TS2 with same Link Functionality e LFPS with same Type e LUP e LDN e NAK ed Transaction Note Items are grouped regardless of any intervening Skip Sequence Electrical Idle or Logical Idle symbols If any of these occur during a stream of the repeating stacking item they are not displayed 79 Chapter 4 Software Overview 4 3 4 Analysis Reports Cd nj il bea Toa i File Information Report See File Information on page 193 Timing and Bus Usage Calculations See Timing Calculations on page 196 Data View See Detail View on page 221 Link Tracker See Link Tracker 3 0 on page 209 Open the Navigator bar See Using t
323. peed without idle Transactions High Speed with idle Transactions High Speed without idle Calculate Acknowledged Calculate Step 1 In the From beginning field enter the first packet number or Markers Step 2 In the To beginning of field enter the last packet number or Markers Step 3 Inthe Total Time field select nanoseconds microseconds milliseconds or seconds 196 LeCroy Corporation USB Protocol Suite User Manual Chapter 9 Reports Step 4 Click the Show Formulas button to display the Bandwidth Formulas window with the formulas used Bandwidth Formulas k X Total Time Time difference between the two selected packets Global Usage _ Norldle Time Total Time Low Speed Total Time Full Speed AEN peee ae ker RA E nee en EMER Total Time High Speed _ High Speed Packets Total Time Super Speed _Super speed Packets Total Time Mon ldle time SOF s Total Time Transaction Usage wo Idle Transaction Usage with Idle Total Time Device Same as Transactions except that it applies to only 1 selected device Full Speed PRE Low Speed Packet Time Elapsed Time of Transactions Hotes 1 Addr and EndP are in decimal format 2 User can filter Device data based on token andor acknowledgement Leaving Acknowledged unchecked will include all transactions regardless of ther acknowledgment IF checked only those transactions which are ACK e
324. poration 12 6 12 Text Snippets Text snippets appear in the Text Snippets window You can drag and drop a text snippet into the script The available text snippets are Send Enter a packet template name with options to delay or override SendPipeCommand Enter a command name pipe type total length setup data pattern asn store data and send erdy SetSequenceNumber Enter a pipe type device address endpoint number data directory sequence number and enable SendFile Enter a file path device address endpoint delay start sequence number payload_ size stream ID and route string PrepareWaitPkt Enter packet type as TP or DP requested packet subtype for TP packet endpoint number packet device address packet direction and packet stream ID WaitPacket Enter packets to wait default is 1 and start wait at last end default is 1 or not 0 TxSleep Enter an interval Set Link State Enter a link state Loop Enter a counter Start Recording Enter the Recorded Options File Path and Name and the Trace File Path and Name Indicate whether to keep the old trace Stop Recording Enter 0 no WaitForUpload or 1 WaitForUpload You can also force to stop recording Trigger Analyzer Has no options for Enter code between the braces Call Enter a Procedure name and the procedure parameters Packet Size Enter an integer or a template Pattern Size Enter an integer or a data pattern Field Size Enter an intege
325. pyright notice FCC Conformance Statement This equipment has been tested and found to comply with the limits for a Class A digital device pursuant to Part 15 of the FCC Rules These limits are designed to provide reasonable protection against harmful interference when the equipment is operated in a commercial environment This equipment generates uses and can radiate radio frequency energy and if not installed and used in accordance with the instruction manual may cause harmful interference to radio communications Operation of this equipment in a residential area is likely to cause harmful interference in which case the user is required to correct the interference at his own expense The end user of this product should be aware that any changes or modifications made to this equipment without the approval of LeCroy could result in the product not meeting the Class A limits in which case the FCC could void the user s authority to operate the equipment EU Conformance Statement This equipment complies with the EMC Directive 89 336 EEC and the Low Voltage Directive 73 23 EEC and their associated amendments for Class A Information Technology Equipment It has been tested and found to comply with EN55022 1998 Class A EN61000 3 2 1998 EN61000 3 3 1995 and EN55024 1998 EN61000 4 2 1998 EN61000 4 3 1996 EN61000 4 4 1996 EN61000 4 5 1996 EN61000 4 6 1997 EN61000 4 11 1998 and EN60950 1999 In a domestic environment this product may cause r
326. r LED for UPAS Lights when unit power is switched on e Red Status indicator LED for UPAS Lights during boot up LEDs and Button on the UPAS under the Left Module Slot The LEDs and button on the UPAS enclosure under the left module slot function in conjunction with the USB Tracer module inserted above it e Green REC Recording LED Lights when the unit is recording e Orange TRG Triggered LED Lights when the unit triggers on an event e Green UPLD Upload Lights when unit is uploading data to PC e Manual Trigger push button Allows a manual Trace capture LEDs and Button on the UPAS under the Right Module Slot The LEDs and button under the right module slot are reserved for LeCroy generator modules such as the USB Trainer USB Traffic Generator described in Traffic Generation 2 0 on page 293 e Green HS Illuminates when Hi Speed is being generated e Orange Classic Illuminates when Full or Low Speed is being generated Classic also illuminates during power on testing and is turned off at the end of the power on cycle If the LED blinks at the end of this cycle the hardware is faulty e Green Intelliframe lluminates when Intelliframe traffic is being generated using Intelliframe mode an intelligent adaptive traffic mode If off the generation is in Bitstream mode See Traffic Generation Modes Bitstream vs Intelliframe on page 307 for more information e Start Stop Push button allows manual Trace capture
327. r Manual Mouse or Keyboard Action Cii Shift 2 Cii Shift 3 Shit M Shift 2 Shift 1 Shit 0 Shi Shit F Shit I Shit O Shit L Shit Y Shit N Shift A Shit P Shit G Shit X Shit R Shit D Cii Shit 0 Cid Shit 1 Shi C Shit J Shit K Shit 5 Shit H Shit Ciri A Shit Cid B Shift Q Shift T Shit 6 Shit Z Shift 7 Shift U Shit V Clase LeCroy Corporation USB Protocol Suite User Manual Chapter 4 Software Overview paeShortcuts ist eee x Search EXT Search DATAx Search Channel 0 Search Channel 1 Search Chirp Search FS J Search FS K Search KeepAlive Search OTG HNP Search OTG HOST A Search OTG HOST B Search OTG SRP Search RESET Search RESUME Search SEO Search SE1 Search SUSPEND Search VBUS VOLTAGE CHANGE Decode Levels Desired Function Enable Disable SCSI decodings Miscellaneous Desired Function Hide Chirp Hide SOF Traffic Generate Assign request LeCroy Corporation Shit R Shift D Ctrl Shift 0 Ctrl Shift 1 Shift C Shift J Shift K Shift 5 Shit H Shift Crd A Shit Ctrl B Shift Q Shift T Shift 6 Shift Z Shift 7 Shift U Shift V Cai 1 Cri 2 Cal 3 Chl 4 Coit 5 Cri 6 Coi 7 Cti Shift C Cid Shit N Cid Shit 5 Cid Shi G Cti Shit Y Close Mouse or Keyboard Action Mouse or Keyboard Action 93 Chapter 4
328. r devices when it is generating traffic e Bitstream Mode In Bitstream Mode the generator constructs a bitstream of traffic based on the UTG file and assumes that packets start at pre calculated times For example after an IN packet the generator waits a calculated fixed time before pre senting an ACK The time between them is determined by the idle time statement in between the IN and ACK packets in the utg file In this mode every bit time of a generation stream including idles and SEO s is represented by 4 bits of data so the file to be downloaded to the Generator can be very large e IntelliFrame Mode In IntelliFrame mode the generator can wait for Device responses to complete before it continues generating more host packets For exam ple after issuing an IN the generator looks for the DATAx packet issued by the device to finish and then issues an ACK This way the data length can vary and does not need to be pre calculated Also using the idle TO_EOF statement allows the generator to calculate where the end of the frame occurs so that a subsequent frame AUTO statement creates a Start of Frame at the correct time Moreover the Generator can be made to retry transactions that are NAKed automatically and to use the PING protocol where appropriate Retries can be made to occur within the same frame or in the next frame For further information on the flexible behavior that can be instituted during the generation see the syntax de
329. r or a field name Set After the set command enter a setting and its value Trace_B Enter a message Trace Enter a message DeviceEnumerationlnit snpt Text snippet for device enumeration 331 Chapter 12 Traffic Generation 3 0 Exerciser USB Protocol Suite User Manual 332 Note Inthe syntax for Text Snippets the and stand for comment marks Do not use either the or when you enter a parameter For example in Send packet template name the entry might look like this Send Name1 Script Scenario 27 Send packet template name delay override j 2 SendF ile file pathy dewice_addr endpoine d delay ys Start seg mim 3 payload_size f stream idt route_string 4TxSleep if interval gSetLinkState link state 6 Loop i counter j 7 StarctRecording i trecording options trace_ files keep ola trace lt 5 StopRecording i yait for trace force stop recording g Triggeranalyzer i 1ofort i O i lt 10 i 11i 12i place your code here 13i 14 Call f Procedure parameters j ifipkt size template igpttn size i ate pattern 17Fld size field_name igSet i taet setting value igTrace Bi message j 20 Trace message 2 li Note For information about each command see the Voyager USB 3 0 Exerciser Generation Script Language Reference Manual 12 6 13 Views
330. r software e Self diagnoses at power on e Has a 36 month warranty and hot line customer support LeCroy Corporation 17 Chapter 1 Overview USB Protocol Suite User Manual Physical Components High impedance tap Inserts non intrusively in any branch of a USB system 128 MB of physical data recording memory Two recording channels one for High Speed traffic and one for Classic Speed traffic either Low Speed or Full Speed Secondary recording channel for development of multiple speed functions up stream and down stream of a speed matching hub or transaction translator Convenient Detach Device switch operates with the Classic recording channel to save time and reduce USB cable connector wear for multiple connects and disconnects to host Full speed USB connection to desktop or portable host PC Internal wide range AC power supply Breakout board included Recording Options 18 Triggering on all USB2 0 PIDS and special tokens such as ERR SPLIT PING NYET DATA2 and MDATA CATC Trace display and enumeration of USB2 0 Micro Frames Three forms of triggering Snapshot Manual and Event High Full and Low speed traffic capture Adjustable buffer size from 0 1 MB to 128 MB Versatile triggering bit wise value and mask data patterns up to sixteen bytes wide for Setup transactions and data packets Triggering on multiple error conditions PID bad bit stuffing bad CRC bad end of packet bad babble activity loss f
331. raceEvent 0096 Level O Channel Event USB BUS CONDITION USB Bus Condition CHIRP EF duration ns TraceEvent 0097 Level O Channel Event USBe BUS CONDITION USB zZz Bus Condition CHIRP J duration ne TraceEvent 0098 Level 0O Channel Event USB2 BUS CONDITION USB Bus Condition CHIRP EF duration ns TraceEvent 0099 Level O Channel Event USBe BUS CONDITION USB Bus Condition CHIRP J duration ns TraceEvent O100 Level O Channel Event USB2 BUS CONDITION USB Bus Condition CHIRP EF duration ns Ef Expand Log ey Save Output ae Settings Done LeCroy Corporation 229 Chapter 9 Reports USB Protocol Suite User Manual Step 3 Right clicking in the script list displays some additional operations over selected scripts rh Run verification scriptis Edit script i New script Show Grid Show Description windiow Show Output Settings Run verification script s Start running selected script s Edit script Edit selected scripts in the editor application specified in Editor settings New script Create a new script file using the template specified in Editor settings Show Grid Show hide a grid in the verification script list Show Description window Show hide the script description window Shortcut key F2 Show Output Show hide the script output windows Shortcut key F3 Settings Open a special Setting dialog to specify different settin
332. rame length violation time out or turn around violation and data toggle violation Transaction sequencer Allows triggering on a token qualified by a data pattern and or specific handshake or can filter transactions Advanced triggering with event counting and sequencing Dedicated trigger for recording input and output that is used to interface to external test equipment Real time traffic capture filtering and data packet truncation variable up to 245 bytes LeCroy Corporation USB Protocol Suite User Manual Chapter 1 Overview LeCroy Corporation Display Options e Uses the CATC Trace graphical display of bus packets transactions split transactions and transfers e Has a Trace Viewer backward compatible with Chief Inspector and Detective trace files e Indicates trigger position by different pre trigger and post trigger colors e Set markers to assist with navigation and time calculations Each marker can contain unique comments e Hides start of frame SOF packets and any packet or transaction e Search for a specific PID e Change bit order for all fields except Data Length Time and Packet MSB gt LSB or LSB gt MSB e Detects and alerts you to every potential bus error and protocol violation and their combinations e Has high resolution accurate time stamping of bus packets and timing measurement and analysis functions e Has search and packet hiding capabilities e Allows comprehensive devic
333. raphical Scenario window 338 Graphical toolbar 343 380 USB Protocol Suite User Manual graphs displaying multiple 236 Graph Areas menu 207 green comments 329 green LED 34 41 Grid Lines option 205 Grid on Top option 205 ground pins 38 45 H hardware filtering 12 header packet type 151 Help command 329 Help menu 75 327 Hi Speed recordings 254 HID dec file 172 Hide buttons 211 Hide Downstream Packets 121 Hide Electrical Idles 121 Hide Inter Packet Symbols 121 Hide ISO Time Stamp Packets 121 Hide LFPS Packets 122 Hide Link Commands Flow Control 120 Hide Link Commands other than Flow Control 121 Hide Link Training Sequences 121 Hide LMP Packets 121 Hide Logical Idle Packets 121 Hide option 235 Hide Skip Sequences 121 Hide Upstream Packets 121 hiding chirps 120 devices 120 display options 166 Idles 211 levels 167 168 NAKs 120 SOF packets 120 toolbars 83 Hierarchy Lines option 160 High Speed port 41 High Full or Low Speed packets 167 highlighting 329 High Speed traffic 9 Hi Speed indicator 34 Hi Speed traffic 16 HNP 148 LeCroy Corporation USB Protocol Suite User Manual Host field 175 Host Negotiation Protocol 148 Host option 148 Host Wire Adapter dec file 174 Host Wire Adapter Segment View 130 Host Wire Adapter Transfer View 131 hosts Host Negotiation Protocol 148 with a B plug 148 with an A plug 148 hot keys 91 HS LED 34 Hub dec file 172 humidity 44 HUT dec file 172 HWA address field 1
334. ration Only integer Indicates the number of microseconds of K driven onto the bus Assign a positive integer to this key For a proper resume sequence this should be followed by the condition reset LS_EOP speed LOW wait_resume HERE Host Generation Only Place this immediately before a resume lt gt statement to implement a device resume also known as Remote Wakeup This causes the host to wait for the device to issue the Resume K condition before the Host proceeds with its own Resume signalling This statement MUST be followed by the resume lt gt statement chirp HERE Used to create a chirp sequence for a High Speed generation ae Usage chirp HERE wait_vbus VALID Device Emulation Only O waves OO termination HERE Device Emulation Only E seemanne wait_termination HERE Host Emulation Only Only for Voyager Wait until Device Speed terminations are seen before proceeding LeCroy Corporation 319 Chapter 11 Traffic Generation 2 0 320 USB Protocol Suite User Manual Keys for Packet Fields Used to cause a low speed packet on a full speed branch The only legal value is speed LOW hub_addr 7 bits 0 127 Host Generation Only ae pee Assign a value for the hub_address field of a SPLIT packet 7 bits 0 127 Host Generation Only PR SOTE kes avalue or pon edota SPLIT pacet data AB CD Assign data bytes for the data field Use the following syntax data 12 34 56 78 90 AB CD EF DC 13 40 78 11 CA
335. rciser in Device Emulation mode automatically waits for ERDY and then retries packet e Upon RX of Stream Transfer with out of order data packets Exerciser sends ACK TP with correct Stream ID and SEQ number Note For more information on the theory of operation of the Transaction Engine and the use of the Scripting language consult the Voyager USB 3 0 Exerciser Generation Script Language Reference Manual 12 3 Exerciser Files The system generates USB 3 0 traffic from traffic generation files usb3g which are text based script files that instruct the Exerciser how to generate USB 3 0 traffic These script files can be edited with either a simple text editor such as Notepad or with the Script Editor utility provided by the application 12 4 Creating Exerciser Files If you choose to write a script with a text editor a good way to start is to edit a sample generation file such as MassStorageEnumeration USB3g SampleEnumHostTx usb3g or SampleMassStorageHostTx usb3g in the directory C Program Files LeCroy USB Protocol Suite SampleFiles 3 0 You can open a generation file with Notepad or other editor and then add or remove text as needed LeCroy Corporation 325 Chapter 12 Traffic Generation 3 0 Exerciser USB Protocol Suite User Manual 12 5 Exerciser Window 326 Click the USB 3 0 Exerciser Use 3 0 Exerciser button to open the USB 3 0 Protocol Exerciser window 12 5 1 Exerciser Menus The Exerciser menus are Men
336. re filtering external signal monitoring and event counting and sequencing The BusEngine program and the Serdes BusEngine program and the Firmware that manages the internal microcontroller are fully field upgradeable Within a new software release it may be necessary to update the Analyzer s BusEngine and Serdes BusEngine hardware for proper operation The Readme file lets you know if this is necessary 13 3 2 Updating the Firmware Within a new software release it may also be necessary to update the Analyzer s firmware for proper operation The Readme file informs you if this is necessary 13 3 3 Automatic Updates When the USB Protocol Suite software is upgraded the software may become incompatible with the BusEngine Serdes BusEngine and or Firmware The next time you connect to the analyzer the application will prompt you if any of the components needs to be updated Follow the on screen instructions to complete the update 365 Chapter 13 Updates USB Protocol Suite User Manual 13 3 4 Manual Updates to Firmware BusEngine and Serdes BusEngine You can manually update the Firmware BusEngine and or Serdes BusEngine by performing the following steps Step 1 Select Setup gt Update Device on the Menu Bar to display the Update Device dialog Update Voyager N 62170 Dev Name Voyager SN 61 Voyager SN 6 1 Voyager SN 61 Voyager SN 61 Step 2 Step 3 Note Status File Name DG p_i So
337. retry behavior Syntax example ping_on_retry TRUE 315 Chapter 11 Traffic Generation 2 0 316 USB Protocol Suite User Manual Kay Code E Host Generation Only If TRUE the Exerciser automatically generates PINGs and retries after receiving a NYET instead of the expected_pid This feature is only used if the expected_pid is an ACK PINGs are retried until an ACK is received When the PING is ACKed the Exerciser generates a new frame before continuing with the Gen File If FALSE the Exerciser continues as if an ACK occurred This statement can also be used in conjunction with any pid xxx statement in the utg file This can be done to override the configured or default retry behavior Syntax example ping_after_nyet TRUE LeCroy Corporation USB Protocol Suite User Manual Chapter 11 Traffic Generation 2 0 Key Code Packet Starting Keys 8 bits 0 OxFF or pid string expected _ pid pid string device_pid pid string LeCroy Corporation Host Generation Only Use this as the first key of most packets sent by the Host Exception Use frame for SOF packets The key should be assigned to a valid packet identifier string per the USB specification SETUP IN OUT DATAO DATA1 ACK PRE PING SPLIT DATA2 MDATA EXT or LPM Optionally you may assign this key a raw eight bit value to force an error condition Warning If you specify PID 0xNN you must use raw_data to spe
338. river in the Windows 7 Device Manager of your PDK For Polarity Inversion Downstream and or Upstream select On Off or Auto For Simple Filters you can Filter Out Logical Idles and SKPs Filter Out LUP LDN or Filter Out ITP Truncate Data Fields Truncate the data fields in a Data payload Packet to the length specified in the pull down selection Note Truncating the payload will allow for more packets to fit in a trace but it has the potential to prevent accurate decoding to higher layers transfers SCSI etc 262 LeCroy Corporation USB Protocol Suite User Manual Chapter 10 Recording Options 10 5 Recording Rules Actions and Action Properties LeCroy Corporation Note For both USB 2 0 and USB 3 0 The Actions are Start recording Filter In Include in the trace file the event specified and no others Filter Out Exclude from the trace file the event specified Advance the Sequence Go to the next state in this sequence sequence in which this action is located Opens the Event Properties dialog box Action Properties of the Error Event Errors Eror ctions x a Internal Triggering iY Trigger Analyzer Label Errors Sequencing Advance Sequence f Restart Sequence Restart Al i None External Triggering Pulse High Channels o Pulse ere Filtering Toggle Level T Court 2 None Set External Trigger Filter In Filter Out None Desc A
339. rmat but is output on the wire in LSB to MSB format Assign the string OFF to disable bit stuffing within the current packet The default value is ON Assign an integer from 1 to 40 to represent the sync field The integer is the number of zeros transmitted before the one For Low and Full Speed files the default value is 7 to give a sync of 00000001 For High Speed files the default value is 31 resulting in a sync of 00000000000000000000000000000001 Host Generation Only These four keys may be applied to individual packets to override the behavior in a given instance Normally they are used in the config_endpoint statement See their descriptions in the Endpoint Configuration section earlier These keys are populated into the utg script file automatically whenever the menu command File gt Export to utg file is run These keys do not need to be edited sipod sd_vend sd_bm_req_type sd_interface sd_host_id sd_class_ code sd_subclass sd_ protocol sd_end_ sd 322 LeCroy Corporation USB Protocol Suite User Manual Chapter 12 Traffic Generation 3 0 Exerciser Chapter 12 Traffic Generation 3 0 Exerciser The USB 3 0 Exerciser allows you to generate USB 3 0 traffic and test designs under realistic conditions Traffic Generation can also transmit known bad packets providing an opportunity for engineers to observe how a device handles specific adverse conditions Note For traffic generati
340. rmination Packets Time stamped when termination is detected by Analyzer 5 1 2 Packet Direction The Packet Direction field displays the direction the packet or signal was traveling on the a te bus Downstream from a Host Hy or Upstream from a Device In most cases direction can be determined unambiguously However some signals and situations including protocol errors cannot be determined with high confidence since either Host or Device might be responsible for them Such cases are marked as J Question Marks in the trace Rather than mis identifying the signal the software requires you to determine direction or note an error condition which experience has shown is rare In most cases you can assume the direction based on the sequence of events that occurred LeCroy Corporation USB Protocol Suite User Manual Chapter 5 Reading a Trace 5 2 Markers This section explains the features of Markers A marker is an entity that flags a physical or logical item of interest within a trace file A marker contains one or more attachments You can add a marker to a trace file or unmark a trace file by removing the marker Markers are represented graphically in a different way in the application You can not only add markers to the packets but it is granular enabling you to also add markers to individual cells 5 2 1 Markers Overview This functionality provides the user an easy way to navigate through attachments which is a discr
341. rol Model Communication 02h Oth Abstract Control Model Communication 02h 02h Telephone Control Model Communication 02h O3h Multi Channel Control Model Communication 02h 04h CAPI Control Model Communication 02h 05h Ethernet Networking Control Model Communication 02h O6h ATM Networking Control Model Communication 02h O7h Wireless Handset Control Model Communication 02h O8h Device Management Model Communication 02h O9h Mobile Direct Line Model Communication 02h OAh OBEX Model Communication 02h OBh Communication Device Subclass EEM Communication 02h OCh Communications CommRequests dec Communications Comminterrupt dec Communications CommCDCEEM dec LeCroy Corporation 171 Chapter 8 Decode Requests USB Protocol Suite User Manual USB Decode USB USB IF Codes Decoder Proto Name Base Sub col Class Class ID HID Human Interface Device HID 03h HUT HID extension HID Extension Monitor HID extension HID Extension Physical Interface HID Extension force feedback extension to HID Point of Sale Devices HID extension HID Extension Power HID extension HID Extension Hid hid dec Hid Hid_ Req dec Physical HID 05h Hid hid dec Hid Hid Req dec Still Imaging Class PTP 06h 01h 01h StilllmageClass PTPStilllmageBulkIn dec Still Image StilllmageClass PTPStilllmageBulkOut dec StilllmageClass PTPStilllmageRequests dec StilllmageClass PTPStilllnterrupt dec Printer Printer 07h Oth xxh Printer Printer_req dec Mass Storage Mass Storag
342. rom a device address and endpoint Searches for a specific PID Detects and alerts you to every potential bus error and protocol violation and their combinations Has high resolution accurate time stamping of bus packets and timing measurement and analysis functions Allows search and packet hiding Allows device class decoding and user defined protocol decoding Has a Data View 2 0 and 3 0 Uses Link Tracker to view symbols of traffic 3 0 Uses a Spec View to show packets in the same format as the USB 3 0 specification 3 0 Has Quick Timing Markers to immediately show time deltas and bandwidth use 1 2 3 Hi Speed Slow Clock Trace and generate High Speed traffic at fractional slow clock rate capability 2 0 Chapter 1 Overview USB Protocol Suite User Manual 1 2 4 Traffic Generation USB 2 0 and 3 0 traffic generation options allow you to transmit custom packets over standard USB cables with low level control of headers payloads timing and link states The Exerciser can play back trace files bit for bit allowing validation engineers to recreate problems reported in the field or test specific functionality To build generation script files you can edit example test scenarios or export any traffic stream from a previously recorded trace The Voyager Exerciser includes a Generation Script Editor A script pre processor allows you to organize script code and create reusable generation blocks For USB 3 0 applica
343. rom a personal computer USB port across a USB connection CATC USB Trace Universal Serial Bus Host Connection Windows PC Host Computer AC Power USBTracer Module Non Intrusive Taps USB Bus Under Analysis Figure 1 6 System Setup USB Tracer provides on the fly detection of and triggering on events such as Tokens and Errors Whether recording manually or with a specified trigger condition USB Tracer continuously records the link data in a wrap around fashion until manually stopped or until the system detects a Trigger Event and records the specified post trigger amount of link data Upon detection of a triggering event the Analyzer continues to record data up to a point specified by the user You can individually enable or disable real time detection of events to allow triggering on events as they happen including predefined exception or error conditions and user defined sets of trigger events An externally supplied signal can trigger the Analyzer An external DB 25 connector provides a path for externally supplied data or timing data to be recorded along with traffic The DB 25 connector also provides a path for USB Tracer to transmit externally the software trigger signal or a user defined event for probing or use by other circuitry Search functions allow the software to identify and highlight specific events In addition to immediate analysis you can print any part of the data You can save the data
344. roy Technical Support at 800 909 7112 or via email at psgsupport lecroy com You may also refer to the LeCroy website at http www lecroy com for more information on how to contact an authorized representative in your region If warranty service is required LeCroy or its authorized representative will issue a Return Material Authorization Number You must ship the Product back to LeCroy or its authorized representative in its original or equivalent packaging prepay shipping charges and insure the shipment or accept the risk of loss or damage during shipment LeCroy must receive the Product prior to expiration of the Warranty Period for the repair s to be covered LeCroy or its authorized representative will thereafter ship the repaired or replacement Product to you freight prepaid by LeCroy if you are located in the continental United States Shipments made outside the continental United States will be sent freight collect Please remove any peripheral accessories or parts before you ship the Product LeCroy does not accept liability for lost or damaged peripheral accessories data or software LeCroy owns all parts removed from Products it repairs LeCroy may use new and or reconditioned parts at its sole discretion made by various manufacturers in performing warranty repairs If LeCroy repairs or replaces a Product the Warranty Period for the Product is not extended If LeCroy evaluates and determines there is no trouble found in any Prod
345. s Note To exclude certain Frames From being exported hide them From the trace view First then invoke this dialog to perform the export From Frame i To Frame 450397 Channel srx gt Reset Range ta Whole Trace Save exported data in File C Program FilesiLecroy U55 Suite Fresco_Logic_xHCI_Ho Browse G3 Start Export Step 3 Enter the first frame number in the From Frame field Step 4 Enter the last frame number in the To Frame field You can Reset Range to Whole Trace Step 5 Select the Channel SS Rx Exports device TX packets SS Tx Exports host TX packets Step 6 Enter the file path for the file in which to save the exported data Step 7 Click the Start Export button to begin export Step 8 After exporting finishes click Close to close the dialog LeCroy Corporation 345 Chapter 12 Traffic Generation 3 0 Exerciser USB Protocol Suite User Manual 12 11 USB 3 0 Electrical Test Modes 346 In the Electrical Test window you can use Loopback mode and Compliance mode To access the Electrical Test window you must connect to the Voyager system 12 11 1 Loopback Mode The Voyager USB 3 0 Electrical Test window supports entry to the Polling Loopback substate For receiver testing the device under test loopback slave is placed in a special test mode and echoes back a predefined loopback pattern The Voyager system can initiate this special mode loopback master and generate the basic
346. s The Advance Sequence option is not currently available for USB 3 0 recording rules LeCroy Corporation USB Protocol Suite User Manual Chapter 10 Recording Options 10 7 8 Events and Event Properties for USB 3 0 Recording rules are associations between events and actions These associations determine how trace recording occurs The supported events for USB 3 0 are e Packet Type e Link Management Packets e Transaction Packets e Data Packet Header e lIsoch Timestamp Packets e Data Packet DP for software version 3 71 and higher e Data Packet DPH DPP for software version 3 70 and lower e All Link Commands e Link Command Flow Control e LGOOD_0 through LGOOD_7 and LGOOD_n LBAD e LCRD_A through LCRD_D and LCRD x LRTY e Link Command Link State e LGO_ U1 LGO U2 LGO U3 e LAU e LXU e LMPA e LUP e LDN e LFPS e Polling e Ping e Warm Reset e U1 Exit e U2 Loopback Exit e U3 Wakeup e All e Training Sequences e TS1 e TS2 e TSEQ LeCroy Corporation 283 Chapter 10 Recording Options e Header Pattern e Link Management Packet e Set Link Function e U2 inact Tmt e Vndr Dev Test e Port Capability e Port Config e Port Cfg Rsp e Transaction Packet e ACK e NRDY e ERDY e STATUS e STALL e DEV_NOTIFICATION e PING e PING RESPONSE e HOST NOTIFICATION e Data Packet Header e lsoch Timestamp Packet e Timer e External Trigger In Voyager e External SMA BNC Trig In Global e SCSI e Primary
347. s click the Send 1 Ping button once for each advance to the next pattern The following photos show the appearance of the signals for each CP pattern as captured by a LeCroy oscilloscope Use these photos as guides to verify that you are seeing expected patterns LeCroy i o i i oji Pfr ga fi gE i ja i f 0 a me GR pop dg pepe tis fa fs aes ye re Tl ers a oe 2 4 3 es of ie wt Fi Ate more 6b ot 1 o 8 po n f f po eet sor hia 2 2 Ss 25s Ae 4 Pais ee tL be EEE ENE e a a 8 a i 1 I i m 1 I 1 I I f I Sd iji ae a ae fc se 4F 4 ya Wet se oo a og le ae Se r 3 Doo eoi oi a 1 ete 4a 2 Sls of oto ee ee 4 ee A i 3 H 0 Li ee 2 i no q i 1 oo F T i i ee O pro br T t i a pi otf ce ft di i i i if st i e aa i i l i 1 p i a Measure Pt ehght Eye P2 ewdth Eye P3 eampl Eye P4 bitrate F1 PS5 ampl C2 P6 ampl C3 P7 P8 P9 P10 P11 P12 value 589 5 mV 125 8 ps 799 4mV 4 9968 Gbit s 502 58 mV 347 52 mV status S md f R a a7 Pass Fail Q1 True Q2 False Q3 True Q4 True Q5 True Q6 Q7 Q8 P1 gt 200mV P2 gt 140ps P3 gt 300mV P52100mV P62100mV P6 lt 0 P7 lt 0 P8 lt 0 Q1 amp Q2 amp Q3 amp Q4 amp Q5 False Passed 0 Of 4 sweeps imebase 40 ps Triggoer WME 1 00 ns div Auto 0 mV 400S 40 GS s Edge Positive Typical CP1 Pattern LeCroy i i g i po 1 I j i i i i H f j i i i j i i i t 4 f o A ee ee i Fm GF D
348. s PID Typess Format Bit Order MSE to LSB LSB to MSE 0 Hexadecimal C Decimal f Binary Hiding f ASC Paul Hidden If available select Bit Order in the Format section The options are MSB to LSB or LSB to MSB 165 Chapter 7 Display Options USB Protocol Suite User Manual 7 2 3 Hiding Display Options By default no data is hidden You can hide any group of data and any type of data You can hide transactions SOFs NAKs High Full or Low Speed packets traffic from one or both recording channels and Addresses and Endpoints To hide one or more fields select the Group and Data type in the Group and Color column then click the Hidden checkbox in the display or the Hidden checkbox in the Hidden section of the Format section 166 LeCroy Corporation USB Protocol Suite User Manual Chapter 7 Display Options 7 3 USB 2 0 Packet Hiding Options By default no data packets transactions or bus conditions are hidden You can hide e Start of Frame packets e NAK ed transactions e Chirp Bus conditions e SEO Bus conditions e High Full or Low Speed packets e Channel 0 or Channel 1 packets You can allow any toggle value after bus reset Int and Bulk Endpoints Depending on the device after Bus Reset the endpoint toggle state might or might not be reset Selecting this option prevents display of a toggle violation error You can have 2 stage SOF hiding You can display all SOFs hide all SOFs or hide empt
349. s version of this file using the default file name data usb You can also create a file name by specifying one in the Recording Options dialog box To abort the upload process e Press Esc on the keyboard OR e Again click in the Tool Bar You are asked if you want to keep or discard the partially uploaded data Note While uploading is in progress clicking the Stop button again opens a dialog that allows you to do a partial upload flush the current file Keep what has uploaded at this point or to continue uploading The Partial Upload button enables when you have partially uploaded data When you click Partial Upload a dialog box displays options on what portion of data you want to upload again Select new upload range within the recorded buffer 0 0 3 From OOF to 03 Total upload 0 3 MB Full buffer Abort Upload Select an option Stop but preserve existing Uploaded data Continue as if Abort not initiated Flush data and cancel trace completely EE LeCroy Corporation USB Protocol Suite User Manual Chapter 4 Software Overview When the data is saved the Recorded Data file appears in the main display window and the Recording Status window clears e Ifthe recording resulted from a Trigger Event the first packet following the trigger or the packet that caused the trigger is initially positioned second from the top of the display e Ifthe recording did not result from a Trigger Event the displ
350. scillator has 2 5 ppm accuracy 1 1 3 CrossSync Control Panel Voyager Advisor T3 The LeCroy CrossSync control panel provides synchronization for complete end to end visibility into multi protocol systems CrossSync is LeCroy s analyzer synchronization solution that enables time aligned display of protocol traffic from multiple daisy chained analyzers showing packet traffic from multiple high speed serial busses A lightweight software control panel allows users to select analyzers for synchronization and manage the recording process Captured traffic is displayed using the latest analyzer software in separate windows with all the protocol specific search and reporting features Captured packets are displayed in separate windows that share a common time scale Navigating the traffic in either direction will scroll to the same timestamp in a synchronized window When using the CrossSync option users can access the full complement of analysis capabilities available within the individual LeCroy software Search reporting and decoding all operate normally This feature is available with the LeCroy USB Protocol Suite application 1 1 4 Comprehensive Error Detection and Analysis The system detects and alerts you to every potential bus error and protocol violation and their combinations The Analyzer BusEngine circuitry performs real time triggering on multiple error conditions such as PID bad bit stuffing bad header or data CRC bad
351. scriptions for the genera tion files here An additional advantage of the IntelliFrame mode is that it creates an image in the Generator s memory that is MUCH smaller than that of the Bitstream mode so it downloads much faster Note Device emulation only works in Intelliframe mode Note In IntelliFrame mode the hardware generates SOFs and Pings so these cannot be altered force CRC value explicit frame number and so on If you want to explicitly corrupt or manage these PID types you must use Bitstream mode 11 6 Starting Traffic Generation To start traffic generation click g on the Tool Bar 11 7 Repeating a Generation Session If you wish to repeat a generation session press the Traffic Generation Start Stop g button again There is no need to reload the utg file ry You can make an additional entry in a Generator Text File that allows you to specify a portion of the file for repetition e Enter wrap here in the Generator Text File The traffic above the entry is run only once The traffic below the entry is repeated continuously Note For a usage example see the sample file FS Enum_Break_Wrap_Sample utg 11 8 Stop Traffic Generation To instruct the Analyzer to halt traffic generation e Click on the Tool Bar LeCroy Corporation 307 Chapter 11 Traffic Generation 2 0 USB Protocol Suite User Manual 11 9 Device Emulation 308 Device Emulation is a licensed option that allows the system to generate de
352. seg Trace No Keep VBus On OFF oi M3iVBus Capture Off Options Name Default Trace Filename C Program Files LeCroy I Capture Raw Data Disabled Misc USB 2 0 oO USB 2 0 Capture Enabled 2 On The Go SRP No Ch 0 Trace Speed Auto Detect e Slow Clock No f Gen Memory Disabled USB 3 0 Capture Disabled a T Max Disk Usage Fj v ee Bren rents TY ET GAG size LAS m a a a a a a a nananana a iy m f ez e Record for m m Record HB T 4 Ss e Until Triggered plus e Until Triggered plus HB The Summary tab provides an easy to read summary of the currently selected options 292 LeCroy Corporation USB Protocol Suite User Manual Chapter 11 Traffic Generation 2 0 Chapter 11 Traffic Generation 2 0 USB 2 0 Traffic Generation allows you to generate USB 2 0 traffic and test designs under realistic conditions Traffic Generation can also transmit known bad packets providing an opportunity for engineers to observe how a device handles specific adverse conditions Note For traffic generation for USB 3 0 see Traffic Generation 3 0 Exerciser on page 323 11 1 Connecting to the Exerciser Generator LeCroy Corporation The following sections illustrate how to connect to the USB Tracer Trainer or to the Voyager For USB 2 you need to plug into the Exerciser ports and loop through the Analyzer ports 11 1 1 Connecting to USBTracer Train
353. sequence e Responds to SS Inactive with RX Detect e Power Management Link Commands e Responds to LGO_Un with LAU e Responds to LAU with LMPA 10 LeCroy Corporation USB Protocol Suite User Manual Chapter 1 Overview Test scripts can customize ReadyLink Emulation Mode to include error scenarios such as e Header LBADs e Invalid link commands e 8B10B CRC Error e Running Disparity Error e Corrupt Link Commands e Corrupt Flow Control Wrong L_CRD_x Wrong L_GOOD_n Drop L_Good_n e Corrupt Header Packet acknowledgement Send LBAD LRTY e Corrupt Packet Framing SHP SDP END At the packet level you can send customized data payloads anywhere within the stream to insert logic errors perform corner case or do stress testing Commands such as the Set ErrWrongLCRD command allow link layer error injection anywhere within the script 1 2 5 Notes on LFPS Signals Voyager Exerciser requires received Ping LFPS signals to be a minimum of 150 nanoseconds to be reliably recognized Voyager Analyzer can recognize Ping LFPS signals above 60 nanoseconds and report their durations to 15 nanoseconds of accuracy LeCroy Corporation 11 Chapter 1 Overview USB Protocol Suite User Manual 1 3 USB Tracer Trainer The LeCroy USB Tracer USB 2 0 Design amp Verification System is the fifth generation product of LeCroy s analysis tools for USB development and testing The USB bus amp protocol Analyzer interfaces
354. served Ground 1 z eon e omas pes ooo e omas oes ooo o omar ppe oo Note Pins 4 and 17 have the same function They allow external signals to be used to cause triggering or recording Pins 3 and 16 are used to transmit output signals 2 10 2 Prototype Rework Area The Breakout Board contains a prototype rework area for making custom circuits for rapid development The area consists of plated through holes 20 columns wide by 27 rows long The top row of holes connects to GND and the bottom row connects to 5 V The remaining holes are not connected Use the rework area to insert custom components and wire wrap their respective signal power and ground pins LeCroy Corporation 39 Chapter 2 General Description USB Protocol Suite User Manual 2 11 Advisor The LeCroy USB Advisor USB 2 0 Protocol Analyzer is a stand alone unit controlled and configured by a portable or desktop PC connected through its USB port The Advisor uses hardware triggering to capture real time events and hardware filtering to preserve memory and find data Recorded data uploads to the attached PC and displays on the CATC Trace graphical user interface as color coded packets that can be searched for specific data errors or other conditions The Analyzer works with any Microsoft Windows XP Windows Vista 32 or Windows Vista 64 desktop or portable PC The Analyzer supports the Universal Serial Bus version 2 0 Please refer to the Uni
355. set All MenuB ar Iw Show Protocol New wWlStandard wWIUSETraner Rename View Level Delete T Show text labels Step 4 Click the Reset All button The toolbar resets to the factory defaults 84 LeCroy Corporation USB Protocol Suite User Manual Chapter 4 Software Overview 4 6 Status Bar The Status Bar is located at the bottom of the main display window SiS Al QuickTiming markers not set Advisor T3 SN 2 Triggered amp Spooling 39 MBytes gaps 0 Activity E ERE Hardware Buffer Ready Term A On B On Search Fwd Depending on the current activity the left side of the bar has segments that indicate the hardware status size activity and buffer Advisor T3 SN 2 Triggered amp Spooling 39 MBytes ia tit gaps 0 Activity B Hardware Buffer The right side of the bar has segments that indicate port status link status and search direction Term A On B On T a Search Fwd 4 6 1 Recording Progress When you begin recording the Status Bar displays an indicator As recording progresses the indicator changes to reflect the recording progress graphically A black vertical line illustrates the location of the Trigger Position that you selected in Recording Options e Pre Trigger progress is in the field to the left of the Trigger Position in the before trigger color specified in the Display Options e When the Trigger Position is reached the indicator wiggles as it waits for the tr
356. sume e If you want the simulated device to take its address from the Traffic Generation utg script file then select Use Address in utg file This option causes the system to read the utg file and assign a Device Address based on the device traffic that it sees in the file Note In this release the Device Emulator does not look at the Set Address in the script so if your host controller is running more than one device it may enumerate your device emulator incorrectly when you begin to generate traffic The solution is to manually assign a device address To manually configure the Device Address select Emulated Device s Hex Address and enter an address or mask Note A mask allows the system to respond to multiple device addresses Step 4 Click OK to close the Recording Options dialog and apply the changes The generation settings take effect as soon as you execute a script LeCroy Corporation USB Protocol Suite User Manual Chapter 11 Traffic Generation 2 0 LeCroy Corporation 11 9 3 Run the Traffic Generation Script File Step 1 Connect the system s port B either Hi Speed or Classic Speed to the Host Step 2 Open the Traffic Generation utg file Step 3 Begin traffic generation by clicking Z l When execution begins the system reads the entire generation file and then parses the generation commands into groups according to their endpoints Each of the parsed groups of commands are then written into dedicated memory s
357. t Triggering on multiple error conditions PID bad bit stuffing bad CRC bad end of packet bad babble activity loss frame length violation time out or turn around violation data toggle violation Token Bus Conditions Data Length and excessive empty frames 2 0 Real time traffic capture filtering and data packet truncation variable up to 256 bytes 2 0 Adjustable buffer size from 0 4 MB to 1 GB or 4 GB Idle filtering 3 0 LeCroy Corporation USB Protocol Suite User Manual Chapter 1 Overview LeCroy Corporation Display Options Utilizes the CATC Trace graphical display of bus packets transactions split transactions and transfers Groups numerous packets and transactions under a single transfer while quickly decoding all essential information Decodes split transactions upstream and downstream of a transaction translator with a special hierarchical view Has reports summarizing key statistics and conditions of interest with the ability to jump to the selected item in the trace display Uses a Trace Viewer that is backward compatible with USB Advisor USB Chief USB Inspector and USB Detective trace files which are converted upon loading Indicates trigger position by different pre trigger and post trigger packet colors Sets markers to assist with navigation and time calculations Each marker can contain unique comments Hides start of frame SOF packets as well as any packet or transaction f
358. t Transaction Transfer 2 000005 142 63 GOTO Marke esas kG a Bees ee teh ee oes 142 6 4 G0 TO USB2 U esc doac ded aod aE oid XS Scho esas 143 6451 Packet IDS PIDS cxa lt 4 ten cvad snd ene aud Saeed 144 GAZ AINY EO ranea Su weet a Sosa dae 5 6 hag awe Be a Sha 144 GASENI ec Gb e ere ee oe hes ae 145 6 4 4 Data Length anaana aaa na 146 64 5 Addr SENAD ursan a a a bee ee ENA 146 6 4 6 Bus Conditions nannaa naaa ce ee 147 6 4 7 Split HubAddr amp Port nananana aana aaa 147 6 4 8 On the Go 2 ees 148 649 Cane is E E EE EEEE ge Sra Ge ace Guy ae ais Rarer eats 148 6 060 1O USBS On eat wd ewes eo eee Hie Sones ee Ae 149 6 5 1 Packet Type 0 00 cc ees 149 0 9 2 SPCCIIC ENOS mn aise he w See were Shed nae ob ee 150 6 5 5 Data Lengins scree sei ot ee ee eee 150 6 5 4 Address and Endpoint 0 0 00 cee eee 151 6 5 5 Header Packet Type nnana naana cee eee 151 6 5 6 Link Command 2 0 0 0 ene 152 6 5 7 LMP SUDWpe ca siia deo ce haee bien dees 152 6 5 8 Transaction Packet Type 0 0000 eee 153 6 6 GO TOSC cn eek BE ee a eee ae a a ee 153 OO TENTO cee cas ate b aoe amp 41S weak eb a a mes we ee ee ee 153 Bal PING corte lee intoiek 2 aires E a ae en eet ae eenced 154 6 7 1 Data Pattern Mask and Match 157 6 6 FING NEX i cira wd eee ested wie eo Awe WE a we ae Se 158 6 9 Search Direction n a a nananana be ed wee edwin woe tes 158 6 10 PIOlOCOll
359. t counters are set to 1 and the Action counter is set to 5 then the Action happens after five occurrences of EITHER Event_1 or Event 2 Number of Analyzer Counters and Timers The Analyzer includes one event counter and one time counter timer If you try to assign more you get a warning Packets You must assign a packet event or logical expression to a counter and or timer Using a Counter To use a counter Step 1 Click an event to display an arrow Step 2 Click a counter This causes the counter to attach itself to the bottom of the event An arrow automatically connects the counter to the Trigger button Note For Timers do NOT use a timer as the first event in a Sequence since this first event will be the start of recording and this is not a precise or predictable point in time from which to start timing Use timers only AFTER the first event Setting a Counter To set a counter Step 1 Open the Recording Rules page select an event and drag it to the Global State or Sequence cell Step 2 Counts can only be set on a per channel basis so press the Up or Down channel buttons to select the channel on which the count is performed Step 3 Right click the selected event and select Add Counter from the menu to open the Properties dialog Step 4 In the text box to the right of the label Count enter a value Make sure the checkbox to the left of the word Count is checked Step 5 Click the X in the top right corner of the
360. t dec Miscellaneous Device Class EFh Interface Association Descriptor Standard EFh 02h Oth SO no decoder method needed Wire Adapter Multifunction Wire Adapter Class EFh 02h 02h Peripheral programming interface Cable Based Association Framework CBAF Requests Association EFh 03h 01h Frameworks Standard StandardRequests dec IEEE IEEECompanies dec Virtual VirtualDATAIn dec Virtual VirtualDATAOut dec Virtual VirtualUARTIn dec Virtual VirtualUARTOut dec AssociationFrameworks WUSB_CableBasedAssociation dec IrDA Bridge IrDA Bridge FEh 02h 00h ATAPI ATAPI 08h 02h 50h IP IP HTTP HTTP Personal Healthcare Devices Personal OFh PersonalHealthcare PersonalHealthcareRequest dec Healthcare PersonalHealthcare PersonalHealthcareDescriptors inc PersonalHealthcare PersonalHealthcareDataBulkIn dec PersonalHealthcare PersonalHealthcareDataBulkOut dec PersonalHealthcare PersonalHealthcareDataBulk inc Content Security Devices Content Security ODh ContentSecurity ContentSecurityRequest dec ContentSecurity ContentSecurityDescriptors inc ContentSecurity ContentSecuritylnterrupt dec 174 LeCroy Corporation USB Protocol Suite User Manual Chapter 8 Decode Requests You can create your own dec file for a Class or Vendor Request For more information on the format of these Script Decoder files and the Script Decoding language read the Script Decoder Manual 8 2 Class Vendor Decoding Options The software will automatically assign decoders based on the e
361. t the LeCroy website Online See Registering Online on page 368 Check for Updates Use the Internet to analyze your system for licensed updates You can set the system to automatically check for updates at application startup in the LeCroy USB Protocol Suite Software Update window See Software Updates on page 362 Shortcut List Displays the Shortcuts List of navigation common search decode levels and miscellaneous mouse mouse and keyboard shortcuts see Mouse and Keyboard Shortcuts on page 91 About Displays version information about the Voyager M3 M3i and the USB Protocol Suite See Software Firmware and BusEngine Revisions on page 361 75 Chapter 4 Software Overview USB Protocol Suite User Manual 76 4 2 1 Exports to CSV CSV files may be created as exports from the contents of 2 0 CATC Trace Packet and Transaction Views 3 0 CATC Trace Packet views and any Spreadsheet view The output is limited to 1 million rows 4 2 1 2 Export Packets to CSV When viewing 2 0 or 3 0 Packets in either the CATC Trace view or the CATC Trace Compressed view selecting Export gt Packets to CSV lt show Packets Transactions Spreadsheet item from the Export gt menu in a graphic gt exports the packets to a csv file in a pre configured format The first row of that csv file shows what each column represents 4 2 1 2 Export Transactions to CSV When viewing 2 0 Packets in either the CATC Trace view or t
362. ter 5 Reading a Trace 5 6 4 Using the Data Field Pop up Menus You can expand or collapse data fields by clicking a data field and selecting Expand Data or Collapse Data from the pop up menu To expand and collapse data using the menu Step 1 Right click Data in the Data packet to expand or collapse to display the Data Field menu lf your Data Trace View is currently expanded you see the Collapse Data command 00 O06 Seep ete View Data Block Collapse Data xpand All Data Fields Collapse All Data Fields Format Color If your Data Trace View is currently collapsed you see the Expand Data command E byt SAE View Data Block k Expand Data Expand All Data Fields Collapse All Data Fields kna Format Color Hide Step 2 Select the Expand Data or Collapse Data menu item The Trace View repositions with the selected packet s in the format that you specified Expand or Collapse All Data Fields To expand or collapse all data fields select Expand All Data Fields or Collapse All Data Fields from the data field pop up menus 117 LeCroy Corporation Chapter 5 Reading a Trace USB Protocol Suite User Manual 5 7 Format Color Hide Fields 118 From the field context menu you can often find Format Color and Hide menu selections E byt SA View Data Block h Expand Data Expand All Data Fields Collapse All Data Fields Format F Color Hid
363. tes 271 List Values option 304 333 LMP Packets 121 LMP Subtype 152 Load command 169 251 288 log error 304 333 Logical Idle Packets 121 381 LeCroy Corporation Index logical objects 132 looping 278 Low Speed indicator 34 LTSSM buttons 225 LTSSM View 225 LV TTL output and input signals 38 Main Display Area 209 264 Main Exerciser toolbar 328 Manual Trigger button 34 41 Manual Trigger recording 247 Manual Trigger switch 44 Map DWA RPipe to Class Vendor Decoding com mand 184 Map Endpoint to Class Vendor Decoding command 178 Markers 99 Adding an Attachment 101 Attachment Types and Visualization 102 Embedded Attachments to a Marker 102 Recording an Audio File 101 Video Files supported 102 markers 19 setting 211 Markers Overview 99 Mass Storage dec file 172 Maximum Disk Usage 249 Media Transfer Protocol 132 memory 18 32 37 recording 44 requirements 250 menus graph areas 207 pull down 70 326 real time statistics 235 view settings 205 Merge Trace Files command 70 290 merging trace files 290 Micro Frames 18 Misc USB 2 0 tab recording options 253 Misc USB 3 0 tab recording options 256 261 MMCx plug connectors for interfacing 30 Mobile Direct Line Model 171 382 USB Protocol Suite User Manual mode Bitstream 307 collapsed 160 device emulation 308 expanded 160 generation 306 Repeat 306 traffic generation 307 modules generator 34 Monitor dec file 172 monitoring statistics 233 Move Event to opti
364. th between collapsed and expanded views LeCroy Corporation USB Protocol Suite User Manual Chapter 5 Reading a Trace 5 30 Switch to Split Transaction View To select Split Transaction View Step 1 Click the ti button on the toolbar The Trace View screen is re drawn to display Split Transactions 7 SplitTrans W wh Data 44 H ajiz 01 00 01 00 O00 O0 og You can also switch to Split Transactions View from the Menu Bar Step 1 Select Display Options under Setup You see the Display Options General window Step 2 Check Split Transaction 5 31 Switch to Transfer View A Transfer is defined in the USB specification as one or more transactions between a software client and its function USB transfers can be one of four kinds Control Interrupt Bulk and Isochronous The system can display all four types The default display mode is Packet View Before you can view decoded transfers you must switch from Packet View or Transaction View to Transfer View To select Transfer View Step 1 Click ER on the toolbar The Trace View screen is re drawn to display Transfers Note Selecting Transfer Level adds a check next to this menu item If you want to return to Packet View open the menu and reselect Transfer Level This action removes the check and returns the display to Packet View You can also switch to Transfer View from the Menu Bar Step 1 Select Display Options under Setup to display the Display Options General w
365. th the following options e Both Displays both X and Y axis gridlines e X Axis Displays X axis gridlines e Y Axis Display Y axis gridlines e None Turns off gridlines e Grid on Top Moves the grid lines above the graph LeCroy Corporation 205 Chapter 9 Reports USB Protocol Suite User Manual e Fonts and Colors Opens a dialog box for setting the colors and fonts used in the graphs view options x Fonts litte Times New Roman fi B z AXIS Background rea 206 LeCroy Corporation USB Protocol Suite User Manual Chapter 9 Reports 9 6 3 Graph Areas Menu The Graph Areas menu allows you to view different information in the Bus Utilization window To view information Step 1 Click the ial button to open the Graph Areas menu For USB 2 0 the display is similar to the following New Packet length Data length Bus Usage gi Bus used Addr 0 amp Bus used Addr 1 Bus used Addr 0 Bus used Addr 1 For USB 3 0 the display is similar to the following USB3 Packet Length USB3 Data Length USB3 Data Throughput Step 2 Select the data you want to appear in the Graph Areas window Step 3 To make a new graph click New LeCroy Corporation 207 Chapter 9 Reports USB Protocol Suite User Manual To change the properties in the Bus Utilizations graph Step 1 In the Graph Area properties dialog box select what you want your graph to display then click OK Gr
366. that are to be tested and cause them to generate USB traffic LeCroy Corporation 65 Chapter 3 Installation USB Protocol Suite User Manual Step 6 Click Record on the Tool Bar The system starts to record the USB traffic immediately After 4 MB of traffic are recorded the Analyzer uploads the data and displays the packets in the trace window Step 7 To terminate recording before the snapshot automatically completes click M on the Tool Bar When the recording session finishes the traffic uploads from the Analyzer to the hard drive on your PC as a file named data usb or the name you assigned as the default filename While the file is uploading you should see a brown progress bar at the bottom of the screen When the bar disappears the data has uploaded to disk Step 8 To save a current recording for future reference select File gt Save As on the Menu Bar OR Click Fi on the Tool Bar to display the standard Save As window Give the recording a unique name and save it to the appropriate directory 66 LeCroy Corporation USB Protocol Suite User Manual Chapter 3 Installation 3 6 1 Trace View Features After the recording terminates the results display e The packet view display uses color and graphics to document captured traffic e Packets are on separate rows with individual fields both labeled and color coded e Packets are numbered sequentially as recorded time stamped with a resolution of 2 ns on 3 0
367. the mode of generation to IntelliFrame Use before Start Generation Mode 2 0 only Bitstream Generation sets the mode of generation to bitstream Use before Start Mode 2 0 only LeCroy Corporation 71 Chapter 4 Software Overview USB Protocol Suite User Manual 72 Allows you to repeat once a specified number of times or an infinite number of times using the Generation Repeat Mode window 2 0 only Repeat Mode File Information Displays information about the recording such as the number of packets and triggering setup See File Information on page 193 Error Summary Summarizes the errors throughout the recording Allows for fast navigation to packets with errors See Error Summary on page 195 White Calculations Calculates timing between two packets and bus utilization See Timing Calculations on page 196 ihn View Shows packet information See Detail View on page 221 Traffic Summary Summarizes the numbers and types of errors packets transactions split transactions and transfers that occurred in the open trace See Traffic Summary on page 200 Bus Utilization Displays graphs of packet length bus usage and bus usage by device See Bus Utilization on page 202 Link Tracker Opens a window for displaying a detailed chronological view of traffic The window provides view and navigation options See Link Tracker 3 0 on page 209 Navigator Allows you to view the location o
368. the same as those on the Action pop up described previously Add Counter Adds a counter to count a specified number of times the event occurs before the analyzer executes the corresponding action Move Event to Moves the selected event to a different position in the Recording Rules window Copy Event to Copies the selected event to a different position in the Recording Rules window Delete This Event Deletes the selected Event Alternatively you can use the Delete button on the toolbar or keyboard to delete events Properties Displays the Event Properties dialog for the selected event LeCroy Corporation USB Protocol Suite User Manual Chapter 10 Recording Options LeCroy Corporation 10 6 7 Events and Event Properties for USB 2 0 Recording rules are associations between events and actions These associations determine how trace recording occurs For Voyager the supported events for USB 2 0 are Packet Identifier Token Pattern SOF Pattern Device Request Data Pattern Bus Condition Errors Transaction Data Length Split External Trigger In see Notes on External Trigger In below For Tracer Trainer the supported events for USB 2 0 are Packet Identifier Token Pattern SOF Pattern Device Request Data Pattern Bus Condition Errors External Input Signal UPAS 2500 see Notes on External Trigger In below Note External input triggers only work on Channel 0 on the USB Tracer Trainer Transaction Data Len
369. tion 236 Data Pattern Mask and Match 157 275 Data Payload Throughput option 236 Data View command 199 Data View window 199 data usb file 86 DB 25 connector 13 34 Decode decoding options 175 decode class request 188 endpoint 178 189 endpoint DWA RPipes 185 endpoint RPipes 183 general options for requests 186 hub status 189 layout 190 protocol specific fields 130 request recipient 175 Request RPipe 182 184 requests 186 187 standard request 187 vendor requests 188 Decode Request command 188 Decode as Endp command 189 Decode Standard Request command 187 decoded transactions viewing 125 decoded transfers 128 decoder files 171 decoding assigning 175 refresh 186 defining packet fields 311 Delay Time 308 Delete button 272 Delete selected item button 339 Delete This Event option 272 deleting events 272 delimiters 219 Descrambling 256 261 description 12 product 40 Detach Device button 41 377 Index Detach Device switch 18 44 Detail View window 221 detailed installation 33 device emulation 307 308 Device Emulation mode 308 Device Information 340 Device IP Settings dialog 59 Device Management Model 171 Device Requests 186 Device Resumes option 308 Device Wire Adapter dec file 174 Device Wire Adapter Segment View 131 Device Wire Adapter Transfer View 131 devices hiding 120 DHCP 58 DHCP network 52 diagnostics 51 dimensions 44 Direct Line Control Model dec file 171 direction search 158 Direction fiel
370. tion 357 USB Protocol Suite User Manual Chapter 12 Traffic Generation 3 0 Exerciser LeCroy P11 P12 P10 P8 Pt ehght Eye P2 ewdth Eye P3 eampl Eye P4 bitrate F1 P5 ampl C2 P6 ampl C3 P7 Measure value 334 89 mV 332 25 mV 499 768 MHz n I status Q7 Qs Q6 Q5 True Q4 True Q1 amp Q2 amp Q3 amp Pass Fail P8 amp lt 0 P7 lt 0 P3 gt 300mV P52100mV P62100mV P6 lt 0 P1 gt 200mV P2 140 ps 2 wo a W x t wo a o w an lt mM Oo o w n a aM lt l ii 8 w gt v EE se So og o9 3 BEE NT w g 40 GS s Edge Typical CP6 Pattern P11 P12 P10 P8 P1 ehght Eye P2 ewdth Eye P3 eampl Eye P4 bitrate F1 P5 ampl C2 P6 ampl C3 P7 Measure value 485 04 mV 470 23 mV 498 082 MHz n status gt E Positive Auto a 40 GS s Edge 10 0 ns div LeCroy Corporation imebase 400 W x lt Q8 P8 lt 0 Q7 P7 lt 0 o y am se g _ Z sS 0 de A O E Ll 32 AR 2 oa amp Q gt gt E s j Qo ats ok 8 a a oO lt ay g s A Sa m g GOO se o w as 3 eo S T n USB Protocol Suite User Manual Chapter 12 Traffic Generation 3 0 Exerciser LeCroy
371. tions test scenarios can contain multi stage traffic generation blocks that include Boolean expressions LOOP DO CASE and IF THEN logical branching The Voyager USB 2 0 Exerciser can transmit low full or high speed traffic and supports both host and device emulation It is backward compatible with existing USB Trainer traffic generation scripts For USB 2 0 applications the Exerciser supports both bitstream mode or Intelliframe mode In Intelliframe mode the Exerciser can wait for the appropriate response from the DUT before transmitting the next packet For example after issuing an IN the generator waits for the DATAx packet returned by the device to finish and then issues an ACK When NAKs are received the Exerciser can automatically resend the previous packet Voyager ReadyLink Emulation The LeCroy Voyager USB 3 0 Exerciser features ReadyLink Emulation Mode The ReadyLink feature handles all USB 3 0 link training and link flow control allowing the emulator to operate at full line rate and respond to the DUT as defined by the specification The ReadyLink Emulation Mode helps simplify development of USB 3 0 test scenarios By default ReadyLink Emulation Mode automatically manages e Header Packet Acknowledgements L_GOOD_n e Buffer Credit L_CRD_ x e SKIPs at required intervals SKP e Link Synchronization e Responds to LFPS Polling LFPS e Responds to polling sequence Polling RxEQ e Responds to TS1 TS2 handshaking
372. tions USB Protocol Suite User Manual 280 10 7 2 Recording Rules Page How It Works You can think of the Recording Rules page as a workspace for creating recording rules rules that determine how the analyzer records traces Recording rules are combinations of events and actions For how the Recording Rules page works see Recording Rules Page How It Works on page 26 7 Note Recording Rules for USB 3 0 currently do not support more than two independent states 10 7 3 Creating Event Buttons To create a rule first create one or more Event buttons As you create Event buttons they appear in the Available Events area You then can drag and drop them into the Main Display area To create event buttons see Creating Event Buttons on page 268 The following events are available for USB 3 0 recording rules a Newevent im Q Q Packet Type Data Packet OPH DPP All Link Commands Link Command Flow Control Link Command Link State LFPS Training Sequences Header Pattern Timer External SMAIBEIC Trig In Globalt SCS SCSI Primary Command set Standard Request i SCSI Block Command set SCSI Media Changer Command set SCSI Multi Media Commands x SCSI Controller Commands SCSI Enclosure Services LeCroy Corporation USB Protocol Suite User Manual Chapter 10 Recording Options 10 7 4 Dragging a Button to the Main Display Area After you create an Event button in the Available Events area you can drag t
373. to USB3 0 Positions the display to the selected event condition value or type Go to SCSI Positions the display to the selected SCSI Operation Command Status Task Management Task Management Response or Error Find Allows complex searches on multiple criteria See Find on page 154 Find Next Repeats the previous Find operation Search Direction Allows the search direction to be changed from Forward to Backward or vice versa Mew e aS aaao Displays list of available toolbars See Resetting the Toolbar on page 83 Opens a dialog that allows you to conduct chat sessions over an IP LAN In order to send and receive electronic text messages each Analyzer Network Chat Bar user must be working with a PC that is on an IP LAN and also attached to an analyzer Status Bar Switches display of the Status Bar on or off See Status Bar on page 85 QuickTiming Bar Quick Timing provides immediate time deltas and bandwidth calculations If the Start is placed on a packet that contains an Address and Endpoint the bandwidth for that combination is displayed in the Status Bar below the trace data Real time Statistics Allows you to view traffic statistics as they occur See Real Time Monitoring on page 233 USB Electrical Test Tests electrical characteristics See USB 3 0 Electrical Test Modes on page 346 Trace Views Displays CATC Trace Compressed CATC Trace Prea epe oe or Spreadsheet ee D
374. to the end of the last transfer in the SCSI operation e Latency Time from the transmission of the SCSI command to the first data trans mitted for the SCSI IO operation e Data To Status Time Time between the end of data transmission for the SCSI operation and the status transfer e Payload Number of payload bytes transferred by the SCSI operation 133 Chapter 5 Reading a Trace USB Protocol Suite User Manual 5 42 Compressed CATC Trace View 134 The Compressed CATC Trace view shows fields in the format Attribute Value whereas the normal CATC View shows the attribute name on top and the value below The Compressed CATC Trace view has almost all the information of the normal CATC View and behaves mostly the same way while displaying more information on each window To can compress the CATC Trace e Click on the toolbar OR e Select Trace Views gt Compressed CATC Trace FALecroy USB Protocol Suite C Program Files LeCroy USB Suite SampleFiles 3 0 Sim_packets usb oj x Ez File Setup Record Generate Report Search view Window Help iw HE P AE Tor Auto Mode Record W wT of BY ie fo Sof Nak 07 MEM Q QE X DS Unknown gt Polling RxEQ 230 000 ns Packet 2 H Y 55 TSEQ Data Correct 32 symbol sequence TSEQ Count 2 2 Packets 4 Sti T52 Data TS2 Link Config Normal Loopback On Scrambling On W ua a3011 a 10 a A aa Pac 6 000 n Packet9 RSS 54 us Packet 10 2 Packet
375. to zero Xfer Dir 0x1 Control Transfer direction RESERVED 0 Ox0000 Reserved should be set to zero Setup Data Field Penge Decoded Hex Value Description bits bits DATA BLOCK 64 128 8 bytes O0x6006000100004000 Data Block containing 6 bytes B save s fa Find Pai Layout a Previous Next yer 8 3 7 Changing the Layout of Decode Requests In the View Fields windows the Decoding Information and the Descriptor information blocks following the Request Summary information have the following columns e Field such as bRequest wValue windex bLength bDescriptorType wTotalLength e Length in bits e Offset in bits e Decoded hex value typically equal to Hex Value e Hex Value hex value typically equal to Decoded e Description short description of field 189 Chapter 8 Decode Requests USB Protocol Suite User Manual To change the layout of decode requests display Step 1 Click Layout to display the View Fields Dialog Layout dialog box Ba view WUSB xfer Fields Dialog Layout Columns to show Spechy here which columns in view SOME dialog tables you would like to see A Field Check All I Length bits Uncheck All M Offset bits Decoded Hes Value Description Show only fields specified for view in collapsed state Use these settings when View Fields dialog opens x Step 2 To display the available columns of data use the check
376. tocol Suite User Manual 7 1 General Display Options You specify the main Trace View information types and settings using General Display Options see figure on previous page 160 Zoom Level Zooms out from 100 default to 10 or zooms in from 100 to 200 Enable Tips Pops up text when you position the cursor over a field Wrap Wraps lines of traffic information instead of truncating lines at the right edge of the display Hierarchy Lines Displays lines on the left side of Trace View showing the hierarchy from Packets to Transactions to Split Transactions to Transfers if you show higher level decodes Timestamp Position Aligns the Timestamp field At the beginning in a column on the left side of the Trace View At the end in a column on the left side of the Trace View or Merge with Packet Transaction Translation Selecting this option allows easier comparison with previous or following timestamps Expand Packet Data Displays packet data fields in expanded mode If this option is not selected packet data fields display in collapsed mode and you can expand them manually Expand Script Decodes Displays decoded transfer fields in expanded mode If this option is not selected decoded transfer fields display in collapsed mode and you can expand them manually Process USB3 LTSSM Enables the software processing needed for the LTSSM views Disable if you do not need link state information Stacking View Puts a group
377. tocol Suite program from the Start Menu Start gt Programs gt LeCroy gt USB Protocol Suite gt USB Protocol Suite to open the main window FALeCroy USB Protocol Suite C Program Filesi LeCroy USB Suite SampleFiles 3 0 Sim_packets usb Ez File Setup Record Generate Report Search wiew Window Help p BE TT eauomode oreo EY EP bLOkeud BOR REE Re E Hepe EEEN Be Re RR KERR we EBD we Hr LFPS Type LFPS Duration Time Time Stamp SH Ping 200ns 220 000ns O 000 000 010 TSEQ Data TSEQ Count a Correct 32 symbol sequence Time Stamp 0 000 000 230 S Time Stamp eg 151 Link ITS1 Link Config Reset Loopback Off Scrambling On Reset Loopback Off Scrambling On O 000 000 368 S Time Time Stamp S T52 Link ITS2 Link Config Normal Loopback On Scrambling On Normal Loopback On Scrambling On TS2 Link Config Normal Loopback On Scrambling On 60 000 ns 0 000 000 410 S IPS Cnt S Smbl E 7 COMD30 0 D30 I D30 0 COM D26 0 D15 0 Time Time Stamp 114 000 ns 0 000 000 470 mC PS IPS Cnt IPS Smbl Time Time Stamp E 6 SKP COM D30 0 SHP D30 0D14 1 22 000 ns O 000 000 584 x b ES Car IPS Smbl Tim E W 11 COM D020 D30 0 D274 COM D30 0 D30 0 D30 0 COM D26 0 D150 0 00 Bema uicktining markersinotset Hide Any Chirp J s or Chirp K s You can use the software with or without the system connected to the host Without
378. traverse the bus Toolbar Presents buttons for changing the format of the Link Tracker window Main Display Area Displays traffic chronologically as it occurred in the recording The window divides into columns the first column shows time and traffic is shown on a channel by channel basis in the columns on the right 209 Chapter 9 Reports 210 USB Protocol Suite User Manual 9 7 1 Using the Link Tracker Window The Link Tracker window can be reformatted in several ways Zooming In and Out Zooming out can give you a quick high level view of a trace A fully Zoomed out trace only shows columns and colored lines Using the colors you can see what types of traffic run through the trace Further information can be obtained on any point of interest in the trace by positioning your mouse pointer over it Tool tips provide detailed description of events Note When fully zoomed out the smallest graphical unit is the DWORD represented by a single line Zooming out makes the trace appear smaller and increases the time scale in the first column Link Tracker Packet 0 Ble a God fed ox oe liob RD Text Columns 4 E eee OS E 00 000 000 224 00 000 000 112 00 000 000 000 O 1 00 000 000 112 2 2 00 000 000 224 5 2 00 000 000 336 00 000 000 446 rii 00 000 O00 S60 10 1 00 000 000 672 00 000 000 7e4 13 2 00 000 000 896 16 2 00 000 001 008 19 2 00 000 001 120 00 000 001 232 e 1
379. ts within the window graphics only Converts graphic scenario to text scenario graphics only Displays version a th tam about the Voyager M3 M3i and the USB Protocol Suite See Software Firmware and BusEngine Revisions on page 361 LeCroy Corporation 327 Chapter 12 Traffic Generation 3 0 Exerciser USB Protocol Suite User Manual 12 5 2 Main Exerciser Toolbar The Main Exerciser toolbar contains buttons for saving your edits navigating searching and other functions a bl t amp amp gt pm Run m F i Eus anaye R Qe The buttons have the following functions New Graphic Scenario New Text Scenario n Save Saves your edits and La Open file immediately updates the setting bars and Frames shown in the trace window E db Cut Copy Paste 8 Print P About Run Run Scenario a Stop Scenario Trace Preview Checks script for errors and displays trace Go to USB Analyzer USB Analyzer window Start Recording Stop Recording 328 LeCroy Corporation USB Protocol Suite User Manual Chapter 12 Traffic Generation 3 0 Exerciser 12 6 Script Editor LeCroy Corporation After you open an existing generation script file or create a new text scenario in the Script Editor use the following steps to edit or build a script The Script Editor utility has several aids to simplify the process of writing and editing scripts tool tips drop down menus and colored fields 12 6 1 Hi
380. u ile Undoes previous command Redoes undone command Deletes selected text Copy Copies selected text Paste Pastes copied text Toggle Bookmark Moves back and forth between bookmarks scripts only Next Bookmark Goes to the next bookmark scripts only Previous Bookmark Goes to the previous bookmark scripts only a Clear All Bookmarks Removes all bookmarks scripts only Find Displays the Find dialog scripts only You can match case find whole word only and search up or down Replace Opens the Replace dialog to find text and replace it scripts only You can match case find whole word only and search up or down a Find Next Finds the next text entered in the Find dialog scripts only Goto Opens the Go To Line dialog in which you can enter a line number scripts only a Select All Select all text in the current file scripts only Generation Run Scenario Starts traffic generation i Stop Scenario Stops traffic generation Checks script for errors and displays trace LeCroy Corporation USB Protocol Suite User Manual Chapter 12 Traffic Generation 3 0 Exerciser Menu Function SSS Build Pelee only ior Starts traffic generation scripts only Mew Main Toolbars Bl oaa display of the Main toolbar on or off Graphical Toolbar Switches display of the Graphical toolbar on or off graphics only a Decreases the size of the displayed elements graphics only Wraps displayed packe
381. uct returned or that the returned Product is not eligible for warranty coverage LeCroy will inform you of its determination If you thereafter request LeCroy to repair the Product such labor and service shall be performed under the terms and conditions of LeCroy s then current repair policy If you chose not to have the Product repaired by LeCroy you agree to pay LeCroy for the cost to return the Product to you and that LeCroy may require payment in advance of shipment LeCroy Corporation USB Protocol Suite User Manual Limited Hardware Warranty LeCroy Corporation General Provisions THIS LIMITED WARRANTY GIVES YOU SPECIFIC LEGAL RIGHTS YOU MAY HAVE ADDITIONAL RIGHTS THAT VARY BY JURISDICTION LECROY S RESPONSIBILITY FOR DEFECTS IN MATERIALS AND WORKMANSHIP IS LIMITED TO REPAIR AND REPLACEMENT AS SET FORTH IN THIS LIMITED WARRANTY STATEMENT EXCEPT AS EXPRESSLY STATED IN THIS WARRANTY STATEMENT LECROY DISCLAIMS ALL EXPRESS AND IMPLIED WARRANTIES FOR ANY PRODUCT INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO ANY IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF AND CONDITIONS OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FORA PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND ANY WARRANTIES THAT MAY ARISE FROM ANY COURSE OF DEALING COURSE OF PERFORMANCE OR TRADE USAGE SOME JURISDICTIONS MAY NOT ALLOW LIMITATIONS ON HOW LONG AN IMPLIED WARRANTY LASTS SO THE PRECEDING LIMITATION MAY NOT APPLY TO YOU LECROY DOES NOT ACCEPT LIABILITY BEYOND THE REMEDIES SET FORTH IN THIS LIMITED WARRANTY STATEMENT OR FOR INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQ
382. up to 8 bytes more depending on traffic to increase efficiency of the Analyzer hardware Note Truncating the payload will allow for more packets to fit in a trace but it has the potential to prevent accurate decoding to higher layers transfers SCSI etc LeCroy Corporation 257 Chapter 10 Recording Options USB Protocol Suite User Manual 10 3 1 Very Slow Clock Usage The Voyager M3 M3i USB 3 0 Verification platform supports slower than standard clock rates for prototype and simulation testing All Voyager 3 0 Pro systems include the option to select 2 and 1 4 clock rates This Gigabit clock can operate at 2 5 GHz 5 Gbps 1 25 GHz 2 5 Gbps and 625 MHz 1 25 Gbps over standard USB cables This fractional clock mode is also supported over the SMA coaxial inputs on the front of Voyager platforms that include the SMA option Two extra cost slow clock options can enable use of external clock sources to synchronize the frequency of the Voyager system at slower clock rates e The upper end of this external clocking supports rates from 12 5 MHz 25 Mbps to as low at 350 kHz 700 Kbps The Voyager slow clock kit USB AC01 V01 X see the table below provides this capability and includes SMA to MMCX cables for attaching the external clock source The external clock source is generated by the system ref clock on the DUT or by a dedicated clock generator e To achieve clock frequencies below 350 KHz requires minor customization o
383. ut Endp 179 Chapter 8 Decode Requests USB Protocol Suite User Manual The Class Vendor Endpoint Decoding options an IN or Interrupt endpoint are e No Decoding e ATAPI MMC4 In Endp e ATAPI SPC3 In Endp e ATAPI SSC2 In Endp e CCID Bulk In Message e CCD Data Bulk In w Cmd Wrapper e CCD Data Bulk In w Prot amp Cmd Wrapper e CCD Data Bulk In w Prot Wrapper e CCD Data Isoch In w Cmd Wrapper e CCD Data Isoch In w Prot amp Cmd Wrapper e CCD Data Isoch In w Prot Wrapper e Communication Class Interrupt Notification e Display DATA e HCI data in e HCl event e HCI SCO in e HID In Endp e HTTP In Endp e Hub Class Status Change Endp e ICCD Bulk In Message e ICCD Interrupt Message e IP _ETQ800 Internet Protocol In Endp e IPv6 ET0800 Internet Protocol In Endp e IrDA Bridge In Endp e Mass Strg Bulk Only SCSI In Endp e Mass Strg CBI Interrupt Endp e Mass Strg UFI_CBI Bulk In Endp e Mass Strg UFI_CBI Interrupt Endp e RNDIS PACKET MSG Data In e Still Image PTP MTP PictBridge Bulk In e Still Image PTP MTP PictBridge Interrupt e TCP Transmission Control Protocol In Endp e Video Bulk In e Video Interrupt e Video Isoch In e Virtual UART e Wire Adapter Radio Notif Endp e Wire Adapter Data Transfer In Endp e Wire Adapter Notif Endp 180 LeCroy Corporation USB Protocol Suite User Manual Chapter 8 Decode Requests Step 6 Select the type of decoding OR select No Decoding if you do not want any sp
384. versal Serial Bus Specification version 2 0 for details on the protocol The USB specification is available from the USB Implementers Forum USB IF at USB Implementers Forum Tel 1 503 296 9892 1730 SW Skyline Blvd Suite 203 Fax 1 503 297 1090 Portland OR 97221 Web http www usb org 2 12 Advisor PC Requirements Please refer to the USBProtocolSuite_Readme html file on the installation CD for the most current PC and operating system requirements 2 13 Advisor System Components Packing List The LeCroy Advisor Analyzer package includes the following items e One stand alone LeCroy USB Advisor Analyzer module e One AC power cord with a plug appropriate to your location e One External Interface Breakout Board with a 9 pin cable e Five USB cables four 3 foot 1 meter cables and one 6 foot 2 meter cable e LeCroy Advisor software program installation CD e Product documentation including online help 40 LeCroy Corporation USB Protocol Suite User Manual Chapter 2 General Description 2 14 Advisor Stand Alone Unit LeCroy Corporation CATC Ad visor High Speed Classic Speeds Manual Detach Trigger Device a a PWR REC TRG UPLD Pe az O E E BORO Figure 2 6 Advisor Front Panel EXT CLK Data In Out RR Figure 2 7 Advisor Rear Panel The Analyzer has several user accessible controls on its front and rear panels Red PWR power indicator LED IIluminates when the unit power is switched on Green REC
385. vice side traffic Like host traffic generation device emulation uses text based generation files utg to generate traffic Device emulation has three steps create a generation file configure generation settings and then generate traffic 11 9 1 Creating a Generation File Generation files can be created one of two ways e Write a generation script file using either LeCroy s context sensitive script editor or any text editor that you choose OR e Use a pre recorded trace file that has the type of traffic that you want to generate This file is a blueprint for the traffic generation script file If you decide to use a pre recorded trace file as a generation blueprint then verify that the trace file contains traffic for only one device If it does not hide all the other devices Setup gt Level Hiding and save the file as a new file without the hidden traffic File gt Save As and check the option Do not save hidden packets transactions transfers 11 9 2 Setting Generation Options Step 1 Set the Traffic Generation options by configuring the Misc page in the Recording Options dialog box Setup gt Recording Options gt Misc Step 2 In the Misc page select Device Emulation Mode Step 3 Configure Resume settings e If you want the simulated device to issue Resumes then select Device Resumes and enter a delay time in milliseconds If you do not select Device Resumes then the emulated device waits for a Host to issue a Re
386. wn to display decoded transactions in the colors and format you selected Time Siem ADDR REID To R bRequest walue WIRAEX wLength oxB4 0 o J O D H S D 0x06 _ 0x0100 0x0000 64 _ Time Stamp 0 546 803 300 Transaction P 0 S Frame CRCS Pkt Cen Time Time Stamp 1196 0 20 366 us 0 546 812 266 Transacti on B 7 ADDR 96 o o 1 18 bytes ADDR oxe7_ Oo 0 Time Stamp 10 500 us 0 546 832 632 Time Time Stamp 94 150 us 0 546 843 132 Transaction 2 S H Frame CRCS Pkt Len Time Time Stamp I oxA5 1196 1 3 139 ms 0 546 937 282 Chirp K Time Time Stamp i 16 985 ms 0 550 075 832 Time Stamp H Frame CRCS Pkt Len Time I oxA5 1216 oaa 12 f 19 790ms 0 567 060 816 When you instruct the Analyzer to display USB transactions the components of each transaction are collected from the current recording and are grouped and indented below each decoded transaction Each row shows a transaction with a unique numeration a label and color coded decoding of important data Note If CRC errors are found in a DATAx 2 0 packet or a DP 3 0 packet the data in that packet will not be promoted to the Transaction Transfer and so on levels above since it is assumed that the data will be re sent The data count will show as 0 Bytes LeCroy Corporation 125 Chapter 5 Reading a Trace USB Protocol Suite User Manual 126 5 29 1 Expanded a
387. y SOFs show only SOFs with endpoint traffic and hide empty frames Selecting this option allows you to hide empty SOFs with one click of the Hide SOF button or hide all SOFs with two clicks of the Hide SOF button Select the USB2 Packet Hiding tab then select the data types to hide General Color Format Hiding USB Packet Hiding USB3 Packet Hiding E Allow any Toggle value after Bus Reset Hide Device Trattic Int and Bulk Endpoints Address Endpoint Direction iv 2 shage SOF Hiding First click of Hide SOF button hides only E mpte Frame SOF s Popular Items To Hide T Hide Start Of Frame Packets Hide NAK ed Transactions T Hide Chirp Bus Conditions T Hide SEO Bus Conditions Hide Packets Based on Channel To Hide Packets According to Speed side E Hide Low Speed Packets T Hide Full Speed Packets Hide High Speed Packets Restore Factory Presets Save Save s Default Load coc __ LeCroy Corporation 167 Chapter 7 Display Options USB Protocol Suite User Manual 7 4 USB 3 0 Packet Hiding Options By default no data packets transactions or bus conditions are hidden You can hide e Link Commands Flow Control e Training Sequences TS1 TS2 TSEQ e Logical Idle Packets e Upstream Packets e Downstream Packets e Skip Sequences e ISO Time Stamp Packets e Inter Packet Symbols unexpected packets e Link Commands Power Management e Electrical Idles e LMP Packets e LFPS
388. y dragging the attribute field in the left column from the Detail View into the Spreadsheet View To delete a column right click a column header and then select Remove Column To reposition a column drag the column header to the new position To resize columns select the column divider and drag the divider to the right or left 9 43 2 Rows To manipulate rows right click the left most column gray area to display the following commands Display Options Opens the Display Options menu see Display Options on page 159 Real time Statistics Allows you to view traffic statistics as they occur See Real Time Monitoring on page 233 Trace Views Displays CATC Trace Compressed CATC Trace Spreadsheet Color or Spreadsheet B W Show USB 2 Traffic Only Displays only USB 2 0 traffic Show USB 3 Traffic Only Displays only USB 3 0 traffic Hiding USB 2 Traffic Hides SOF s Start of Frames NAK s NAK ed Transactions Devices Packets belonging to specified devices by address and endpoint Chirps Chirp K and Chirp J Bus conditions these are recorded only 136 LeCroy Corporation USB Protocol Suite User Manual Chapter 5 Reading a Trace Hiding USB 3 Traffic Hides e Link Commands Flow Control Link Training Sequences TS1 TS2 TSEQ Logical Idle Packets Upstream Packets Downstream Packets Skip Sequences ISO Time Stamp Packets Inter Packet Symbols Link Commands Other than Flow Control LMP Pa
389. you to e Save e Go to Previous or Next e Display Hexadecimal ASCII Decimal or Binary e Use MSB Format or LSB Format e Use Big Endian or Little Endian lt gt Hex Ascil Deo Bin Ms Lst al Format DwORDs Columns 4 gt Update only on request faa A CH The Format field allows you to enter the number of BYTEs WORDs or DWORDs per line The Columns field allows you to set the number of columns You can Update only on request Update on click or Update on scroll You can enter an offset in the Scroll to Offset field and click the arrow to scroll there You can enter text in the Search field and click Search Previous or Search Next to go there LeCroy Corporation 199 Chapter 9 Reports 9 5 Traffic Summary USB Protocol Suite User Manual Traffic Summary summarizes the numbers and types of packets transactions etc that occurred in the open trace To run Traffic Summary select Report gt Traffic Summary or click the button marked The program prompts you to specify a range of packets then displays the following window Hos amp aes aoe o ok ee Packet te E a reports Packet 0 To Packet 32956 PKT pl Traffic P PKT Packets pie T Token oa n Data o 5 Handshake erg Transactions P Handshake ieee Transfers i pr Control ET PTPIMTP Transaction EIE PTP MTP Object Transfer ati Session ee 0 es Report T RD READ Operations wow LUO READ Performance By LUN on
390. your PC are indicated by Yes in the Purchased column Named features that are not enabled on your PC are indicated by No in the Purchased column Whether or not named features are enabled depends on the license key stored in your analyzer LeCroy Corporation 367 Chapter 13 Updates USB Protocol Suite User Manual If you try to use a feature for which you do not yet have a license the program displays the License Protection Message Named features that are not enabled on your PC are indicated by No in the Purchased column To use the feature you must purchase a license 13 5 Updating the Software License A current license agreement with LeCroy entitles the Analyzer owner to continued technical support and access to software updates as they are published on the LeCroy website If your license expires you must obtain a license key from LeCroy refer to the contact information at the back of this manual After you obtain a license key follow these steps to install it Step 1 From the Help menu select Update License to display the Select License Key File dialog box select License Key File Look in amp Reese Recent Desktop My Documents My Computer _ _ J File name a My Network Files of type LeCroy License Key Files lic Step 2 Enter the path and filename for the license key OR Browse to the directory that contains the license key and select the lic file Step 3 Click Open 13 6 Registering
391. zers or other tools to the USB Tracer Analyzer Six ground pins and one 5 volt pin are provided CATC UPAS 2500 Breakout Board PCA 210 0042 00 oL_ Jo oL__ Jo oL_ jo o _ Jo oL_Jo oC o oL_ o oL_ Jo oC o oL__jo oL_jo o _jJo oC__ jo oL_ jo oL_ jJo oL_ Jo GP OUTPUT TRIGGER OUT TRIGGER IN 1 TRIGGER IN O DATA 7 DATA 6 DATA 5 DATA 4 DATA 3 DATA 2 DATA 1 DATA 0 RESERVED RESERVED RESERVED RESERVED oooo00000000000000000000000 ooooo00000000000000000000000 ooooo0oo0000000000000000000000 oooo00000000000000000000000 ooooo0000000000000000000000 oooooo0o000000000000000000000 oooooo0oo000000000000000000000 ooooo0o0000000000000000000000 oooooo0000000000000000000000 HOOQO0OO0O0OO00O000000000000000 QO Figure 2 4 External Interface Breakout Board The Breakout Board connects by cable to the Data In Out connector located on the rear of the Analyzer box Each signaling pin is isolated by a 100 Q series resistor and a buffer inside the Analyzer box OOGO0OOOOOGOQO 25 24 Z3 Z2 21 20 19 1 O00O0O OO0000000 Figure 2 5 Data In Out Connector on cable 38 LeCroy Corporation USB Protocol Suite User Manual Chapter 2 General Description 2 10 1 Pin Outs for the Data In Out Connector Table 1 lists the pin out and signal descriptions for the Data In Out connector on a cable that connects to the Breakout Board Table 1 Data In Out Connector Pin Out Pin Signal Name Signal Description Rev T Re
392. zix Markers Playlists Level icelltarker o Tee a e z x Hl Packet 3146 Packet i kee WP Trigger Description El Packet 3143 LCRD_A Packet 3172 LUP oo be Marker 2 i kes E 66 238 94 184 PSG Intemet Sierra tet El Transfer JEMDP H O Marker 3 pe A Pagez pdf E click 1 E From w metacafe com 4282427 13397883 11 Aw E A A Filter d Edit x LeCroy Corporation USB Protocol Suite User Manual Chapter 5 Reading a Trace 5 3 1 Playlist Functionality You can do the following to manage playlists e Remove or edit current playlists e Edit the playlist name e Edit the playlist description e List the sequence of attachments in current playlist e List of all available attachments and drag drop to a playlist As shown in the previous figure the Playlist window lists the markers with their attachments on the left and the playlist on the right w Edit CATC Walk Playli Markers Playlists Level Cell Marker Time Size Name Playlist 0 gt PKI Packet 0 Time Stamp Description PKT Packet 17 ENDP Marker 5 abcdefghikimnoparstuvwxyz on 01_VoyagerUSB 3 0_BasicRecording mp4 Sleep Away mp3 W Chrysanthemum jpg Desert jpg S Packet 2 Time Stamp 01_VoyagerUSB 3 0_Basic 08 00 lecroy com rsh youtube com v xe_cN9KbxXxXg amp autoplay 1 gt USBAnalyzerAutomationManual pdf PKT packet 2 Time Stamp PKT packet 2 Time PKT Packet 3 ACK fed Marker 6 abc gt PKI

USB Protocol Suite User Manual

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents